本申请是基于申请日为2012年12月26日、申请号为201280003040.0、发明名称为“盒和印刷材料供应系统”的发明专利申请的分案申请。This application is a divisional application based on the invention patent application with the filing date of December 26, 2012, the application number of 201280003040.0, and the invention name of "box and printing material supply system".
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
该申请要求以下专利申请的优先权，通过引用将它们全部结合在这里：2012年1月12日递交的日本专利申请No.2012-003694、2012年1月12日递交的日本专利申请No.2012-003698、2012年1月12日递交的日本专利申请No.2012-003653、2012年1月12日递交的日本专利申请No.2012-003652、2012年8月30日递交的日本专利申请No.2012-189836、2012年3月2日递交的美国专利申请No.13/410461、2012年3月2日递交的美国专利申请No.13/410478、2012年3月2日递交的美国专利申请No.13/410528以及2012年3月1日递交的PCT专利申请No.PCT/JP2012/001395。This application claims priority to the following patent applications, all of which are incorporated herein by reference: Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-003694 filed on January 12, 2012, Japanese Patent Application No. 2012 filed on January 12, 2012 -003698, Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-003653 filed on January 12, 2012, Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-003652 filed on January 12, 2012, Japanese Patent Application No. 2012 filed on August 30, 2012 2012-189836, U.S. Patent Application No. 13/410461 filed March 2, 2012, U.S. Patent Application No. 13/410478 filed March 2, 2012, U.S. Patent Application No. .13/410528 and PCT Patent Application No. PCT/JP2012/001395 filed March 1, 2012.
技术领域technical field
本发明涉及盒、盒和印刷设备(或其一部分)的组合以及/或者包括盒和印刷设备的印刷材料供应系统。The invention relates to a cassette, a combination of a cassette and a printing device (or a part thereof) and/or a printed material supply system comprising a cassette and a printing device.
背景技术Background technique
已经提出了各种机构来将盒安装到印刷设备或从其上卸下。这些机构的示例在以下文件中公开：美国专利公开No.2005/0151811(其对应于JP-A-2007-230249)、美国专利No.7,008,053(其对应于JP-A-2005-022345)、美国专利No.6,276,780(其对应于JP-A-2002-019142)、美国专利6,955,422、美国专利6,074,042和美国专利No.7,018,030。Various mechanisms have been proposed for mounting and unloading cartridges to and from printing equipment. Examples of these mechanisms are disclosed in the following documents: U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 (which corresponds to JP-A-2007-230249), U.S. Patent No. 7,008,053 (which corresponds to JP-A-2005-022345), U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780 (which corresponds to JP-A-2002-019142), US Patent 6,955,422, US Patent 6,074,042 and US Patent No. 7,018,030.
发明内容Contents of the invention
技术问题technical problem
美国公开文件No.2005/0151811公开了具有闭锁杆3和电接触端子衬垫102的盒。杆3包括用于与印刷机接合的锚定部分6。该锚定部分6布置为远离接触衬垫102。因为锚定部分6远离盒端子，所以与印刷机的接合仅能够对于盒端子相对于各个印刷端子的定位的精确和稳定提供有限的贡献。US Publication No. 2005/0151811 discloses a box with a latch lever 3 and electrical contact terminal pads 102 . The rod 3 comprises an anchor portion 6 for engagement with a printing press. The anchor portion 6 is arranged away from the contact pad 102 . Because the anchor portion 6 is remote from the box terminal, the engagement with the printer can only provide a limited contribution to the accuracy and stability of the positioning of the box terminal relative to the respective printed terminal.
此外，美国公开文件No.2005/0151811中的杆3需要足够长，以到达能够由用户接近的位置，使得用户能够对其进行操作。该杆3也远离盒的侧壁向远方伸出。这种大的杆导致更大的盒，更大的盒也导致盒安装到其上以及从其上拆下的印刷机尺寸更大，并且导致用于运输和销售盒的包装体积大，这转而增加了运输和部件的成本。Furthermore, the pole 3 in US Publication No. 2005/0151811 needs to be long enough to reach a position accessible by the user so that the user can manipulate it. The rod 3 also protrudes far away from the side walls of the box. Such a large bar results in a larger box, which also results in a larger size of the printing press to which the box is mounted and removed, and in a bulky package for shipping and selling the box, which in turn This increases the cost of shipping and parts.
同样，将锚定部分6连接到盒侧端子的盒结构包括杆3的柔性部分。虽然锚定部分6可以与印刷机牢固地接合，但是在印刷操作期间产生的振动可能通过杆3的柔性部分传递到盒端子，并且因此可能影响盒端子相对于印刷端子的定位。对于滑架上式墨盒(诸如在美国公开文件No.2005/0151811中公开的那些墨盒)特别担心这一点，因为它们被安装在印刷机的滑架上，而印刷头被安装在该滑架上。在滑架上式印刷机中，滑架在印刷操作期间被在印刷介质上来回扫描。除了在印刷期间产生的其他振动之外，滑架中的墨盒在每次改变扫描方向时还经受极大的加速力。Likewise, the box structure connecting the anchor portion 6 to the box-side terminal comprises a flexible portion of the rod 3 . Although the anchor portion 6 may be securely engaged with the printer, vibrations generated during printing operations may be transmitted to the cartridge terminal through the flexible portion of the rod 3, and thus may affect the positioning of the cartridge terminal relative to the printed terminal. This is a particular concern with on-carriage ink cartridges, such as those disclosed in U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811, because they are mounted on the carriage of the printing press on which the print head is mounted . In a carriage-on printing press, the carriage is scanned back and forth across the print medium during the printing operation. In addition to other vibrations generated during printing, the ink cartridges in the carriage are also subject to extreme acceleration forces each time the scanning direction is changed.
美国公开文件No.2005/0151811中的杆与盒一体地形成，并且可以弹性变形。利用该构造，用于制造盒的材料被局限于这样的材料：其对于制造这种构造具有充分的成型性，并且也具有对于杆在与印刷机接合和卸下期间可以变形所需的充分的柔性和耐久性。The rod in US Publication No. 2005/0151811 is integrally formed with the case and elastically deformable. With this construction, the material used to make the cartridge is limited to a material that has sufficient formability to make this construction and also has enough strength needed for the rod to deform during engagement and removal from the printing press. Flexibility and durability.
杆可以在用户操作下塑性变形。杆的这种塑性变形可能引起盒侧端子和印刷机侧端子之间的位置错配，这可能导致差的电连通性。塑性变形也减小了杆的耐久性。同样，需要在盒的封装期间采取特殊的措施(如在美国专利No.7,018,030中公开的那些)来防止杆在盒被封装的同时(特别是在盒被封装到真空封装时)蠕变。The rod can be plastically deformed under user manipulation. Such plastic deformation of the rods may cause a positional mismatch between the cartridge-side terminals and the printer-side terminals, which may result in poor electrical connectivity. Plastic deformation also reduces the durability of the rod. Also, special measures (such as those disclosed in US Patent No. 7,018,030) need to be taken during packaging of the cartridge to prevent creep of the stem while the cartridge is being encapsulated, especially when the cartridge is sealed into a vacuum package.
美国专利No.6,276,780公开了一种不具有任何存储器或电端子的盒。因为这种类型的盒不需要与印刷机电连接，所需不需要包括保持盒端子与印刷机端子的稳定定位和对准的结构或构造。US Patent No. 6,276,780 discloses a cartridge that does not have any memory or electrical terminals. Because this type of cartridge does not require electrical connection to the printer, there is no need to include structures or configurations to maintain stable positioning and alignment of the cartridge terminals with the printer terminals.
此外，盒通过布置在印刷机上的闭锁机构132(在美国专利No.6,276,780的图9到16中公开)安装到印刷机。与闭锁机构132接合的盒侧闭锁斜面220沿着盒被从印刷机移除的方向远离闭锁机构132的枢转轴。因此，当弹性构件156或压缩力密封件152沿着盒被从印刷机移除的方向(由美国专利No.6,276,780的图12中的箭头X表示)向盒施加力时，该力可以被容易地转换为解除保持部分134与盒闭锁斜面220的接合的力，使得盒可能在印刷机使用期间与印刷机分离。因为在美国专利No.6,276,780中公开的接合构造具有盒从印刷机分离的潜在风险，所以其不适合于用于在美国公开文件No.2005/0151811中公开的构造，该构造需要盒端子与印刷机端子之间的适当接触。此外，在美国公开文件No.2005/0151811中的构造中的盒与印刷机端子之间的接触将力沿着横向从印刷机的端子施加到盒，使得盒可能沿着横向移动。美国专利No.6,276,780的闭锁机构132不适合于美国公开文件No.2005/0151811的盒，至少由于以下原因：其不能够与盒的横向移动匹配，使得闭锁机构132从盒脱离。In addition, the cartridge is mounted to the printing press by a latch mechanism 132 (disclosed in Figures 9 to 16 of US Patent No. 6,276,780) disposed on the printing press. The cartridge side latch ramp 220 that engages the latch mechanism 132 is away from the pivot axis of the latch mechanism 132 in the direction in which the cartridge is removed from the printing press. Therefore, when the elastic member 156 or the compressive force seal 152 applies a force to the cartridge in the direction in which the cartridge is removed from the printing press (indicated by arrow X in FIG. 12 of U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780), the force can be easily suppressed. ground into a force that disengages the engagement of the retaining portion 134 with the cartridge lock ramp 220, so that the cartridge may be separated from the printing press during use of the printing press. Because the splice configuration disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780 has the potential risk of cartridge separation from the printer, it is not suitable for use with the configuration disclosed in U.S. Publication No. 2005/0151811, which requires cartridge terminals proper contact between machine terminals. Furthermore, the contact between the cartridge and the printer terminals in the configuration in US Publication No. 2005/0151811 applies a force from the terminals of the printer to the cartridge in the lateral direction such that the cartridge may move in the lateral direction. The latch mechanism 132 of US Patent No. 6,276,780 is not suitable for the cartridge of US Publication No. 2005/0151811, at least for the following reason: it cannot match the lateral movement of the cartridge so that the latch mechanism 132 disengages from the cartridge.
美国专利6,074,042公开了具有电触点54的墨盒。如其附图12A到图13B所示，电触点54处于将盒安装到印刷机的方向上的前边缘处。利用该构造，当盒被安装到印刷机中时，盒的电触点54与印刷机的弹簧偏置的电触点104平坦抵靠。在金属电触点54的外表面处的金属氧化物、油或其它非导电性物质可能被夹置在盒的导电金属与印刷机电触点之间，可能影响盒与印刷机之间的电连通。US Patent 6,074,042 discloses an ink cartridge having electrical contacts 54 . As shown in its accompanying figures 12A to 13B, the electrical contacts 54 are at the front edge in the direction of mounting the cartridge to the printing press. With this configuration, when the cartridge is installed in the printer, the cartridge's electrical contacts 54 lie flat against the printer's spring biased electrical contacts 104 . Metal oxides, oil, or other non-conductive substances at the outer surface of the metal electrical contacts 54 may become trapped between the conductive metal of the cartridge and the printer electrical contacts, possibly affecting electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer .
美国专利6,955,422例如在其图2a到图2d中公开了具有存储装置7的盒1，该存储装置具有电极7a。电极7a被排列为与盒插入印刷机的方向基本平行。通过该构造，印刷机电极106沿着电路板(其上形成了电极7a)的表面滑动一段长距离。电路板的表面通常由电绝缘树脂材料覆盖。当印刷机电极106刮擦印刷电路板时，它们可能损伤该绝缘物，使得绝缘物的碎片从印刷电路板剥落。该绝缘物碎片可能被卡在印刷机电极106与盒电极7a之间，并且变为引起印刷机与盒之间的较差或者在其他情况下不可靠地电连通的原因。US patent 6,955,422 discloses, for example in its Figures 2a to 2d, a cartridge 1 with a storage device 7 having electrodes 7a. The electrodes 7a are arranged substantially parallel to the direction in which the cartridge is inserted into the printer. With this configuration, the printer electrode 106 slides over a long distance along the surface of the circuit board on which the electrode 7a is formed. The surface of the circuit board is usually covered with an electrically insulating resin material. When the printer electrodes 106 scratch the printed circuit board, they may damage the insulation, causing pieces of the insulation to peel off from the printed circuit board. This fragment of insulation may become lodged between the printer electrode 106 and the cartridge electrode 7a and become the cause of poor or otherwise unreliable electrical communication between the printer and cartridge.
如美国专利6,955,422的图5到图6B所示，印刷机具有片簧103，其在盒被安装到印刷机中时施加抵靠印刷机电极106按压存储装置7的表面的施压力，并且在盒被从印刷机拉出时将盒1向上移动。As shown in FIGS. 5 to 6B of U.S. Patent No. 6,955,422, the printer has a leaf spring 103 that exerts a pressing force against the printer electrode 106 to press the surface of the storage device 7 when the cartridge is installed in the printer, and the cartridge Cassette 1 is moved upwards as it is pulled from the press.
美国专利No.7,008,053在图5中公开了设置在印刷机上的弹性件40。当盒被完全安装到印刷机中时，弹性件40的下端40a在突出部分12的其上定位了电极14的上部处抵靠平坦表面12a。下端40b与平坦表面12a之间的抵靠限制了突出部分12的向上移动。然而，美国专利No.7,008,053的构造不包括靠近突出部分12定位、用于限制突出部分12向下移动的装置。因此，突出部分12在印刷机操作期间非常自由地竖直振动，并且因此电极可能与印刷机端子错配或断开连接。US Patent No. 7,008,053 discloses in FIG. 5 an elastic member 40 disposed on a printing press. When the cartridge is fully installed in the printer, the lower end 40a of the elastic member 40 abuts against the flat surface 12a at the upper portion of the protruding portion 12 on which the electrode 14 is positioned. The abutment between the lower end 40b and the flat surface 12a limits the upward movement of the protruding portion 12 . However, the construction of US Patent No. 7,008,053 does not include means positioned adjacent to the protruding portion 12 for limiting the downward movement of the protruding portion 12 . Consequently, the protruding portion 12 is very free to vibrate vertically during operation of the printer, and thus the electrodes may be mis-mated or disconnected from the printer terminals.
在存在用于安装和卸下的各种机构的情况下，需要减小印刷机的总尺寸，以获得更佳的使用性和安装的便利性。为了减小印刷机的尺寸，通常有必要减小形成印刷机的大量组件和相关元件的尺寸。这些组件和相关元件包括安装到印刷机的盒和用于安装盒的盒安装结构。With various mechanisms for mounting and demounting, there is a need to reduce the overall size of the printing press for better usability and ease of mounting. In order to reduce the size of a printing press, it is often necessary to reduce the size of the large number of assemblies and associated elements that form the printing press. These assemblies and related elements include a cartridge mounted to the printer and a cartridge mounting structure for mounting the cartridge.
为了改善印刷机的使用，关于容纳在盒中的印刷材料的信息(例如，关于印刷材料的剩余量的信息)通常被显示在印刷机的监视器上。安装到该印刷机的盒通常具有电路板，该电路板具有用于存储关于印刷材料的信息的存储器。电路板具有用于将信息发送到印刷机或从其接收信息的端子(盒侧端子)。关于印刷材料的信息在存储器与印刷机的控制器之间通过这些盒侧端子与印刷机上的端子(设备侧端子)的接触来传递。因此有必要保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。In order to improve the use of the printing press, information on the printing materials contained in the cassette (for example, information on the remaining amount of the printing materials) is generally displayed on a monitor of the printing press. A cartridge mounted to the printer typically has a circuit board with memory for storing information about the printed material. The circuit board has terminals (cartridge-side terminals) for sending and receiving information to and from the printer. Information on printed materials is transferred between the memory and the controller of the printer through contact of these cartridge-side terminals with terminals on the printer (device-side terminals). It is therefore necessary to maintain a stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal.
如上文所述，还不存在以完全可接受的方式满足这些要求的已知机构。As mentioned above, there is no known mechanism that satisfies these requirements in a fully acceptable manner.
该问题不局限于容纳用于印刷的墨水的盒，通常还可以在任何印刷设备以及/或者被构造为提供或排出诸如墨水的各种其他印刷材料(例如，墨粉)的盒。This problem is not limited to cartridges containing ink for printing, but can also generally be found in any printing device and/or cartridges configured to supply or discharge various other printing materials such as ink (eg, toner).
因此，需要确保盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。也需要获得尺寸减小的盒、印刷机和包括安装到印刷机的盒的印刷机材料供应系统。Therefore, it is necessary to ensure stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal. There is also a need to obtain reduced size cassettes, printing presses and printing press material supply systems comprising cassettes mounted to printing presses.
问题的解决方案problem solution
为了更适当地实现前述内容的至少一部分，本发明提供了以下的各个方面和实施例。In order to more properly realize at least a part of the aforementioned contents, the present invention provides the following various aspects and embodiments.
第一方面：first:
一种可拆卸地安装到印刷设备的盒，印刷设备包括：盒安装结构，其被构造为具有：(i)设备侧底壁构件；(ii)第一设备侧侧壁构件，其可以位于盒安装结构的前部并设置为与设备侧底壁构件相交；以及(iii)第二设备侧侧壁构件，其设置为与设备侧底壁构件相交并且与第一设备侧侧壁构件相对。设备还可以包括印刷材料供应管，其被构造为具有基底端和外围端，基底端设置在设备侧底壁构件上，外围端将会与盒连接并且被构造为将容纳在盒中的印刷材料供应到头。设备还可以包括多个设备侧端子，其设置在设备侧角部分处，在该处设备侧底壁构件与第一(前部)设备侧侧壁构件相交。设备还可以包括杆，其以可旋转的方式设置在第一(前部)设备侧侧壁构件上，以被用于将盒安装到印刷设备或从其卸下。这里，Z轴表示与印刷材料供应管的中心线C平行的轴，X轴表示沿着其布置印刷材料供应管和设备侧端子并且与Z轴垂直的轴，并且Y轴表示与Z轴和X轴二者垂直的轴。+Z轴方向表示沿着Z轴从印刷材料供应管的基底端向外围端的方向，其可以为向上方向。-Z轴方向表示与+Z轴方向相反的方向。+X轴方向表示沿着X轴从印刷材料供应管到设备侧端子的方向，其可以为向前方向。-X轴方向表示与+X轴方向相反的方向。+Y轴方向表示沿着Y轴方向向一端的方向，其可以为侧向方向，并且-Y轴方向表示沿着Y轴方向向另一端的方向。设备还可以被构造为在盒被安装到盒安装结构的安装状态下，设备侧端子与盒相接触，以将力沿着包括+Z轴方向成分的特定方向施加到盒。杆可以具有在+Z轴方向端处(其可以为顶端)的操作构件以及在-Z轴方向端处(其可以为底端)的第一设备侧限制元件，以对盒进行锁止并由此限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动。杆可以被构造为绕在操作构件与第一设备侧限制元件之间的特定位置作为旋转轴来旋转。这里，X轴、Y轴和Z轴相对于处于安装状态下的盒对应于盒的X轴、Y轴和Z轴。盒可以包括：位于-Z轴方向侧上的第一面和位于+Z轴方向侧上的第二面，这两个面在Z轴方向上彼此相对；位于+X轴方向侧上的第三面和位于-X轴方向侧上的第四面，这两个面在X轴方向上彼此相对并且与第一面和第二面交叉；角部分，其布置为将第一面与第三面连接；斜面表面，其被设置为形成角部分的一部分并且向包括+X轴方向成分和-Z轴方向成分的特定方向倾斜。印刷材料供应结构可以被设置在第一面上，以与印刷材料供应管相连接。多个盒侧端子可以被设置为与各个设备侧端子相对应并且位于斜面表面上，以从设备侧端子接收沿着包括+Z轴方向成分的特定方向的力。由于在接触区域的斜面，力也可以具有-X轴方向成分。盒还可以包括第一盒侧限制部分，其被构造为由第一设备侧限制元件锁止并且由此限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动。A cartridge detachably mountable to a printing device, the printing device comprising: a cartridge mounting structure configured to have: (i) a device-side bottom wall member; (ii) a first device-side side wall member which may be located and (iii) a second device-side side wall member disposed to intersect the device-side bottom wall member and opposite the first device-side side wall member. The apparatus may further include a printing material supply tube configured to have a base end disposed on the apparatus side bottom wall member and a peripheral end to be connected to the cartridge and configured to accommodate the printing material contained in the cartridge All available. The device may also include a plurality of device-side terminals disposed at a device-side corner portion where the device-side bottom wall member intersects the first (front) device-side side wall member. The device may also include a lever rotatably disposed on the first (front) device-side side wall member for use in mounting or detaching the cartridge to or from the printing device. Here, the Z axis represents an axis parallel to the center line C of the printing material supply pipe, the X axis represents an axis along which the printing material supply pipe and the device side terminal are arranged and is perpendicular to the Z axis, and the Y axis represents the axis parallel to the Z axis and the X axis. Axis The two axes are perpendicular to each other. The +Z-axis direction means a direction along the Z-axis from the base end to the peripheral end of the printing material supply tube, which may be an upward direction. The -Z-axis direction indicates a direction opposite to the +Z-axis direction. The +X-axis direction indicates a direction along the X-axis from the printing material supply pipe to the device-side terminal, which may be a forward direction. The -X-axis direction represents a direction opposite to the +X-axis direction. The +Y-axis direction indicates a direction toward one end along the Y-axis direction, which may be a lateral direction, and the -Y-axis direction indicates a direction toward the other end along the Y-axis direction. The device may also be configured such that, in a mounted state where the cartridge is mounted to the cartridge mounting structure, the device-side terminal contacts the cartridge to apply force to the cartridge in a specific direction including a +Z-axis direction component. The lever may have an operating member at the +Z-axis direction end (which may be the top end) and a first device-side restricting member at the -Z-axis direction end (which may be the bottom end) to lock the cartridge and be controlled by This limits the movement of the box in the +Z direction. The lever may be configured to rotate around a specific position between the operation member and the first device-side restricting element as a rotation axis. Here, the X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis correspond to the X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis of the cartridge with respect to the cartridge in the mounted state. The cartridge may include: a first surface on a side in the −Z-axis direction and a second surface on a side in the +Z-axis direction, the two surfaces facing each other in the Z-axis direction; a third surface on the side in the +X-axis direction A surface and a fourth surface located on the side of the -X axis direction, the two surfaces are opposed to each other in the X axis direction and intersect the first surface and the second surface; a corner portion, which is arranged to connect the first surface and the third surface connection; a beveled surface configured to form a part of the corner portion and inclined to a specific direction including a +X-axis direction component and a −Z-axis direction component. A printing material supply structure may be provided on the first face for connection with the printing material supply tube. A plurality of cartridge-side terminals may be provided corresponding to the respective device-side terminals and on the sloped surface to receive force from the device-side terminals in a specific direction including a +Z-axis direction component. Due to the slope in the contact area, the force can also have a -X-direction component. The cartridge may further include a first cartridge-side restricting portion configured to be locked by the first device-side restricting member and thereby restrict movement of the cartridge in the +Z-axis direction.
以上构造可以具有以下两个实施例中的两个特征中的一者或两者。在一个实施例中，附加特征是第一盒侧限制部分被设置在第三面上的接近第三面与斜面表面交叉的交叉部分的特定位置处。在另一个实施例中，盒侧端子包括：第一端子，其包括位于最+Y轴方向端的第一外部；以及第二端子，其包括位于最-Y轴方向端的第二外部，其中，第一盒侧限制部分在Y轴方向上不位于在第一外部与第二外部之间的范围之外，而在该范围之内。The above configuration may have one or both of the two features in the following two embodiments. In one embodiment, the additional feature is that the first case-side restricting portion is provided at a specific position on the third face close to an intersection portion where the third face intersects the slope surface. In another embodiment, the box-side terminal includes: a first terminal including a first outer portion located at the most +Y-axis direction end; and a second terminal including a second outer portion located at the most −Y-axis direction end, wherein the first A case-side restricting portion is located not outside but within the range between the first outer portion and the second outer portion in the Y-axis direction.
根据本发明的第一方面的盒具有与印刷装置的杆接合的第一盒侧限制部分。因为杆不与盒一体地制造，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，盒的材料可以在更少考虑柔性和耐久性要求并且更关注其他特性(诸如对墨水的耐久性)的状态下选择。因此，不同的塑料、热塑塑料和树脂可以被用来制造不同组件。A cartridge according to a first aspect of the present invention has a first cartridge-side restricting portion engaged with a lever of a printing device. Since the rod is not manufactured integrally with the case, the material used to make the case may be different from the material used to make the rod. Likewise, the material of the cartridge can be chosen with less regard to flexibility and durability requirements and more attention to other properties such as durability to ink. Thus, different plastics, thermoplastics and resins can be used to make the different components.
同样，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。Also, because the rods are not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rods. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use.
因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs.
因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。在第一方面的盒中，因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这改善了用户体验和使用的便利性。Since the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured with a smaller size and simpler structure and higher rigidity than that described in, for example, US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811. This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication. In the box of the first aspect, since the first box side restricting portion can have a small size and a simple structure, special care is not required in the package for transport and distribution of the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is different from that of the U.S. The cartridge in Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 is different. This improves user experience and convenience of use.
在根据第一方面的第一实施例的盒中，第一盒侧限制元件可以被设置在杆的旋转轴的-Z轴方向侧上。即使在从设备侧端子施加沿着包括+Z轴方向成分的力来限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动时，杆用来限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当沿着-X轴方向的力被从设备侧端子施加到被安装的盒时，第一设备侧限制部分可以随着盒在-X轴方向上的移动而绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一盒侧限制部分的接合部分从第一设备侧限制部分分开的可能性。In the cartridge according to the first embodiment of the first aspect, the first cartridge-side restricting member may be provided on the -Z-axis direction side of the rotation axis of the lever. Even when the movement of the cartridge in the +Z-axis direction is restricted by applying a force including a +Z-axis direction component from the device-side terminal, the lever serves to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the +Z-axis direction. This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the lever, thereby ensuring stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity sex. When a force in the -X-axis direction is applied from the device-side terminal to the mounted cartridge, the first device-side restricting portion can move around the rotation axis of the lever as the cartridge moves in the -X-axis direction. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first case-side restricting portion is separated from the first device-side restricting portion.
在根据第一方面的盒中，第一盒侧限制部分被设置在第三面上的接近交叉部分的特定位置处。盒可以因此被在接近盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的接触部的位置处固定到盒安装结构。这减小了盒侧端子相对于设备侧端子位置错配的可能性，并且减小了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的差的连续性。在盒脱落的情况下，第一盒侧限制部分防止盒侧端子直接撞击例如地板表面，并且由此有助于保护盒侧端子使其不受损坏。特别地，当盒侧端子被安装到具有存储器单元的电路板上时，这保护了脆弱的存储器单元使其不受损坏，并且加强了防震的效果。将第一盒侧限制部分设置在接近交叉部分的位置处使得盒安装结构的杆能够被定位在更接近第一面的位置处。这使得能够减小盒和印刷装置在Z轴方向上的尺寸。In the cartridge according to the first aspect, the first cartridge-side restricting portion is provided at a specific position on the third face close to the intersection portion. The cartridge can thus be fixed to the cartridge mounting structure at a position close to the contact portion between the cartridge-side terminal and the device-side terminal. This reduces the possibility of positional mismatch of the box-side terminals relative to the device-side terminals, and reduces poor continuity between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals. The first case-side restricting portion prevents the case-side terminals from directly hitting, for example, a floor surface in the event that the case falls off, and thereby contributes to protecting the case-side terminals from damage. In particular, this protects the fragile memory cell from damage and enhances the shockproof effect when the cartridge-side terminal is mounted on a circuit board having the memory cell. Providing the first cartridge side restricting portion at a position closer to the intersection portion enables the lever of the cartridge mounting structure to be positioned closer to the first face. This makes it possible to reduce the size of the cartridge and the printing device in the Z-axis direction.
第二方面：Second aspect:
根据第一方面的盒，其中，第一盒侧限制部分被设置在接近第三面与斜面表面交叉的交叉部分的特定位置处。The cartridge according to the first aspect, wherein the first cartridge side restricting portion is provided at a specific position close to an intersection portion where the third face intersects the slope surface.
在根据第二方面的盒中，第一盒侧限制部分被设置在接近交叉部的特定位置处。盒可以因此被在接近盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的接触部的位置处固定到盒安装结构。第一盒侧限制部分防止了盒侧端子相对于设备侧端子的位置错配。因此，第一盒侧限制部分减小了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的差的连续性。在盒脱落的情况下，第一盒侧限制部分减小了盒侧端子直接撞击例如地板表面的可能性，并且由此有助于保护盒侧端子使其不受损坏。特别地，当盒侧端子被安装到具有存储器单元的电路板上时，这保护了脆弱的存储器单元使其不受损坏，并且加强了防震的效果。当第一盒侧限制部分形成为突起部时，防震效果被进一步加强。将第一盒侧限制部分设置在接近交叉部分的位置处使得盒安装结构的杆能够被定位在更接近第一面的位置处。这使得能够减小盒和印刷装置在Z轴方向上的尺寸。In the cartridge according to the second aspect, the first cartridge-side restricting portion is provided at a specific position close to the intersection. The cartridge can thus be fixed to the cartridge mounting structure at a position close to the contact portion between the cartridge-side terminal and the device-side terminal. The first case-side restricting portion prevents positional misalignment of the case-side terminals relative to the device-side terminals. Therefore, the first case-side restriction portion reduces poor continuity between the case-side terminal and the device-side terminal. The first case-side restricting portion reduces the possibility that the case-side terminal directly hits, for example, a floor surface in the event that the case falls off, and thereby helps protect the case-side terminal from damage. In particular, this protects the fragile memory cell from damage and enhances the shockproof effect when the cartridge-side terminal is mounted on a circuit board having the memory cell. When the first case-side restricting portion is formed as a protrusion, the shockproof effect is further enhanced. Providing the first cartridge side restricting portion at a position closer to the intersection portion enables the lever of the cartridge mounting structure to be positioned closer to the first face. This makes it possible to reduce the size of the cartridge and the printing device in the Z-axis direction.
第三方面：Third aspect:
根据第一方面和/或第二方面的任一项相对应的盒，其中，第一盒侧限制部分被设置在与穿过盒的宽度或Y轴方向长度的中央并且与Z轴和X轴平行的平面(平面Yc)交叉的位置。The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect and/or the second aspect, wherein the first cartridge side restricting portion is provided at the center of the width or the length of the Y-axis direction passing through the cartridge and in relation to the Z-axis and the X-axis The position where parallel planes (plane Yc) intersect.
当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒从设备侧端子接收沿着包括+Z轴方向成分的方向的力，并且第一盒侧限制部分由该力朝向杆的第一设备侧限制部分施压。通过将第一盒侧限制部分设置在与平面Yc交叉的位置，即使盒由施加的外力绕X轴或Z轴移动，第一盒侧限制部分在与平面Yc交叉的位置附近的部分将几乎不会移动。应当注意，第一盒侧限制部分被布置在接近交叉部、电路板的边缘或这二者的位置处。通过将几乎不移动的第一盒侧限制部分设置在极靠近盒侧端子的位置处，可以使得盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的电连接稳定。When the cartridge is installed in the printer, the cartridge receives a force from the device side terminal in a direction including the +Z axis direction component, and the first cartridge side restricting portion is pressed by this force toward the first device side restricting portion of the lever . By disposing the first cartridge-side restricting portion at a position intersecting the plane Yc, even if the cartridge is moved around the X-axis or the Z-axis by an applied external force, the portion of the first cartridge-side restricting portion near the position intersecting the plane Yc will hardly will move. It should be noted that the first case-side restricting portion is arranged at a position close to the intersection, the edge of the circuit board, or both. By disposing the first cartridge-side restricting portion that hardly moves at a position extremely close to the cartridge-side terminal, the electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminal and the device-side terminal can be stabilized.
第四方面：Fourth aspect:
第四方面是上述实施例，其中，盒侧端子包括：第一端子，其包括位于最+Y轴方向端的第一外部；以及第二端子，其包括位于最-Y轴方向端的第二外部，其中，第一盒侧限制部分的至少一部分在Y轴方向上位于第一外部与第二外部之间，并且如上可以实施为独立形式，或者与上述第一方面的上述实施例一同实施。A fourth aspect is the above embodiment, wherein the box-side terminal includes: a first terminal including a first outer portion located at the most +Y-axis direction end; and a second terminal including a second outer portion located at the most −Y-axis direction end, Wherein, at least a part of the first case-side restricting portion is located between the first outer part and the second outer part in the Y-axis direction, and as above may be implemented in a stand-alone form, or implemented together with the above-mentioned embodiment of the first aspect.
在根据第四方面的盒中，第一盒侧限制部分的至少一部分位于第一外部与第二外部之间。这将具有较小运动的第一盒侧限制部分定位在非常接近盒侧端子的位置，由此确保了盒侧端子和接触构件之间的稳定电连接。In the case according to the fourth aspect, at least a part of the first case-side restricting portion is located between the first exterior and the second exterior. This positions the first case-side restricting portion with less movement at a position very close to the case-side terminal, thereby ensuring stable electrical connection between the case-side terminal and the contact member.
第五方面：Fifth aspect:
根据第四方面的盒，其中，第一盒侧限制部分在Y轴方向上不位于在第一外部与第二外部之间的范围之外，而在该范围之内。The cartridge according to the fourth aspect, wherein the first cartridge-side restricting portion is located not outside but within the range between the first outer part and the second outer part in the Y-axis direction.
一些设备侧端子可以相比于其他端子更加突出。在图31中示出的示例中，端子731更加突出。当盒被安装到印刷机上时，盒侧端子将会从设备侧端子接收具有+Z轴方向成分的力。如果盒被过度牢固地保持，其与一些设备侧端子(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不合适。通过将第一盒侧限制部分定位为在宽度方向上完全在端子的内侧，盒可以足够地倾斜，以调整偏斜表面面向的方向，因此盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的电连接可以更加稳定。这些益处也关于上述实施例的构造。Some device-side terminals may protrude more than others. In the example shown in FIG. 31, the terminal 731 is more prominent. When the cartridge is mounted on the printing press, the cartridge side terminals will receive a force with a +Z axis component from the device side terminals. If the cartridge is held too securely, its contact with some device-side terminals (such as terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be appropriate. By positioning the first box-side restricting portion completely inside the terminal in the width direction, the box can be inclined enough to adjust the direction in which the inclined surface faces, so that the electrical connection between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal can be more efficient. Stablize. These benefits also relate to the construction of the above-described embodiments.
第六方面：Sixth aspect:
根据第一方面到第五方面中任何一项所述的盒，还包括第二盒侧限制部分，其被构造为由设置在第二设备侧侧壁构件上的第二设备侧限制元件锁止，并且由此限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动，并且第二盒侧限制部分被设置在第四面上。The case according to any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect, further comprising a second case side restricting portion configured to be locked by a second device side restricting element provided on the second device side side wall member , and thus the movement of the cartridge in the +Z-axis direction is restricted, and the second cartridge-side restricting portion is provided on the fourth face.
根据第六方面的盒具有在第四面上的第二盒侧限制部分，以限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动，以从+X轴方向端和-X轴方向端两侧来限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动。这进一步防止各个盒侧端子相对于盒安装结构的位置错配并且进一步确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。The cartridge according to the sixth aspect has the second cartridge-side restricting portion on the fourth face to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the +Z-axis direction to restrict the cartridge from both sides of the +X-axis direction end and the -X-axis direction end Movement in the direction of the +Z axis. This further prevents positional misalignment of the respective cartridge-side terminals relative to the cartridge mounting structure and further ensures stable electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
第七方面：Seventh aspect:
根据第六方面的盒，其中，第二盒侧限制部分是突起部，以被插入到形成为凹陷或通孔的第一设备侧限制元件中。The cartridge according to the sixth aspect, wherein the second cartridge-side restricting portion is a protrusion to be inserted into the first device-side restricting member formed as a recess or a through hole.
在根据第七方面的盒中，将第二盒侧限制部分插入到第二设备侧限制部分提供了旋转枢转点，以将盒绕第二盒侧限制部分的附近转动。这有助于将盒安装到盒安装结构以及从其移除。In the case according to the seventh aspect, insertion of the second case-side restricting portion into the second device-side restricting portion provides a rotation pivot point to turn the case around the vicinity of the second case-side restricting portion. This facilitates installation and removal of the cartridge to and from the cartridge mounting structure.
第八方面：Eighth aspect:
根据第一方面到第七方面中的任何一项所述的盒，其中，第一盒侧限制部分位于杆的旋转轴的-X轴方向侧上。The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the seventh aspect, wherein the first cartridge side restricting portion is located on the -X-axis direction side of the rotation axis of the lever.
在根据第八方面的盒，在安装状态中，第一盒侧限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向上绕杆的旋转轴转动。这减小了第一限制部分从第一设备侧限制元件解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒从设备侧端子接收沿着-X轴方向的力，以沿着-X轴方向移动时，第一设备侧限制元件与盒的移动一起沿着-X轴方向移动。这种移动减小了第一盒侧限制部分从第一设备侧限制元件解除锁止的可能性。In the cartridge according to the eighth aspect, in the mounted state, the first cartridge-side restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotational axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility of the first restricting portion being unlocked from the first device-side restricting member, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminal and the device-side terminal. Even when the cartridge receives a force in the -X-axis direction from the device-side terminal to move in the -X-axis direction, the first device-side restricting member moves in the -X-axis direction together with the movement of the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility of the first case-side restricting portion being unlocked from the first device-side restricting member.
第九方面：Ninth aspect:
根据第八方面的盒，其中，第一盒侧限制部分具有第一抵靠部分和第二抵靠部分，第一抵靠部分与第一设备侧限制元件的第一部分相抵靠，以限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动，并且第二抵靠部分与第一设备侧限制元件的第二部分相抵靠，以限制盒在+X轴方向上的运动。The cartridge according to the eighth aspect, wherein the first cartridge side restricting portion has a first abutting portion and a second abutting portion, and the first abutting portion abuts against the first portion of the first device side restricting member to restrict the cartridge in the Movement in the direction of the +Z axis, and the second abutting portion abuts against the second portion of the first device-side restricting element to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction of the +X axis.
在根据第九方面的盒中，第一盒侧限制部分具有第一抵靠部分和第二抵靠部分，并且因此确保了在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这进一步减小了第一盒侧限制部分从第一设备侧限制元件解除锁止的可能性，并且更加有效地防止了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的差的连续性。In the cartridge according to the ninth aspect, the first cartridge side restricting portion has the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion, and thus ensures that a rotational torque is generated on the lever to move the lever about the rotational axis of the lever along the Turn in the opposite direction to the unlocking direction. This further reduces the possibility of the first cartridge-side restricting portion being unlocked from the first device-side restricting member, and more effectively prevents poor continuity between the cartridge-side terminal and the device-side terminal.
第十方面：Tenth aspect:
根据第一方面到第九方面中的任何一项所述的盒，还包括：突起部，其被构造为与杆的操作构件相抵靠，并且在将已经安装到盒安装结构的盒从盒安装结构卸下的过程中，从盒安装结构接收包括+Z轴方向成分的力，并且突起部布置在第三面上第一盒侧限制部分的+Z轴方向侧。The cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the ninth aspect, further comprising: a protrusion configured to abut against the operating member of the lever, and when the cartridge that has been mounted to the cartridge mounting structure is installed from the cartridge, During detachment of the structure, a force including a +Z-axis direction component is received from the cartridge mounting structure, and the protrusion is arranged on the +Z-axis direction side of the first cartridge-side restricting portion on the third face.
根据第十方面的盒还具有突起部。通过使用杆的操作构件和突起部，可以容易地将盒从盒安装结构移除。The cartridge according to the tenth aspect further has a protrusion. By using the operating member of the lever and the protrusion, the cartridge can be easily removed from the cartridge mounting structure.
第十一方面：Eleventh aspect:
根据第一方面到第十方面中的任何一项所述的盒，其中，角部分具有从第一面沿着+Z轴方向延伸的台阶，台阶位于斜面表面的-X轴方向侧和-Z轴方向侧上，并且台阶具有与设置在盒安装结构上的第三设备侧限制元件相接触的第三盒侧限制元件，以限制盒在Y轴方向上的运动。The cartridge according to any one of the first to tenth aspects, wherein the corner portion has a step extending from the first face in the +Z-axis direction, the step is located on the -X-axis direction side of the slope surface and -Z On the axial direction side, and the step has a third cartridge-side restricting member in contact with a third device-side restricting member provided on the cartridge mounting structure to restrict movement of the cartridge in the Y-axis direction.
在根据第十一方面的盒中，在与盒侧端子的角部分处设置第三盒侧限制元件，其限制盒在Y轴方向上的运动。这限制了在盒的安装状态中盒的第三面侧在Y轴方向上的运动。In the cartridge according to the eleventh aspect, a third cartridge-side restricting member that restricts movement of the cartridge in the Y-axis direction is provided at a corner portion with the cartridge-side terminal. This restricts the movement of the third face side of the cartridge in the Y-axis direction in the installed state of the cartridge.
第十二方面：Twelfth aspect:
根据第十一方面的盒，其中，第三盒侧限制元件包括一对突起构件，其被构造为接收从设备侧底壁构件沿着+Z轴方向突出的第三设备侧限制元件，并且一对突起构件从台阶沿着+X轴方向突出。The cartridge according to the eleventh aspect, wherein the third cartridge-side restricting member includes a pair of protruding members configured to receive the third device-side restricting member protruding from the device-side bottom wall member in the +Z-axis direction, and a The pair of protruding members protrudes from the step along the +X-axis direction.
在根据第十二方面的盒中，提供从台阶沿着+X轴方向突出的一对突起构件的简单结构限制了在盒的安装状态中盒的第三面侧在Y轴方向上的运动。In the cartridge according to the twelfth aspect, a simple structure providing a pair of protruding members protruding from the step in the +X-axis direction restricts movement of the third face side of the cartridge in the Y-axis direction in the mounted state of the cartridge.
第十三方面：Thirteenth aspect:
根据第十一方面和第十二方面中的任一项所述的盒，当从第一面沿着+Z轴方向观察盒时，第三盒侧限制元件的一部分与斜面表面重叠。According to the cartridge according to any one of the eleventh aspect and the twelfth aspect, when the cartridge is viewed in the +Z-axis direction from the first face, a part of the third cartridge side restricting member overlaps the slope surface.
在根据第十三方面的盒中，第三盒侧限制元件和斜面表面被定位为彼此部分重叠。这进一步限制了盒的第三面侧在Y轴方向上绕印刷材料供应管的运动。In the cartridge according to the thirteenth aspect, the third cartridge-side restricting member and the slope surface are positioned so as to partially overlap each other. This further restricts movement of the third side of the cassette around the printing material supply tube in the Y-axis direction.
第十四方面：Fourteenth aspect:
根据第一方面到第十三方面中任何一项所述的盒，印刷材料供应结构被设置在第一面上的相比于接近第三面更接近第四面的特定位置处。According to the cartridge according to any one of the first to thirteenth aspects, the printing material supply structure is provided on the first face at a specific position closer to the fourth face than to the third face.
根据第十四方面的盒具有定位为相比于接近第三面更接近第四面的墨水供应结构。相比于墨水供应结构定位为相比于接近第四面更接近第三面的结构，该结构降低了印刷材料粘附到盒侧端子上的可能性。这减小了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的差的连续性。The cartridge according to the fourteenth aspect has the ink supply structure positioned closer to the fourth face than to the third face. This structure reduces the possibility of printing material sticking to the cartridge-side terminal compared to a structure in which the ink supply structure is positioned closer to the third face than to the fourth face. This reduces poor continuity between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal.
第十五方面：Fifteenth aspect:
根据第一方面到第十四方面中任何一项所述的盒，第一盒侧限制部分是突起部。According to the cartridge according to any one of the first to fourteenth aspects, the first cartridge side restricting portion is a protrusion.
根据第十四方面的盒提供了第一盒侧限制部分作为突起部，其可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构。The cartridge according to the fourteenth aspect provides the first cartridge-side restricting portion as the protrusion, which can have a small size and a simple structure.
第十六方面：Sixteenth aspect:
根据第一方面到第十五方面中任何一项所述的盒，盒侧端子包括与设备侧端子的设备侧接地端子接触的盒侧接地端子，设备侧接地端子与地线连接，并且盒侧接地端子被设置在盒的宽度或Y轴方向长度的中央处，并且被构造为在将盒安装到盒安装结构的过程中，在任何其他盒侧端子与相应的设备侧端子相接触之前与设备侧接地端子相接触。According to the case according to any one of the first aspect to the fifteenth aspect, the case-side terminal includes a case-side ground terminal in contact with a device-side ground terminal of the device-side terminal, the device-side ground terminal is connected to a ground wire, and the case-side The ground terminal is provided at the center of the width or Y-axis direction length of the box, and is configured to be in contact with the device before any other box-side terminal comes into contact with the corresponding device-side terminal during mounting of the box to the box mounting structure. The side ground terminals are in contact.
在根据第十六方面的盒中，首先从盒安装结构施加到盒侧端子的力产生在盒的宽度或Y轴方向长度的基本中央上。这防止了施加到盒侧端子的力发挥作用而使盒向Y轴方向倾斜，由此确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。在其他盒侧端子与相应的设备侧端子接触之前，盒侧接地端子与相应的设备侧接地端子相接触。即使在不期望的高电压被施加到盒时，盒侧接地端子的接地功能仍能有利地防止或减小了高电压引起的温度和故障。In the cartridge according to the sixteenth aspect, first, the force applied from the cartridge mounting structure to the cartridge-side terminal is generated substantially in the center of the width or Y-axis direction length of the cartridge. This prevents a force applied to the cartridge-side terminal from acting to tilt the cartridge in the Y-axis direction, thereby ensuring stable electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminal and the device-side terminal. Before the other box-side terminals come into contact with the corresponding equipment-side terminals, the box-side ground terminals come into contact with the corresponding equipment-side ground terminals. Even when an undesired high voltage is applied to the case, the grounding function of the case-side ground terminal advantageously prevents or reduces temperature and failure caused by the high voltage.
第十七方面：Seventeenth aspect:
根据第十六方面的盒，其中，盒侧接地端子的Z轴方向长度大于其他的盒侧端子的Z轴方向长度。The cartridge according to the sixteenth aspect, wherein the length in the Z-axis direction of the ground terminal on the cartridge side is larger than the length in the Z-axis direction of the other cartridge-side terminals.
根据第十七方面的盒确保了盒侧接地端子与设备侧接地端子之间的接触。The cartridge according to the seventeenth aspect ensures contact between the cartridge-side ground terminal and the device-side ground terminal.
第十八方面：Eighteenth aspect:
一种可拆卸地安装到印刷装置的盒，印刷装置包括：盒安装结构，其被构造为允许安装和卸下盒；印刷材料供应管，其被构造为具有基底端和外围端，基底端设置在盒安装结构的底面上，外围端将会与盒连接并且被构造为将容纳在盒中的印刷材料供应到头；多个设备侧端子，其设置为与盒相接触；以及杆，其设置为被用来安装和卸下盒，其中，Z轴表示与印刷材料供应管的中心线C平行的轴，X轴表示沿着其布置印刷材料供应管和设备侧端子并且与Z轴垂直的轴，并且Y轴表示与Z轴和X轴二者垂直的轴，其中，+Z轴方向表示沿着Z轴从印刷材料供应管的基底端向外围端的方向，-Z轴方向表示与+Z轴方向相反的方向，+X轴方向表示沿着X轴从印刷材料供应管到设备侧端子的方向，-X轴方向表示与+X轴方向相反的方向，+Y轴方向表示沿着Y轴方向向一端的方向，并且-Y轴方向表示沿着Y轴方向向另一端的方向，其中，在盒被安装到盒安装结构的安装状态下，设备侧端子与盒相接触，以将力沿着包括+Z轴方向成分的特定方向施加到盒，并且杆具有在+Z轴方向端处的操作构件以及在-Z轴方向端处的第一设备侧限制元件，以对盒进行锁止并由此限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动，杆绕在操作构件与第一设备侧限制元件之间的特定位置作为旋转轴来旋转，其中，X轴、Y轴和Z轴相对于处于安装状态下的盒对应于盒的X轴、Y轴和Z轴。盒包括：墨水供应结构，其位于盒的-Z轴方向端处，以与印刷材料供应管相连接；电路板，其位于墨水供应结构的+X轴方向侧上并且具有向包括+X轴方向成分和-Z轴方向成分的特定方向倾斜的表面；多个盒侧端子，其设置为与各个设备侧端子相对应并且位于电路板的表面上，以从设备侧端子接收沿着包括+Z轴方向成分的特定方向的力；以及第一盒侧限制部分，其被构造为由第一设备侧限制元件锁止并且由此限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动，并且其位于印刷材料供应结构的+X轴方向侧上。A cartridge detachably mounted to a printing device, the printing device comprising: a cartridge mounting structure configured to allow the cartridge to be mounted and detached; a printing material supply tube configured to have a base end and a peripheral end, the base end being disposed On the bottom surface of the cartridge mounting structure, a peripheral end will be connected with the cartridge and configured to supply the printing material contained in the cartridge to the head; a plurality of device side terminals, which are arranged to be in contact with the cartridge; and levers, which are arranged to is used to install and detach the cartridge, wherein the Z axis represents an axis parallel to the centerline C of the printing material supply pipe, the X axis represents an axis along which the printing material supply pipe and the device side terminal are arranged and is perpendicular to the Z axis, And the Y-axis represents an axis perpendicular to both the Z-axis and the X-axis, wherein the +Z-axis direction represents a direction along the Z-axis from the base end to the peripheral end of the printing material supply pipe, and the -Z-axis direction represents a direction opposite to the +Z-axis direction. In the opposite direction, the +X axis direction indicates the direction along the X axis from the printing material supply pipe to the terminal on the equipment side, the -X axis direction indicates the direction opposite to the +X axis direction, and the +Y axis direction indicates the direction along the Y axis direction. The direction of one end, and the -Y-axis direction indicates the direction toward the other end along the Y-axis direction, in which, in the mounted state in which the cartridge is mounted to the cartridge mounting structure, the device-side terminal is in contact with the cartridge to apply force along the including A specific direction of the +Z-axis direction component is applied to the cartridge, and the lever has an operating member at the +Z-axis direction end and a first device-side restricting element at the -Z-axis direction end to lock the cartridge and thereby Limiting the movement of the box in the direction of the +Z axis, the lever rotates around a specific position between the operating member and the first device side limiting element as a rotation axis, wherein the X, Y and Z axes are relative to the The box corresponds to the X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis of the box. The cartridge includes: an ink supply structure positioned at the -Z-axis direction end of the cartridge to be connected with the printing material supply pipe; a circuit board positioned on the +X-axis direction side of the ink supply structure and having A surface inclined in a specific direction of the component and -Z axis direction component; a plurality of box side terminals arranged to correspond to the respective device side terminals and located on the surface of the circuit board to receive from the device side terminals along the direction including the +Z axis the force of the specific direction of the direction component; and the first cartridge side restricting part, which is configured to be locked by the first device side restricting element and thus restricts the movement of the cartridge in the +Z axis direction, and which is located in the printing material supply structure on the side of the +X axis direction.
以上构造可以具有以下两个实施例中的两个特征中的一者或两者。在一个实施例中，附加特征是第一盒侧限制部分被设置在接近板端的特定位置处，板端位于电路板的表面的+Z轴方向侧上。在另一个实施例中，盒侧端子包括：第一端子，其包括位于最+Y轴方向端的第一外部；以及第二端子，其包括位于最-Y轴方向端的第二外部，其中，第一盒侧限制部分在Y轴方向上不位于在第一外部与第二外部之间的范围之外，而在该范围之内。The above configuration may have one or both of the two features in the following two embodiments. In one embodiment, the additional feature is that the first case-side restricting portion is provided at a specific position close to the board end on the +Z-axis direction side of the surface of the circuit board. In another embodiment, the box-side terminal includes: a first terminal including a first outer portion located at the most +Y-axis direction end; and a second terminal including a second outer portion located at the most −Y-axis direction end, wherein the first A case-side restricting portion is located not outside but within the range between the first outer portion and the second outer portion in the Y-axis direction.
根据第十八方面的盒具有由印刷装置的杆锁止的第一盒侧限制部分。第一盒侧限制部分位于杆的旋转轴的-Z轴方向侧上。该结构在杆的旋转轴与操作构件之间不需要像根据上述第一方面的盒那样具有任何接合构件，并且具有与根据第一方面的那些盒类似的有益效果。例如，根据第十八方面的盒缩短了杆与盒之间的距离，由此允许减小印刷装置以及包括盒和印刷装置整个印刷材料供应系统在X轴方向上的尺寸。The cartridge according to the eighteenth aspect has the first cartridge side restricting portion locked by the lever of the printing unit. The first cartridge-side restricting portion is located on the −Z-axis direction side of the rotation axis of the lever. This structure does not require any engagement member between the rotation shaft of the lever and the operation member like the cartridge according to the first aspect described above, and has similar advantageous effects to those of the cartridge according to the first aspect. For example, the cartridge according to the eighteenth aspect shortens the distance between the rod and the cartridge, thereby allowing reduction in size in the X-axis direction of the printing unit and the entire printing material supply system including the cartridge and the printing unit.
在根据第十八方面的盒中，第一盒侧限制部分被设置在杆的旋转轴的-Z轴方向侧上。这使得能够像根据上述第一方面的盒那样限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动，并且具有与根据第一方面的那些盒类似的有益效果限制。例如，这确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的更稳定的电连接，并且减小了差的连续性。In the cartridge according to the eighteenth aspect, the first cartridge-side restricting portion is provided on the -Z-axis direction side of the rotation axis of the lever. This makes it possible to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the +Z-axis direction like the cartridge according to the first aspect described above, and has similar beneficial effect restrictions as those according to the first aspect. For example, this ensures a more stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal, and reduces poor continuity.
根据以下实施例，在该实施例中：盒侧端子包括：第一端子，其包括位于最+Y轴方向端的第一外部；以及第二端子，其包括位于最-Y轴方向端的第二外部，其中，第一盒侧限制部分在Y轴方向上不位于在第一外部与第二外部之间的范围之外，而在该范围之内。这使得能够精细调节其上设置了盒侧端子的斜面表面的方向，与根据第一实施例的盒类似。即使在每个设备侧端子的位置或者第一盒侧限制部分的斜面由于制造错误而改变时，这种斜面方向的精细调整确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。According to the following embodiment, in this embodiment: the box-side terminal includes: a first terminal including a first outer portion located at the most +Y-axis direction end; and a second terminal including a second outer portion located at the most -Y-axis direction end , wherein the first case-side restricting portion is not located outside but within the range between the first outer portion and the second outer portion in the Y-axis direction. This enables fine adjustment of the direction of the sloped surface on which the box-side terminals are provided, similarly to the box according to the first embodiment. Even when the position of each device-side terminal or the slope of the first case-side restricting portion is changed due to a manufacturing error, such fine adjustment of the direction of the slope ensures stable electrical connection between the case-side terminal and the device-side terminal.
根据以下实施例，第一盒侧限制部分被设置在位于+Z轴方向侧上的板末端，在该实施例中：第一盒侧限制部分被设置在接近板端的特定位置处，板端位于电路板的表面的+Z轴方向侧上。换言之，第一盒侧限制部分被布置为尽可能接近盒侧端子。因为第一盒侧限制部分由杆锁止，所以第一盒侧限制部分的外围基本不会由施加到盒的外力而具有位置移动。将盒侧端子设置在极小位置移动的位置处防止了各个盒侧端子相对于盒安装结构的位置错配，由此保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。According to the following embodiment, the first cartridge-side restricting portion is provided at the plate end located on the +Z-axis direction side, in which the first cartridge-side restricting portion is provided at a specific position close to the plate end located at on the +Z-axis direction side of the surface of the board. In other words, the first case-side restricting portion is arranged as close as possible to the case-side terminal. Since the first case-side restricting portion is locked by the lever, the periphery of the first case-side restricting portion has substantially no positional movement by external force applied to the case. Providing the cartridge-side terminals at positions with minimal positional shift prevents positional misalignment of the respective cartridge-side terminals relative to the cartridge mounting structure, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
第十九方面：Nineteenth aspect:
一种印刷材料供应系统，其包括：印刷设备；以及根据第一方面到第十八方面中任何一项所述的盒，印刷设备包括：盒安装结构，其被构造为具有：(i)设备侧底壁构件；(ii)第一设备侧侧壁构件，其设置为与设备侧底壁构件相交；以及(iii)第二设备侧侧壁构件，其设置为与设备侧底壁构件相交并且与第一设备侧侧壁构件相对；印刷材料供应管，其被构造为具有基底端和外围端，基底端设置在设备侧底壁构件上，外围端将会与盒连接并且被构造为将容纳在盒中的印刷材料供应到头；多个设备侧端子，其设置在设备侧角部分处，在该处设备侧底壁构件与第一设备侧侧壁构件相交；以及杆，其以可旋转的方式设置在第一设备侧侧壁构件上，以被用于将盒安装到印刷设备或从其卸下，其中，Z轴表示与印刷材料供应管的中心线C平行的轴，X轴表示沿着其布置印刷材料供应管和设备侧端子并且与Z轴垂直的轴，并且Y轴表示与Z轴和X轴二者垂直的轴，其中，+Z轴方向表示沿着Z轴从印刷材料供应管的基底端向外围端的方向，-Z轴方向表示与+Z轴方向相反的方向，+X轴方向表示沿着X轴从印刷材料供应管到设备侧端子的方向，-X轴方向表示与+X轴方向相反的方向，+Y轴方向表示沿着Y轴方向向一端的方向，并且-Y轴方向表示沿着Y轴方向向另一端的方向，其中，在盒被安装到盒安装结构的安装状态下，设备侧端子与盒相接触，以将力沿着包括+Z轴方向成分的特定方向施加到盒，并且杆具有在+Z轴方向端处的操作构件以及在-Z轴方向端处的第一设备侧限制元件，以对盒进行锁止并由此限制盒在+Z轴方向上的运动，杆绕在操作构件与第一设备侧限制元件之间的特定位置作为旋转轴来旋转。A printing material supply system comprising: a printing device; and the cartridge according to any one of the first to eighteenth aspects, the printing device comprising: a cartridge mounting structure configured to have: (i) the device a side bottom wall member; (ii) a first device-side side wall member disposed to intersect the device-side bottom wall member; and (iii) a second device-side side wall member disposed to intersect the device-side bottom wall member and Opposite to the first device-side side wall member; a printing material supply tube configured to have a base end disposed on the device-side bottom wall member and a peripheral end to be connected to the box and configured to accommodate The printing material in the box is supplied to the head; a plurality of device side terminals, which are provided at the device side corner portion where the device side bottom wall member intersects with the first device side side wall member; and the lever, which is rotatable The way is provided on the first equipment side side wall member to be used for installing or unloading the cartridge to or from the printing equipment, wherein the Z axis represents the axis parallel to the center line C of the printing material supply pipe, and the X axis represents the axis along The axis along which the printing material supply pipe and the device-side terminal are arranged and perpendicular to the Z axis, and the Y axis indicates an axis perpendicular to both the Z axis and the X axis, wherein the +Z axis direction indicates that the printing material is supplied along the Z axis The direction from the base end of the tube to the peripheral end, the -Z axis direction indicates the direction opposite to the +Z axis direction, the +X axis direction indicates the direction from the printing material supply tube to the device side terminal along the X axis, and the -X axis direction indicates the direction opposite to the +Z axis direction. The direction opposite to the +X-axis direction, the +Y-axis direction indicates the direction to one end along the Y-axis direction, and the -Y-axis direction indicates the direction to the other end along the Y-axis direction, where the cartridge is mounted to the cartridge mounting structure In the mounted state of , the device-side terminal is in contact with the box to apply force to the box in a specific direction including a +Z-axis direction component, and the lever has an operating member at the +Z-axis direction end and a -Z-axis direction The first equipment-side limiting element at the end to lock the box and thereby limit the movement of the box in the +Z axis direction, the rod winds around a specific position between the operating member and the first equipment-side limiting element as the axis of rotation to spin.
根据第十九方面的印刷材料供应系统包括根据第一方面到第十八方面中任何一项所述的盒，以允许在X轴方向和Z轴方向二者上减小印刷材料供应系统的尺寸，并且减小第一设备侧限制元件从第一盒侧限制部分解除锁止的可能性。这确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性。The printing material supply system according to the nineteenth aspect includes the cartridge according to any one of the first aspect to the eighteenth aspect to allow downsizing of the printing material supply system in both the X-axis direction and the Z-axis direction , and reduce the possibility that the first device-side restricting member is unlocked from the first case-side restricting portion. This ensures stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal, and reduces poor continuity.
如可以由本领域技术人员理解的，本发明的实施例涉及墨盒、墨盒与印刷设备的组合、或者印刷设备的一部分，其中，墨盒被安装到适合于将墨水提供到印刷设备的设备和系统，其中该系统包括印刷设备(或其一部分)和/或其中该系统不包括印刷设备。As can be understood by those skilled in the art, embodiments of the present invention relate to ink cartridges, combinations of ink cartridges and printing devices, or parts of printing devices, wherein the ink cartridges are mounted to devices and systems adapted to provide ink to printing devices, wherein The system includes a printing device (or a portion thereof) and/or wherein the system does not include a printing device.
在本发明的一个实施例中，公开了一种适合于可拆卸地安装到喷墨印刷设备上的墨盒，其中，其上安装墨盒的喷墨印刷设备包括具有接合部分的杆。印刷设备优选地包括多个设备侧接触形成构件，其被构造并布置为在盒被安装到印刷设备上之后，当墨盒被设备侧接触形成构件施压时将弹性力施加到墨盒。墨盒优选地包括：盒体，其包括前部或第一表面、后部或第二表面、顶部或第三表面和底部或第四表面，前部或第一表面和后部或第二表面彼此相对并且顶部或第三表面和底部或第四表面彼此相对。墨盒包括用于容纳墨水的墨水室。墨盒也优选地包括电子装置。墨盒也包括墨水供应结构，其定位在盒体的底部或第四表面处，墨水供应结构具有安装方向上的前边缘，前边缘限定了墨盒的平面，在该平面处墨水供应结构适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室供应到喷墨印刷设备。墨盒还可以包括端子支承结构，其定位为紧接盒体的前部或第一表面，端子支承结构具有与其中的电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子。当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，端子适合于并被布置在端子支承结构上，以与接触形成构件相接触并从其接收弹性力。端子被基本布置在端子平面中，端子平面既不与由前边缘限定的平面平行也不与其垂直。墨盒优选地包括第一限制部分，其适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制墨盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的运动，第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构。第一限制部分的接合部分优选地定位位于端子支承结构邻近。In one embodiment of the present invention, an ink cartridge adapted to be detachably mounted to an inkjet printing device is disclosed, wherein the inkjet printing device on which the ink cartridge is mounted includes a post having an engaging portion. The printing device preferably includes a plurality of device-side contact forming members constructed and arranged to apply an elastic force to the ink cartridge when the ink cartridge is pressed by the device-side contact forming member after the cartridge is mounted on the printing device. The ink cartridge preferably comprises: a cartridge body comprising a front or first surface, a rear or second surface, a top or third surface and a bottom or fourth surface, the front or first surface and the rear or second surface being mutually opposite and the top or third surface and the bottom or fourth surface are opposite each other. The ink cartridge includes an ink chamber for containing ink. The ink cartridge also preferably includes electronics. The ink cartridge also includes an ink supply structure positioned at the bottom or fourth surface of the body, the ink supply structure having a front edge in the mounting direction, the front edge defining a plane of the ink cartridge where the ink supply structure fits into and is Configured to supply ink from the ink chamber to the inkjet printing device. The ink cartridge may also include a terminal support structure positioned proximate to the front or first surface of the cartridge body, the terminal support structure having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals connected to the electronic device therein. When the ink cartridge is mounted on the printing apparatus, the terminals are adapted and arranged on the terminal supporting structure to come into contact with and receive elastic force from the contact forming member. The terminals are arranged substantially in a terminal plane which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane defined by the front edge. The ink cartridge preferably includes a first restricting portion adapted to engage with an engaging portion of the lever to restrict movement of the ink cartridge in a direction opposite to the mounting direction, the engaging portion of the first restricting portion being positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure. The engaging portion of the first restricting portion is preferably positioned adjacent the terminal support structure.
在一个实施例中，端子平面与由前边缘限定的平面成约20到50度的角，优选地从约25度到40度。In one embodiment, the terminal plane is at an angle of about 20 to 50 degrees, preferably from about 25 to 40 degrees, to the plane defined by the front edge.
端子支承结构与印刷设备的交叉对于适当地安装盒是很重要的。如这里讨论的，通过成角度配合，盒可以接受向上和向后的力。这些力有助于将盒保持在位。The intersection of the terminal support structure and the printing equipment is important for proper mounting of the cassette. As discussed herein, through an angled fit, the cartridge can accept upward and rearward forces. These forces help keep the cartridge in place.
在一个实施例中，当在墨水供应结构面向下的状态下观察盒体的前部或第一表面时，第一限制部分的接合部分位于多个端子的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧以及多个端子的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧。In one embodiment, when the front portion or the first surface of the cartridge body is viewed with the ink supply structure facing downward, the engagement portion of the first restricting portion is located on the left side of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of multiple terminals.
在一个实施例中，端子适合于并被布置在端子支承结构上，以在端子的接触部分处与接触形成构件相接触并且接收弹性力。接触部分基本被布置在接触部分平面中。在该实施例中，当在墨水供应结构面向下的状态下观察盒体的前部或第一表面时，第一限制部分的接合部分可以位于第一限制部分的接合部分位于多个端子的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧以及多个端子的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧。在一个实施例中，接触部分平面与由前边缘限定的平面成在约25到40度之间的角。In one embodiment, the terminal is adapted and arranged on the terminal supporting structure to be in contact with the contact forming member at the contact portion of the terminal and to receive the elastic force. The contact portion is arranged substantially in the contact portion plane. In this embodiment, when the front portion or the first surface of the cartridge body is viewed with the ink supply structure facing downward, the engaging portion of the first restricting portion may be located at the outermost end of the plurality of terminals. to the left of the right edge of the right terminal and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals. In one embodiment, the plane of the contact portion forms an angle of between about 25 and 40 degrees with the plane defined by the front edge.
在一个实施例中，盒还包括在墨盒的后部或第二表面上的第二限制部分。第二限制部分优选地适合于并被构造为与喷墨印刷设备的各个部分接合。在该实施例中，当沿着与由前边缘限定的平面垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离大于第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离。In one embodiment, the cartridge further includes a second restriction on the rear or second surface of the ink cartridge. The second restricting portion is preferably adapted and configured to engage various parts of the inkjet printing device. In this embodiment, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane defined by the front edge, the distance between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion and the plane defined by the front edge is greater than the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the front edge. The distance between the planes defined by the leading edge.
在一个实施例中，当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时，当沿着与由前边缘限定的平面垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离。In one embodiment, when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion to the right and the ink supply structure facing downward, when the distance is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane defined by the front edge, the first The distance between the engaging portion of the restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the cartridge is mounted.
在一个实施例中，当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时，在盒被安装时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧。In one embodiment, when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is at the center of the pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is mounted. left side.
在一个实施例中，当在墨水供应结构面向下的状态观察盒体的前部或第一表面时，第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处。In one embodiment, at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge when viewing the front portion or the first surface of the cartridge body with the ink supply structure facing downward.
在优选实施例中，由前边缘限定的平面在底部或第四表面下方。在其它实施例中，其与底部平齐。在别的实施例中，其在底部或第四表面上方凹入。In a preferred embodiment, the plane defined by the front edge is below the bottom or fourth surface. In other embodiments, it is flush with the bottom. In other embodiments, it is recessed above the bottom or fourth surface.
在一个实施例中，公开了一种将墨水供应到喷墨印刷设备的墨水供应系统，其中，喷墨印刷设备包括多个设备侧接触形成构件。墨水供应系统优选地包括用于容纳墨水的墨水室和墨水供应结构，其适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室供应到喷墨印刷设备。墨水供应结构具有安装方向上的前边缘，前边缘限定了平面。墨水供应结构优选地包括电子装置。墨水供应系统还可以包括端子支承结构，其具有多个电导电性端子，在墨水供应结构将墨水供应到印刷设备时，端子适合于并被布置在端子支承结构上，以在端子的接触部分处与接触形成构件接触并从其接收弹性力。墨水供应系统还可以包括第一限制部分，其适合于与在印刷设备上的杆的接合部分接合，以限制端子支承结构和其上的端子在与安装方向相反的方向上的运动。第一限制部分的接合部分优选地定位为与端子支承结构邻近。当墨水供应结构将墨水供应到印刷设备时，端子可以基本布置在端子平面中，该端子平面既不与由前边缘限定的平面平行也不与其垂直。或者，端子支承结构确定该平面以及/或者该平面由与印刷设备上的各个结构相接触的端子限定。In one embodiment, an ink supply system for supplying ink to an inkjet printing device is disclosed, wherein the inkjet printing device includes a plurality of device side contact forming members. The ink supply system preferably comprises an ink chamber for containing ink and an ink supply structure adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber to the inkjet printing device. The ink supply structure has a front edge in the mounting direction, the front edge defining a plane. The ink supply structure preferably includes electronics. The ink supply system may also include a terminal support structure having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals, the terminals being adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure when the ink supply structure is supplying ink to the printing device, so that at the contact portions of the terminals In contact with and receive elastic force from the contact forming member. The ink supply system may further include a first restricting portion adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the rod on the printing device to restrict movement of the terminal support structure and the terminals thereon in a direction opposite to the mounting direction. The engaging portion of the first restricting portion is preferably positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure. When the ink supply structure supplies ink to the printing device, the terminals may be arranged substantially in a terminal plane which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane defined by the front edge. Alternatively, the terminal support structure defines the plane and/or the plane is defined by the terminals in contact with various structures on the printing apparatus.
在系统的一个实施例中，当墨水供应结构将墨水供应到印刷设备时，端子平面与由前边缘限定的平面成约20到50度的角，优选地从约25度到40度。In one embodiment of the system, when the ink supply structure is supplying ink to the printing device, the terminal plane is at an angle of about 20 to 50 degrees, preferably from about 25 to 40 degrees, to the plane defined by the front edge.
在系统的一个实施例中，当墨水供应结构被布置在位以将墨水供应到印刷设备时，第一限制部分的接合部分位于多个端子的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧以及多个端子的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧。In one embodiment of the system, when the ink supply structure is arranged to supply ink to the printing device, the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located to the left of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals and to the left of the plurality of terminals. The leftmost terminal is to the right of the left edge of the terminal.
在系统的一个实施例中，端子适合于并被布置在端子支承结构上，以在端子的接触部分处与接触形成构件相接触并从其接收弹性力。接触部分基本布置在接触部分平面中。当墨水供应结构被布置在位以将墨水供应到印刷设备时，第一限制部分的接合部分可以位于多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧以及多个端子的最左侧接触部分的右侧。接触部分可以限定与由前边缘限定的平面呈超出0度并小于90度的角。当墨水供应结构将墨水供应到印刷设备时，由接触部分限定的平面优选地与由前边缘限定的平面成超出20度并小于50度的角。In one embodiment of the system, the terminal is adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure to contact and receive a resilient force from the contact forming member at the contact portion of the terminal. The contact portion is arranged substantially in the contact portion plane. When the ink supply structure is arranged to supply ink to the printing device, the engagement portion of the first restricting portion may be located on the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and on the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals. side. The contact portion may define an angle exceeding 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees with a plane defined by the front edge. When the ink supply structure is supplying ink to the printing device, the plane defined by the contact portion preferably forms an angle exceeding 20 degrees and less than 50 degrees with the plane defined by the front edge.
在一个实施例中，墨水供应结构也包括主体，其包括前部或第一表面、后部或第二表面，前部或第一表面和后部或第二表面彼此相对。墨水供应系统还可以包括与主体的后部或第二表面紧接的限制部分(其被称作第二限制部分)，以及与前部或第一表面紧接的端子支承结构。第二限制部分可以包括接合部分，其适合于并被构造为与喷墨印刷设备的各个部分接合。当沿着与由前边缘限定的平面垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离大于由第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离。In one embodiment, the ink supply structure also comprises a body comprising a front or first surface and a rear or second surface, the front or first surface and the rear or second surface facing each other. The ink supply system may further include a restricting portion (referred to as a second restricting portion) adjacent to the rear or second surface of the main body, and a terminal support structure adjacent to the front or first surface. The second restricting portion may include an engagement portion adapted and configured to engage with various portions of the inkjet printing apparatus. When the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane defined by the front edge, the distance between the engagement portion of the second restriction portion and the plane defined by the front edge is greater than the distance between the engagement portion of the first restriction portion and the plane defined by the front edge distance between planes.
在一个实施例中，第二限制部分可以与主体的后部或第二表面紧接，端子支承结构与前部或第一表面紧接，第二限制部分适合于并被构造为与喷墨印刷设备的各个部分接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘限定的平面垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离大于由第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离。In one embodiment, the second confining portion may adjoin the rear or second surface of the body and the terminal support structure abuts the front or first surface, the second confining portion being adapted and configured to be compatible with inkjet printing The parts of the device are engaged, wherein, when the distance is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane defined by the front edge, the distance between the joint part of the second restraint part and the plane defined by the front edge is greater than that of the first restraint part. The distance between the joint and the plane defined by the front edge.
在一个实施例中，当沿着与由前边缘限定的平面垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离。In one embodiment, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane defined by the front edge, the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is less than when the ink supply system supplies ink to the The distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge.
在一个实施例中，当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备、第一限制部分的接合部分在右侧并且墨水供应结构面向下时，第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧。In one embodiment, the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is to the left of the pivot point of the lever when the ink supply system is supplying ink to the printing device, the engagement portion of the first restriction portion is on the right side and the ink supply structure is facing downwards. side.
在一个实施例中，墨水供应系统包括与端子支承结构紧接的主体，并且当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备时，第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于主体的宽度中央处。In one embodiment, the ink supply system includes a main body adjacent to the terminal support structure, and at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially in the width center of the main body when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device.
在一个实施例中，墨水供应系统还包括适配器，其中，墨水供应结构、端子支承结构和第一限制部分)定位在适配器上，并且墨水室适合于并被构造为与适配器配合。在另一个实施例中，墨水供应系统还包括适配器，其中，端子支承结构和第一限制部分定位在适配器上，墨水供应结构定位在墨水室上并且墨水室适合于并被构造为与适配器配合。或者，系统还包括适配器、在喷墨印刷设备之外的墨水罐、管道以及辅助适配器，其中，墨水供应结构定位在辅助适配器上，端子支承结构和第一限制部分定位在适配器上，并且当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备时，管道将墨水从外部罐供应到辅助适配器。In one embodiment, the ink supply system further includes an adapter, wherein the ink supply structure, the terminal support structure and the first limiting portion) are positioned on the adapter, and the ink chamber is adapted and configured to mate with the adapter. In another embodiment, the ink supply system further includes an adapter, wherein the terminal support structure and the first restricting portion are positioned on the adapter, the ink supply structure is positioned on the ink chamber and the ink chamber is adapted and configured to mate with the adapter. Alternatively, the system further includes an adapter, an ink tank outside the inkjet printing device, a pipe, and an auxiliary adapter, wherein the ink supply structure is positioned on the auxiliary adapter, the terminal support structure and the first limiting portion are positioned on the adapter, and when the ink When the supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the pipe supplies the ink from the external tank to the auxiliary adapter.
在一个实施例中，系统包括主体，主体包括顶部和底部，顶部和底部彼此相对，其中，由前边缘限定的平面与底部基本齐平。In one embodiment, the system includes a body including a top and a bottom facing each other, wherein a plane defined by the front edge is substantially flush with the bottom.
本发明不局限于盒、墨盒与上述印刷设备或印刷材料供应系统的组合，但是可以有不同的其他方面来实施，例如，液体盒、液体容器、印刷材料容器、盒适配器、电路板、印刷设备、液体喷射设备以及包括液体喷射设备和液体盒的液体供应系统。本发明不局限于以上方面，但是可以对于这些方面进行多种变化和修改，而不超出本发明的范围。当陈述墨盒与印刷设备和/或喷墨印刷设备的组合时，应当理解墨盒被组装、安装或安置到印刷设备上。The present invention is not limited to the combination of cartridges, ink cartridges and the above-mentioned printing equipment or printing material supply system, but can be implemented with different other aspects, for example, liquid cartridges, liquid containers, printing material containers, cartridge adapters, circuit boards, printing equipment , a liquid ejection device, and a liquid supply system including the liquid ejection device and a liquid cartridge. The present invention is not limited to the above aspects, but various changes and modifications can be made to these aspects without departing from the scope of the present invention. When referring to the combination of an ink cartridge with a printing device and/or an inkjet printing device, it should be understood that the ink cartridge is assembled, mounted or placed on the printing device.
在接合附图阅读时，前述概括内容以及实施例的以上描述将会变得更明白，在附图中相似的附图标记表示相似的组件。为了图示本申请的设备，在附图中示出了某些实施例。然而应当理解，本申请不局限于图示的精确的布置、结构、特征、实施例、方面和设备，并且图示的布置、结构、特征、实施例、方面和设备可以被单独使用或者与其他布置、结构、特征、实施例、方面和设备结合使用。The foregoing summary, as well as the above description of the embodiments, will become more apparent when read in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, in which like reference numerals refer to like components. In order to illustrate the apparatus of the present application, certain embodiments are shown in the drawings. It should be understood, however, that the present application is not limited to the precise arrangements, structures, features, embodiments, aspects and devices illustrated, and that the illustrated arrangements, structures, features, embodiments, aspects and devices may be used alone or in combination with other Arrangements, structures, features, embodiments, aspects and devices are used in combination.
附图没有必要按照比例绘制，并且绝不限制本发明的范围，但是仅为了澄清本发明的单个图示实施例。在附图中：The drawings are not necessarily to scale and in no way limit the scope of the invention but are merely for clarifying a single illustrated embodiment of the invention. In the attached picture:
附图说明Description of drawings
[图1]图1是示出了印刷材料供应系统的构造的立体图；[ Fig. 1] Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing the configuration of a printing material supply system;
[图2]图2是示出了具有安装到其上的盒的保持件的立体图；[ Fig. 2] Fig. 2 is a perspective view showing a holder with a cartridge mounted thereon;
[图3]图3是示出了具有安装到其上的盒的保持件的立体图；[ Fig. 3] Fig. 3 is a perspective view showing a holder with a cartridge mounted thereon;
[图4]图4是示出了具有安装到其上的盒的保持件的俯视图；[ Fig. 4] Fig. 4 is a plan view showing a holder with a cartridge mounted thereto;
[图5]图5是沿着图4中的线F4-F4取的截面图；[FIG. 5] FIG. 5 is a sectional view taken along line F4-F4 in FIG. 4;
[图5A]图5A是示出了具有安装到其上的盒的保持件的截面图；[ FIG. 5A] FIG. 5A is a cross-sectional view showing a holder with a cartridge mounted thereon;
[图6A]图6A示出了力是如何从盒施加到杆的；[FIG. 6A] FIG. 6A shows how force is applied from the cartridge to the rod;
[图6B]图6B示出了力是如何从盒施加到杆的；[FIG. 6B] FIG. 6B shows how force is applied from the cartridge to the rod;
[图7]图7是示出了盒的结构的立体图；[ Fig. 7] Fig. 7 is a perspective view showing the structure of a cartridge;
[图8]图8是盒的仰视图；[Fig. 8] Fig. 8 is a bottom view of the box;
[图9]图9是沿着图8中的线F8-F8取得的截面图；[FIG. 9] FIG. 9 is a sectional view taken along line F8-F8 in FIG. 8;
[图9A]图9A示出了当盒出于其安装位置时盒和杆的图；[FIG. 9A] FIG. 9A shows a diagram of the box and the lever when the box is in its installed position;
[图10A]图10A示出了电路板的具体结构；[FIG. 10A] FIG. 10A shows the specific structure of the circuit board;
[图10B]图10B示出了电路板的具体结构；[FIG. 10B] FIG. 10B shows the specific structure of the circuit board;
[图11]图11是盒的后视图；[FIG. 11] FIG. 11 is a rear view of the cartridge;
[图12]图12是盒的前视图；[FIG. 12] FIG. 12 is a front view of the cartridge;
[图13]图13是盒的左视图；[FIG. 13] FIG. 13 is a left side view of the cartridge;
[图14]图14是保持件的结构的立体图；[ Fig. 14] Fig. 14 is a perspective view of the structure of the holder;
[图15]图15是保持件的结构的立体图；[ Fig. 15] Fig. 15 is a perspective view of the structure of the holder;
[图16]图16是示出了保持件的结构的俯视图；[ Fig. 16] Fig. 16 is a top view showing the structure of the holder;
[图17]图17是沿着图16的线F16-F16取得的截面图；[FIG. 17] FIG. 17 is a sectional view taken along line F16-F16 of FIG. 16;
[图18]图18是接触机构的立体图；[ Fig. 18] Fig. 18 is a perspective view of a contact mechanism;
[图19]图19是示出了杆的外观的立体图；[ Fig. 19] Fig. 19 is a perspective view showing an appearance of a rod;
[图20]图20示出了沿着与X轴和Z轴平行的平面取得的杆的轴体的截面图；[ Fig. 20] Fig. 20 shows a sectional view of the shaft body of the rod taken along a plane parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis;
[图21]图21是杆的立体图；[FIG. 21] FIG. 21 is a perspective view of a rod;
[图22]图22是保持件的分解立体图和杆的立体图；[ Fig. 22] Fig. 22 is an exploded perspective view of a holder and a perspective view of a rod;
[图23]图23是示出了在盒安装到保持件的安装状态中杆的外围的结构的截面图；[ Fig. 23] Fig. 23 is a sectional view showing the structure of the periphery of the lever in the mounted state where the cartridge is mounted to the holder;
[图24]图24示出了盒安装到保持件的步骤；[FIG. 24] FIG. 24 shows the step of mounting the cartridge to the holder;
[图25]图25示出了盒安装到保持件的步骤；[FIG. 25] FIG. 25 shows the step of mounting the cartridge to the holder;
[图26]图26示出了盒安装到保持件的步骤；[FIG. 26] FIG. 26 shows the step of mounting the cartridge to the holder;
[图27]图27示出了盒安装到保持件的步骤；[FIG. 27] FIG. 27 shows the step of mounting the cartridge to the holder;
[图27A]图27A是安装到保持件的盒的特写图；[FIG. 27A] FIG. 27A is a close-up view of the cartridge mounted to the holder;
[图27B]图27B是安装到保持件的盒的特写图；[FIG. 27B] FIG. 27B is a close-up view of the cartridge mounted to the holder;
[图28]图28是示出了电子结构的框图；[ Fig. 28] Fig. 28 is a block diagram showing an electronic structure;
[图29]图29示出了电路板与安装检测电路之间的连接；[FIG. 29] FIG. 29 shows the connection between the circuit board and the installation detection circuit;
[图30]图30示出了在安装状态中施加到盒的外力；[FIG. 30] FIG. 30 shows an external force applied to the cartridge in the mounted state;
[图31]图31示出了斜面的方向的精细调整；[ Fig. 31] Fig. 31 shows fine adjustment of the direction of the slope;
[图32A]图32A示出了有益效果的一个示例；[FIG. 32A] FIG. 32A shows an example of beneficial effects;
[图32B]图32B示出了有益效果的一个示例；[FIG. 32B] FIG. 32B shows an example of beneficial effects;
[图32C]图32C示出了有益效果的一个示例；[FIG. 32C] FIG. 32C shows an example of beneficial effects;
[图32D]图32D示出了有益效果的一个示例；[FIG. 32D] FIG. 32D shows an example of beneficial effects;
[图32E]图32E示出了有益效果的一个示例；[FIG. 32E] FIG. 32E shows an example of beneficial effects;
[图32F]图32F示出了有益效果的一个示例；[FIG. 32F] FIG. 32F shows an example of beneficial effects;
[图33]图33示出了根据第二实施例的印刷机；[ Fig. 33] Fig. 33 shows a printing machine according to a second embodiment;
[图34]图34是示出了根据第三实施例的盒的外观的立体图；[ Fig. 34] Fig. 34 is a perspective view showing an appearance of a cartridge according to a third embodiment;
[图35A]图35A是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图；[FIG. 35A] FIG. 35A is a conceptual diagram showing an outer shape of a cartridge according to another embodiment;
[图35B]图35B是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图；[FIG. 35B] FIG. 35B is a conceptual diagram showing an outer shape of a cartridge according to other embodiments;
[图35C]图35C是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图；[FIG. 35C] FIG. 35C is a conceptual diagram showing an outer shape of a cartridge according to other embodiments;
[图35D]图35D是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图；[FIG. 35D] FIG. 35D is a conceptual diagram showing an outer shape of a cartridge according to other embodiments;
[图35E]图35E是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图；[FIG. 35E] FIG. 35E is a conceptual diagram showing an outer shape of a cartridge according to other embodiments;
[图35F]图35F是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图；[FIG. 35F] FIG. 35F is a conceptual diagram showing an outer shape of a cartridge according to other embodiments;
[图35G]图35G是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图；[FIG. 35G] FIG. 35G is a conceptual diagram showing an outer shape of a cartridge according to other embodiments;
[图35H]图35H是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图；[FIG. 35H] FIG. 35H is a conceptual diagram showing an outer shape of a cartridge according to other embodiments;
[图35I]图35I是示出了具有纵长端子的盒的概念图；[FIG. 35I] FIG. 35I is a conceptual diagram showing a cartridge having a lengthwise terminal;
[图35J]图35J是示出了具有布置在电路板外部的接触机构的盒的概念图；[FIG. 35J] FIG. 35J is a conceptual diagram showing a cartridge having a contact mechanism arranged outside a circuit board;
[图36]图36是示出了具有根据一个实施例的适配器的盒的结构的立体图；[ Fig. 36] Fig. 36 is a perspective view showing the structure of a cartridge having an adapter according to an embodiment;
[图37]图37是示出了具有根据另一个实施例的适配器的盒的结构的立体图；[ Fig. 37] Fig. 37 is a perspective view showing the structure of a cartridge having an adapter according to another embodiment;
[图37B]图37B是示出了包括适配器和容器组件的盒的立体图；[ FIG. 37B] FIG. 37B is a perspective view showing a cartridge including an adapter and a container assembly;
[图38]图38是示出了具有根据另一个实施例的适配器的盒的结构的立体图；[ Fig. 38] Fig. 38 is a perspective view showing the structure of a cartridge having an adapter according to another embodiment;
[图39A]图39A示出了根据一个修改例的杆的结构；[FIG. 39A] FIG. 39A shows the structure of a rod according to a modified example;
[图39B]图39B示出了根据一个修改例的杆的结构；[FIG. 39B] FIG. 39B shows the structure of a rod according to a modified example;
[图40]图40示出了根据一个修改例的盒向保持件的安装；[ Fig. 40] Fig. 40 shows the installation of the cartridge to the holder according to a modified example;
[图41A]图41A示出了端子形状的修改例；[ FIG. 41A] FIG. 41A shows a modified example of a terminal shape;
[图41B]图41B示出了端子形状的修改例；[FIG. 41B] FIG. 41B shows a modified example of the terminal shape;
[图41C]图41C示出了端子形状的修改例；[FIG. 41C] FIG. 41C shows a modified example of the terminal shape;
[图42A]图42A是示出了板端子的擦拭量与板倾斜角phi的关系的图；[FIG. 42A] FIG. 42A is a graph showing the relationship between the wiping amount of the board terminal and the board inclination angle phi;
[图42B]图42B示出了板端子的擦拭量；[FIG. 42B] FIG. 42B shows the wiping amount of the board terminal;
[图43A]图43A是示出了设备侧接地端子的向上力与板倾斜角phi的关系的图；[FIG. 43A] FIG. 43A is a graph showing the relationship between the upward force of the equipment-side ground terminal and the plate inclination angle phi;
[图43B]图43B示出了设备侧接地端子的向上力；[FIG. 43B] FIG. 43B shows the upward force of the equipment side ground terminal;
[图44]图44是示出了板端子的擦拭量与板倾斜角phi的另一个关系的图；以及[FIG. 44] FIG. 44 is a graph showing another relationship between the wiping amount of the board terminal and the board inclination angle phi; and
[图45]图45是示出了设备侧接地端子的向上力与板倾斜角phi的另一个关系的图。[ Fig. 45] Fig. 45 is a graph showing another relationship between the upward force of the equipment-side ground terminal and the board inclination angle phi.
具体实施例specific embodiment
为了进一步澄清本发明的构造和操作，下文中参照幅图描述了本发明的一些实施例。In order to further clarify the construction and operation of the present invention, some embodiments of the present invention are described below with reference to the drawings.
A.第一实施例A. The first embodiment
A-1.印刷材料供应系统的一般构造A-1. General structure of printing material supply system
图1是示出了印刷材料供应系统10的构造的立体图。彼此垂直的XYZ轴在图1中示出。图1中的XYZ轴对应于其他附图中的XYZ轴。在随后的附图中，在需要的时候示出XYZ轴。印刷材料供应系统10包括盒20和作为印刷设备的印刷机50。在印刷材料供应系统10中，盒20由用户可移除地安装到印刷机50的保持件60。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing the configuration of a printing material supply system 10 . The XYZ axes perpendicular to each other are shown in FIG. 1 . The XYZ axes in FIG. 1 correspond to the XYZ axes in the other drawings. In subsequent drawings, XYZ axes are shown where necessary. The printing material supply system 10 includes a cassette 20 and a printer 50 as a printing device. In the printing material supply system 10, the cartridge 20 is removably mounted to the holder 60 of the printer 50 by a user.
印刷材料供应系统10中的每个盒20容纳作为印刷材料的墨水。容纳在盒20中的用作印刷材料的墨水被通过墨水供应结构和印刷材料供应管(下文中描述)提供给头540。根据此结构，多个盒20被可移除地安装到印刷机50的保持件60。更具体地，分别容纳六种不同颜色墨水(即，黑色、黄色、洋红色、浅洋红色、青色、浅青色)的六个盒20被安装到保持件60。本领域技术人员可以明白，虽然这里的描述提到了墨水，但是可以想到用于印刷的任何物质都可以被如下文参照所公开的盒、其组合和/或供应系统更具体地描述的方式来使用，并且本发明不应当由此限制。Each cartridge 20 in the printing material supply system 10 contains ink as printing material. Ink used as a printing material contained in the cartridge 20 is supplied to the head 540 through an ink supply structure and a printing material supply tube (described later). According to this structure, the plurality of cassettes 20 are removably mounted to the holder 60 of the printer 50 . More specifically, six cartridges 20 respectively containing inks of six different colors (ie, black, yellow, magenta, light magenta, cyan, light cyan) are mounted to the holder 60 . It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that although the description herein refers to inks, any substance conceivable for printing may be used as described in more detail below with reference to the disclosed cartridges, combinations thereof, and/or supply systems , and the present invention should not be limited thereby.
根据其他实施例，安装到保持件60的盒的个数不局限于六个，并且可以多于或少于六个。根据其他实施例，不同颜色墨水的数目不局限于六个颜色，但是可以多于或少于六个颜色。根据其他实施例，安装到保持件60的两个以上盒20可以容纳一种相同颜色墨水。盒20和保持件60的具体结构将会在下文中描述。According to other embodiments, the number of cartridges mounted to the holder 60 is not limited to six, and may be more or less than six. According to other embodiments, the number of different color inks is not limited to six colors, but may be more or less than six colors. According to other embodiments, more than two cartridges 20 mounted to holder 60 may contain one and the same color of ink. The specific structures of the cartridge 20 and the holder 60 will be described below.
图1中示出的印刷材料供应系统10的印刷机50是用于个人使用的紧凑喷墨印刷机。除了保持件60之外，印刷机50还具有控制器510和包括保持器60的滑架520。滑架520也包括头540。印刷机50将墨水从安装到保持件60的盒20通过印刷材料供应管(下文中描述)提供到头540，并且从头540将墨水排出到印刷介质90(诸如印刷纸或标签)，以在印刷介质90上印刷各种数据，诸如字符列、附图和图片。虽然关于喷墨印刷机进行了具体描述，但是本领域技术人员将会理解本发明尅一如下问更具体地描述地应用到其他印刷类型和印刷材料供应系统，并且本发明不应当由此限制。The printer 50 of the printed material supply system 10 shown in FIG. 1 is a compact inkjet printer for personal use. In addition to the holder 60 , the printer 50 has a controller 510 and a carriage 520 including the holder 60 . The carriage 520 also includes a head 540 . The printer 50 supplies ink from the cartridge 20 mounted to the holder 60 to the head 540 through a printing material supply pipe (described below), and discharges the ink from the head 540 to a printing medium 90 (such as printing paper or a label) to print on the printing medium. Various data such as character strings, drawings and pictures are printed on the 90. Although specifically described with respect to an inkjet printer, those skilled in the art will understand that the present invention applies to other printing types and printed material supply systems as more specifically described below, and the invention should not be limited thereby.
印刷机50的控制器510用来控制印刷机50的各个部分的操作。印刷机50的滑架520被构造为使得头540横跨印刷介质90往复地扫描。印刷机50的头540具有喷墨机构，其被构造为将墨水从安装到保持件60的盒20喷射到印刷介质90上。控制器510和滑架520被经由柔性线缆517电连接。头540的喷墨机构由来自控制器510的控制信号操作。The controller 510 of the printing machine 50 is used to control the operations of various parts of the printing machine 50 . The carriage 520 of the printer 50 is configured such that the head 540 scans reciprocally across the print medium 90 . The head 540 of the printer 50 has an ink ejection mechanism configured to eject ink from the cartridge 20 mounted to the holder 60 onto the printing medium 90 . The controller 510 and the carriage 520 are electrically connected via a flexible cable 517 . The ink ejection mechanism of the head 540 is operated by a control signal from the controller 510 .
根据本实施例，滑架520具有头540和保持件60。这种类型的盒20被安装到用来移动头540的滑架520上的保持件60的印刷机50被称作为“架上式”印刷机。根据另一个实施例，保持件60可以被设置在滑架520的不同位置处，并且墨水可以被从安装到保持件60的每个盒20通过柔性管提供到滑架520的头540。这种类型的印刷机被称作为“离架式”印刷机。According to the present embodiment, the carriage 520 has a head 540 and a holder 60 . A printer 50 in which this type of cartridge 20 is mounted to a holder 60 on a carriage 520 for moving a head 540 is referred to as a "on-shelf" printer. According to another embodiment, the holder 60 may be provided at a different position of the carriage 520, and ink may be supplied from each cartridge 20 mounted to the holder 60 to the head 540 of the carriage 520 through a flexible tube. This type of press is known as an "off-shelf" press.
根据本实施例，印刷机50具有主扫描进给机构和副扫描进给机构，其将滑架520和印刷介质90相对移动，并且在印刷介质90上执行印刷。印刷机50的主扫描进给机构包括滑架马达522和驱动带524，并且经由驱动带524将滑架马达522的动力传递给滑架520，来使滑架520在主扫描方向上往复移动。印刷机50的副扫描进给机构包括进给马达532以及压纸卷筒534，并且将进给马达532的动力传递给压纸卷筒534，以在与主扫描方向垂直的副扫描方向上运送印刷介质90。主扫描进给机构的滑架马达522以及副扫描进给机构的进给马达532基于来自控制器510的控制信号来动作。According to the present embodiment, the printing machine 50 has a main scanning feed mechanism and a sub scanning feeding mechanism which relatively move the carriage 520 and the printing medium 90 and perform printing on the printing medium 90 . The main scanning feed mechanism of the printing machine 50 includes a carriage motor 522 and a drive belt 524 , and transmits the power of the carriage motor 522 to the carriage 520 via the drive belt 524 to reciprocate the carriage 520 in the main scanning direction. The sub-scanning feed mechanism of the printing machine 50 includes a feed motor 532 and a platen 534, and transmits the power of the feed motor 532 to the platen 534 to convey in the sub-scanning direction perpendicular to the main scanning direction. Print media 90. The carriage motor 522 of the main scanning feed mechanism and the feed motor 532 of the sub scanning feeding mechanism operate based on control signals from the controller 510 .
根据本实施例，在印刷材料供应系统10处于通常使用的状态下时，X轴表示沿着副扫描方向(前后方向)的轴，印刷介质90被沿着副扫描方向进给。Y轴表示沿着主扫描方向(当从前方观察系统10时的左右方向或侧向)的轴作为Y轴，滑架520沿着主扫描方向往复移动。Z轴表示沿着重力方向(竖直方向)的轴。印刷材料供应系统10的使用状态是指设置在水平的面上的印刷材料供应系统10的状态。在本实施例中，水平的面为与X轴和Y轴平行的面，即，XY面。According to the present embodiment, when the printing material supply system 10 is in a state of normal use, the X-axis indicates an axis along the sub-scanning direction (front-rear direction), and the printing medium 90 is fed along the sub-scanning direction. The Y axis represents an axis along a main scanning direction (a left-right direction or a lateral direction when viewing the system 10 from the front) as a Y axis, and the carriage 520 reciprocates along the main scanning direction. The Z axis represents an axis along the gravitational direction (vertical direction). The usage state of the printing material supply system 10 refers to the state of the printing material supply system 10 installed on a horizontal surface. In this embodiment, the horizontal plane is a plane parallel to the X-axis and the Y-axis, that is, the XY plane.
根据本实施例，+X轴方向表示将副扫描方向(向前方向)，-X轴方向表示其相反方向(向后方向)，+Z轴方向表示沿着与重力方向相反的方向从印刷材料供应系统10的底部到顶部的方向(向上方向)，并且-Z轴方向表示与+Z轴方向相反的方向，即，重力方向(向下方向)。在本实施例中，+X轴方向侧(前侧)为印刷材料供应系统10的正面。根据本实施例，+Y轴方向表示从印刷材料供应系统10的右侧面朝向左侧面的方向(向左方向)，并且-Y轴方向表示其相反方向(向右方向)。在本实施例中，被安装在保持器60中的多个盒20被沿着Y轴的方向(左右方向或侧向方向，其被称作“Y轴方向”)排列。类似地，沿着X轴的方向(前后方向)和沿着Z轴的方向(竖直方向)被称作为“X轴方向”和“Z”轴方向。According to the present embodiment, the +X-axis direction represents the sub-scanning direction (forward direction), the -X-axis direction represents its opposite direction (backward direction), and the +Z-axis direction represents the direction from the printed material in the direction opposite to the gravitational direction. The direction from the bottom to the top of the supply system 10 (upward direction), and the -Z-axis direction means the direction opposite to the +Z-axis direction, ie, the direction of gravity (downward direction). In the present embodiment, the +X-axis direction side (front side) is the front side of the printing material supply system 10 . According to the present embodiment, the +Y axis direction indicates the direction from the right side toward the left side of the printing material supply system 10 (leftward direction), and the -Y axis direction indicates its opposite direction (rightward direction). In the present embodiment, the plurality of cartridges 20 mounted in the holder 60 are aligned along the Y-axis direction (left-right direction or lateral direction, which is referred to as “Y-axis direction”). Similarly, the direction along the X-axis (front-rear direction) and the direction along the Z-axis (vertical direction) are referred to as "X-axis direction" and "Z"-axis direction.
A-2.将盒20安装在保持器60的结构A-2. Structure for mounting the cartridge 20 on the holder 60
图2和图3是示出具有安装到其上的盒20的保持器60的立体图。图4是示出具有安装到其上的盒20的保持器60的俯视图。在图2到图4中示出的状态中，一个盒20被适当地安装到保持件60的设计安装位置。“适当地安装到设计安装位置”的状态以及“安装位置”表示盒20被附接(或者不同地说，安置)，使得盒侧端子位于与包括在印刷机50的接触机构(之后对其进行描述)内的相应侧设备侧端子分别接触的位置。2 and 3 are perspective views showing the holder 60 with the cartridge 20 mounted thereto. FIG. 4 is a plan view showing the holder 60 with the cartridge 20 mounted thereto. In the states shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 , one cartridge 20 is properly mounted to the designed mounting position of the holder 60 . The state of "properly mounted to the designed mounting position" and "mounted position" indicate that the cartridge 20 is attached (or, in other words, placed) so that the cartridge side terminals are located in contact with the contact mechanism included in the printer 50 (which is then Description) where the equipment side terminals on the corresponding side are in contact with each other.
如图2和图3所示，印刷机50的保持件60具有5个壁构件601、603、604、605、606。由这五个壁构件形成的凹陷作为盒室或盒安装结构602。盒室602由分隔壁607划分为多个槽(安装空间)，来接收各个盒20。分隔壁607作为将盒20插入各个槽的引导件，但是可以被适当地省略。每个槽具有印刷材料供应管640、接触机构70、杆80、第二设备侧限制元件620以及作为第三设备侧限制元件的突起部636。每个槽的一个侧面(+Z轴方向侧面、顶面)是开放的，并且盒20经由该开放的侧面(开放的顶面)安装到保持件60或从其移除。As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 , the holder 60 of the printer 50 has five wall members 601 , 603 , 604 , 605 , 606 . The recess formed by these five wall members serves as the cartridge chamber or cartridge mounting structure 602 . The cartridge chamber 602 is divided into a plurality of slots (installation spaces) by partition walls 607 to receive the respective cartridges 20 . The partition walls 607 serve as guides for inserting the cartridges 20 into the respective slots, but may be appropriately omitted. Each tank has a printing material supply pipe 640, a contact mechanism 70, a rod 80, a second device-side restricting member 620, and a protrusion 636 as a third device-side restricting member. One side (+Z-axis direction side, top) of each groove is open, and the cartridge 20 is attached to or removed from the holder 60 via the open side (open top).
盒20以盒20由杆80和第二设备侧限制元件620锁止并且墨水供应结构(下文中进行描述)与印刷材料供应管640连接的状态安装到保持件60。这种状态被称作为“盒20向保持件60的安装状态”，简称为“安装”状态，或者另外地称作“安置”状态。将印刷材料供应管640与盒20的墨水供应结构连接使得作为容纳在盒20中的印刷材料的墨水被提供到头540(图1)。印刷材料供应管640具有位于+Z轴方向侧上的外围端642(也被称作为“连接端”)以及位于-Z轴方向侧上的基底端645。基底端645设置在壁构件601上，并且外围端642与盒20的墨水供应结构连接。印刷材料供应管640具有与Z轴平行的中心轴C。从基底端645沿着中心轴C到外围端642的方向是+Z轴方向。The cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 in a state where the cartridge 20 is locked by the lever 80 and the second apparatus-side restricting member 620 and an ink supply structure (described later) is connected to the printing material supply tube 640 . This state is referred to as "mounted state of cartridge 20 to holder 60", simply "mounted" state, or otherwise "seated" state. Connecting the printing material supply tube 640 to the ink supply structure of the cartridge 20 allows ink as the printing material contained in the cartridge 20 to be supplied to the head 540 ( FIG. 1 ). The printing material supply tube 640 has a peripheral end 642 (also referred to as a “connection end”) on the +Z-axis direction side and a base end 645 on the −Z-axis direction side. The base end 645 is disposed on the wall member 601 and the peripheral end 642 is connected to the ink supply structure of the cartridge 20 . The printing material supply pipe 640 has a central axis C parallel to the Z axis. The direction from the base end 645 to the peripheral end 642 along the central axis C is the +Z-axis direction.
如图2所示，弹性部件648设置在墨水供应管640的周围，以密封处于安装状态的盒20的墨水供应结构的外围，来防止墨水从墨水供应结构泄漏到外围。在安装状态中，弹性部件648向盒20施加包含+Z轴方向的分量的施压力。As shown in FIG. 2, the elastic member 648 is disposed around the ink supply tube 640 to seal the periphery of the ink supply structure of the cartridge 20 in the installed state to prevent ink from leaking from the ink supply structure to the periphery. In the mounted state, the elastic member 648 applies a pressing force including a component in the +Z-axis direction to the cartridge 20 .
在安装(安置)状态中，设置在盒20的电路板(之后对其进行描述)上的端子与保持件60的每个槽中的接触机构70的端子之间的电连接允许在盒20与印刷机50之间传递各种信息。In the installed (seated) state, the electrical connection between the terminals provided on the circuit board of the box 20 (which will be described later) and the terminals of the contact mechanism 70 in each groove of the holder 60 allows the connection between the box 20 and the Various information is communicated between the printers 50 .
图5是沿着图4的线F4-F4取得的截面图。突起部636被在图示中省略。印刷机50的印刷材料供应管640与盒20的墨水供应结构280连接，使得墨水被从盒20经由印刷材料流动路径282供应到头540(图1)。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line F4-F4 of FIG. 4 . The protruding portion 636 is omitted from illustration. The printing material supply pipe 640 of the printer 50 is connected with the ink supply structure 280 of the cartridge 20 so that ink is supplied from the cartridge 20 to the head 540 ( FIG. 1 ) via the printing material flow path 282 .
根据本实施例，用来过滤从盒20供应的墨水的多孔过滤器644被设置在印刷材料供应管640的外围端642处。多孔过滤器644可以例如由不锈钢网或不锈钢纺织布制成。根据另一个实施例，多孔过滤器可以不位于印刷材料供应管640的外围端642处。According to the present embodiment, a porous filter 644 for filtering ink supplied from the cartridge 20 is provided at the peripheral end 642 of the printing material supply tube 640 . Porous filter 644 may be made, for example, of stainless steel mesh or stainless steel woven cloth. According to another embodiment, the porous filter may not be located at the peripheral end 642 of the printing material supply tube 640 .
印刷机50的接触机构70位于印刷材料供应管640的+X轴方向侧上，并且被构造为能够与设置在盒20的电路板40上的端子接触。在盒20的安装状态中，包括+Z轴方向矢量成分的施压力Pt被从接触机构70的端子施加到电路板40。在盒20的安装状态中，沿着+Z轴方向的施压力Ps被从弹性部件648施加到墨水供应结构280。The contact mechanism 70 of the printer 50 is located on the +X-axis direction side of the printing material supply pipe 640 , and is configured to be able to contact terminals provided on the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 . In the mounted state of the cartridge 20 , a pressing force Pt including a +Z-axis direction vector component is applied from the terminal of the contact mechanism 70 to the circuit board 40 . In the mounted state of the cartridge 20 , the pressing force Ps in the +Z-axis direction is applied from the elastic member 648 to the ink supply structure 280 .
用于安装和拆卸盒20的杆80具有在其+Z轴方向端的操作构件830和在其-Z轴方向端处的接合部分810。第一设备侧限制元件或接合部分810(下文中更具体地描述其第一设备侧锁止面)被构造为在安装状态中与在第一锁止位置810L处的第一盒侧限制部分210接合。第一锁止位置810L位于设置在电路板40和接触机构70上的端子之间的接触部的+Z轴方向侧上和+X轴方向侧上。接合部分810与第一盒侧限制部分210接合，以限制盒20在+Z轴方向上的运动。The lever 80 for mounting and detaching the cartridge 20 has an operation member 830 at its +Z-axis direction end and an engaging portion 810 at its -Z-axis direction end. The first device-side restricting element or engagement portion 810 (the first device-side locking surface of which is described in more detail below) is configured to interact with the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 at the first locked position 810L in the installed state. join. The first lock position 810L is located on the +Z-axis direction side and the +X-axis direction side of the contact portion between the circuit board 40 and the terminal provided on the contact mechanism 70 . The engaging portion 810 is engaged with the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 to restrict movement of the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction.
杆80绕轴800c在操作构件830与接合部分810之间的位置处枢转。杆80的旋转轴800c位于第一锁止位置810L的+Z轴方向侧和在+X轴方向侧。The lever 80 pivots at a position between the operation member 830 and the engagement portion 810 about the shaft 800c. The rotation shaft 800c of the lever 80 is located on the +Z-axis direction side and on the +X-axis direction side of the first lock position 810L.
用户使用杆80的操作构件830来将盒20从保持件60移除。为了移除盒20，用户沿着-X轴方向对操作构件830施压。该施压将从+X轴方向侧朝向-X轴方向侧的力Pr(被称作为“操作力Pr”)施加到操作构件830。该操作力Pr将杆80绕轴800c转动，并且将接合部分810沿着+X轴方向从第一锁止位置810L移开。这解除了第一盒侧限制部分210与接合部分810的接合，并且使得盒20能够被从保持件60移除。The user uses the operating member 830 of the lever 80 to remove the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 . To remove the cartridge 20, the user presses the operation member 830 in the -X axis direction. This pressing applies a force Pr (referred to as “operation force Pr”) from the +X-axis direction side toward the −X-axis direction side to the operation member 830 . This operating force Pr rotates the lever 80 around the axis 800c, and moves the engagement portion 810 away from the first lock position 810L in the +X-axis direction. This releases the engagement of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 with the engaging portion 810 and enables the cartridge 20 to be removed from the holder 60 .
第二设备侧限制元件620设置在侧壁构件604上，并且被构造为在第二锁止位置620L处与第二盒侧限制部分220接合。根据本实施例，第二设备侧限制元件620是形成在保持件60的侧壁构件604中的通孔。第二锁止位置620L位于印刷材料供应管640的+Z轴方向侧和-X轴方向侧。第二设备侧限制元件620与第二盒侧限制部分220(也被称作为第二限制元件220)接合，以限制盒20在+Z轴方向上的运动。如上所述，盒20沿着+Z轴方向的运动在安装状态中由其+X轴方向末端和其-X轴方向末端二者限制。The second device-side restricting member 620 is provided on the side wall member 604 and is configured to engage with the second case-side restricting portion 220 at the second lock position 620L. According to the present embodiment, the second device-side restricting member 620 is a through hole formed in the side wall member 604 of the holder 60 . The second lock position 620L is located on the +Z-axis direction side and the −X-axis direction side of the printing material supply pipe 640 . The second device-side restricting member 620 is engaged with the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 (also referred to as the second restricting member 220 ) to restrict movement of the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction. As described above, the movement of the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction is restricted by both its +X-axis direction end and its -X-axis direction end in the mounted state.
第二锁止位置620L(第二盒侧限制部分220在该位置与第二设备侧限制元件620接触)用作枢转点，盒20绕该枢转点转动而被安装到保持件60以及从保持件60卸下。换言之，盒20沿着与Z轴和X轴平行的平面绕第二锁止位置620L转动，来进行安装和拆卸第二盒侧限制部分220和第二设备侧限制元件620相应地作为用于安装或卸下盒20的盒20的旋转枢转点。将会在下文具体描述盒20向保持件60的安装和卸下。The second lock position 620L at which the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 is in contact with the second device-side restricting member 620 serves as a pivot point about which the cartridge 20 is rotated to be mounted to the holder 60 and from there Holder 60 is removed. In other words, the cartridge 20 is rotated around the second lock position 620L along a plane parallel to the Z-axis and the X-axis to perform installation and detachment of the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 and the second device-side restricting member 620 respectively as a Or remove the pivot point of the cartridge 20 for the cartridge 20 to rotate. Attachment and detachment of the cartridge 20 to and from the holder 60 will be specifically described below.
如图5所示，在安装状态中，第一锁止位置810L位于在-Z轴方向侧上距第二锁止位置620L距离Dz的位置处。这减小了第一盒侧限制部分210由从保持件60施加到盒20的施压力Ps和Pt而从接合部分810脱离的可能性。盒20可以因此被稳定地保持在设计的安装位置。As shown in FIG. 5 , in the mounted state, the first lock position 810L is located at a distance Dz from the second lock position 620L on the −Z-axis direction side. This reduces the possibility that the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is disengaged from the engagement portion 810 by the pressing forces Ps and Pt applied to the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 . The cartridge 20 can thus be stably held at the designed installation position.
图6A和图6B示出了从盒20施加到在第一锁止位置810L处的杆80的力。在图6A的第一锁止位置810L位于第二锁止位置620L的-Z轴方向侧上的状态中，力F1被从盒20施加到处于第一锁止位置810L处的杆80。在图6B的第一锁止位置810L位于第二锁止位置620L的+Z轴方向侧上的状态中，力F2被从盒20施加到处于第一锁止位置810L处的杆80。图6A中示出的力F1与图6B中示出的力F2具有相同的大小。6A and 6B illustrate the force applied from the cartridge 20 to the lever 80 at the first locked position 810L. In a state where the first lock position 810L of FIG. 6A is located on the -Z-axis direction side of the second lock position 620L, a force F1 is applied from the cartridge 20 to the lever 80 at the first lock position 810L. In a state where the first lock position 810L of FIG. 6B is located on the +Z-axis direction side of the second lock position 620L, a force F2 is applied from the cartridge 20 to the lever 80 at the first lock position 810L. The force F1 shown in FIG. 6A has the same magnitude as the force F2 shown in FIG. 6B .
图6A和图6B示意性地示出了第一锁止位置810L、第二锁止位置620L和旋转轴800c(也被称作为“枢转中心800c”)在X轴和Z轴上相对于彼此的位置关系。图6A和图6B中示出的两个位置关系之间的差异是第二锁止位置620L在Z轴上的差异。图6A和图6B中示出的弧形RT1示出了第一锁止位置810L绕旋转轴800c的旋转轨迹。图6A和图6B中示出的弧形RT2示出了第一锁止位置810L绕第二锁止位置620L的旋转轨迹。6A and 6B schematically illustrate the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and the axis of rotation 800c (also referred to as "pivot center 800c") relative to each other on the X-axis and the Z-axis. location relationship. The difference between the two positional relationships shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B is the difference in the Z-axis of the second lock position 620L. The arc RT1 shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B shows the rotation trajectory of the first locking position 810L around the rotation axis 800c. The arc RT2 shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B shows the rotational trajectory of the first locked position 810L about the second locked position 620L.
在图6A中示出的示例中，第一锁止位置810L位于第二锁止位置620L的-Z轴方向侧上，因此力F1(其沿着弧形RT2的切线方向施加到第一锁止位置810L处)具有+X轴方向矢量分量和+Z轴方向矢量分量。力F1因此被分解为沿着弧形RT1的切线方向的矢量成分F1t和沿着弧形RT1的径向方向的矢量成分F1r。In the example shown in FIG. 6A , the first lock position 810L is located on the -Z-axis direction side of the second lock position 620L, so the force F1 (which is applied to the first lock along the tangential direction of the arc RT2 position 810L) has a +X-axis direction vector component and a +Z-axis direction vector component. The force F1 is thus resolved into a vector component F1t along the tangential direction of the arc RT1 and a vector component F1r along the radial direction of the arc RT1.
在图6B中示出的示例中，第一锁止位置810L位于第二锁止位置620L的+Z轴方向侧上，因此力F2(其沿着弧形RT2的切线方向施加到第一锁止位置810L处)具有-X轴方向矢量分量和+Z轴方向矢量分量。力F2因此被分解为沿着弧形RT1的切线方向的矢量成分F2t和沿着弧形RT1的径向方向的矢量成分F2r。In the example shown in FIG. 6B , the first lock position 810L is located on the +Z-axis direction side of the second lock position 620L, so the force F2 (which is applied to the first lock position along the tangential direction of the arc RT2 position 810L) has a -X-axis direction vector component and a +Z-axis direction vector component. The force F2 is thus resolved into a vector component F2t along the tangential direction of the arc RT1 and a vector component F2r along the radial direction of the arc RT1 .
如能够通过附图6A和图6B之间的比较清楚理解的，当力F1的大小等于力F2的大小时(F1＝F2)，第一锁止位置810L、第二锁止位置620L与旋转轴800c相对于彼此的位置关系导致对于沿着弧形RT1的切线方向的矢量成分“F1t＜F2t”，并且对于沿着弧形RT1的径向方向的矢量成分“F1t＞F2t”。相比于图6B中示出的状态，图6A中的状态具有从盒20朝向杆80的旋转轴800c的更大的力矢量成分，并且具有沿着将会使杆80绕旋转轴800c顺时针(即，从+Y轴方向观察)转动方向的更小的力矢量成分。换言之，相比于将第一锁止位置810L定位在第二锁止位置620L的+Z轴方向侧上，将第一锁止位置810L定位在第二锁止位置620L的-Z轴方向侧更有效地减小了第一盒侧限制部分210从接合部分810脱离的可能性。在任一状态中，没有力沿着+X轴方向施加，以在第一锁止位置810L处释放接合，因此这两种状态提供了以下优点：减小第一盒侧限制部分210将会从接合部分810脱离的可能性。As can be clearly understood by comparing the accompanying drawings 6A and 6B, when the magnitude of the force F1 is equal to the magnitude of the force F2 (F1=F2), the first locking position 810L, the second locking position 620L and the rotation axis The positional relationship of 800c relative to each other results in "F1t<F2t" for the vector component along the tangential direction of arc RT1, and "F1t>F2t" for the vector component along the radial direction of arc RT1. The state in FIG. 6A has a greater force vector component from the cartridge 20 towards the axis of rotation 800c of the rod 80 than the state shown in FIG. 6B and has a force along the (ie, viewed from the +Y axis direction) the smaller force vector component in the rotational direction. In other words, it is easier to position the first lock position 810L on the −Z-axis direction side of the second lock position 620L than to position the first lock position 810L on the +Z-axis direction side of the second lock position 620L. The possibility of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 coming off from the engagement portion 810 is effectively reduced. In either state, no force is applied in the direction of the +X axis to release the engagement at the first locked position 810L, so these two states provide the advantage of reducing the amount of time the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 will move from engagement. Section 810 possibility of disengagement.
A-3.盒的详细构成：A-3. Detailed composition of the box:
图7是示出了作为根据本发明的一个实施例的盒的一个示例的盒20的结构的立体图。图8是盒20的仰视图。图9是沿着图8中的线F8-F8取得的截面图。图10A和图10B示出了电路板40的具体结构。图10A是从由图9中的箭头F9示出的方向观看的电路板40的图，并且图10B是从图10A中的箭头F10观看的电路板40的图。根据本实施例，X轴、Y轴和Z轴表示在处于安装状态中的盒20上的轴。在安装状态中的+X轴方向侧是盒20的前面。图8中示出的平面Yc是穿过宽度或盒20的Y轴方向长度的中央的平面，并且与Z轴和X轴(即，ZX平面)平行。图8中示出的平面CX是穿过中心轴C并且与Z轴和X轴(即，ZX平面)平行的平面。FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing the structure of a cartridge 20 as an example of a cartridge according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 8 is a bottom view of the cartridge 20 . FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line F8-F8 in FIG. 8 . 10A and 10B show a specific structure of the circuit board 40 . FIG. 10A is a diagram of the circuit board 40 viewed from the direction indicated by the arrow F9 in FIG. 9 , and FIG. 10B is a diagram of the circuit board 40 viewed from the arrow F10 in FIG. 10A . According to the present embodiment, the X axis, the Y axis, and the Z axis indicate the axes on the cartridge 20 in the mounted state. The +X-axis direction side in the mounted state is the front of the cartridge 20 . A plane Yc shown in FIG. 8 is a plane passing through the center of the width or the length of the cartridge 20 in the Y-axis direction, and is parallel to the Z-axis and the X-axis (ie, the ZX plane). A plane CX shown in FIG. 8 is a plane passing through the center axis C and parallel to the Z-axis and the X-axis (ie, the ZX plane).
如图7所示，盒20包括容纳墨水的墨水室200、壳体22、墨水供应结构280、电路板40和第一盒侧限制部分210。盒20被沿着安装方向SD安装到保持件60，该安装方向是-Z轴方向(实施例中的竖直向下方向)。盒20的具体朝向或姿态在盒20实际插入保持件60的过程中一般不固定。在盒20安装到保持件60的过程中，盒20可以相对于Z轴倾斜。然而，在安装之前紧接的状态以及在安装状态中，墨水供应结构280接收具有与Z轴平行的中心轴C的印刷材料供应管640，使得盒20的具体朝向由印刷材料供应管640限制，并且因此基本沿着Z轴方向对准。由于这个原因，并且因为盒20在被安装到保持件60中时移动的一般方向沿着-Z轴方向，所以-Z轴方向可以被认为是盒20的安装方向。由于相同原因，+Z轴方向可以被认为是盒20被从保持件60溢出的移除方向RD(图9)。因为-Z轴和+Z轴方向是相反方向，所以安装方向SD和移除方向RD可以被认为是相反方向。As shown in FIG. 7 , the cartridge 20 includes an ink chamber 200 containing ink, a housing 22 , an ink supply structure 280 , a circuit board 40 and a first cartridge side restricting portion 210 . The cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 along the mounting direction SD, which is the -Z-axis direction (vertical downward direction in the embodiment). The particular orientation or posture of the cartridge 20 is generally not fixed during the actual insertion of the cartridge 20 into the holder 60 . During installation of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60, the cartridge 20 may be tilted with respect to the Z-axis. However, in the state immediately before installation and in the installed state, the ink supply structure 280 receives the printing material supply pipe 640 having the central axis C parallel to the Z-axis so that the specific orientation of the cartridge 20 is limited by the printing material supply pipe 640, And thus aligned substantially along the Z-axis direction. For this reason, and because the general direction in which the cartridge 20 moves when installed into the holder 60 is along the -Z-axis direction, the -Z-axis direction can be regarded as the installation direction of the cartridge 20 . For the same reason, the +Z axis direction can be considered as the removal direction RD ( FIG. 9 ) in which the cartridge 20 is overflowed from the holder 60 . Since the -Z-axis and +Z-axis directions are opposite directions, the installation direction SD and the removal direction RD can be considered as opposite directions.
壳体22(也被称作为“盒体22”)定义了包括盒20的墨水室200的内部空间。壳体22也形成盒20的外壁表面的至少一部分，并且可以由合成树脂，诸如聚丙烯(PP)，制成。盒20是具有全等的侧面的矩形棱柱形或者基本矩形平行六面体形。壳体22的一部分可以由树脂膜制成。The housing 22 (also referred to as “cartridge body 22 ”) defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 including the cartridge 20 . The case 22 also forms at least a part of the outer wall surface of the case 20, and may be made of synthetic resin such as polypropylene (PP). The box 20 is rectangular prism or substantially rectangular parallelepiped with congruent sides. A part of the housing 22 may be made of a resin film.
盒20具有长度(X轴方向长度)、宽度(Y轴方向长度)和高度(Z轴方向长度)，其中长度、高度和宽度按照此顺序减小。然而，盒20的长度、宽度和高度的大小关系不局限于这个顺序，但是可以被任意地确定；例如，高度、长度和宽度可以以此顺序减小，或者高度、长度和宽度可以彼此相等。The cartridge 20 has a length (X-axis direction length), a width (Y-axis direction length), and a height (Z-axis direction length), wherein the length, height, and width decrease in this order. However, the size relationship of the length, width, and height of the case 20 is not limited to this order, but may be determined arbitrarily; for example, the height, length, and width may decrease in this order, or the height, length, and width may be equal to each other.
盒20的壳体22包括第一壁或底部201、第二壁或顶部202、第三壁或前部203、第四壁或后部204、第五壁205、第六壁206，以及连接壁209。连接壁209包括第七壁207和第八壁208(图9)。第一到第八壁201-208限定了包括盒20的墨水室200的内部空间。在以下描述中，被分配给第一到第八壁的符号201到208也被用来表示构成盒20的壳体22的壁的外表面(即，第一到第八面201-208)。第一到第八壁的外表面(第一到第八面)201-208是基本平面。“基本平面”不仅表示完美的平坦平面，但是可以包括具有部分略微不规则的平面。换言之，“基本平面”包括具有部分略微不规则但是仍然可以被识别为盒20的壳体22的面或壁的平面。The housing 22 of the box 20 includes a first wall or bottom 201, a second wall or top 202, a third wall or front 203, a fourth wall or rear 204, a fifth wall 205, a sixth wall 206, and connecting walls. 209. The connection wall 209 includes a seventh wall 207 and an eighth wall 208 ( FIG. 9 ). The first to eighth walls 201 - 208 define the inner space of the ink chamber 200 including the cartridge 20 . In the following description, the symbols 201 to 208 assigned to the first to eighth walls are also used to denote the outer surfaces (ie, first to eighth faces 201 - 208 ) of the walls constituting the case 22 of the cartridge 20 . The outer surfaces (first to eighth faces) 201-208 of the first to eighth walls are substantially flat. A "basic plane" does not only mean a perfectly flat plane, but may include a plane with some slight irregularities. In other words, “substantially planar” includes a plane having portions that are slightly irregular but still recognizable as a face or wall of the housing 22 of the cartridge 20 .
第一面201(第一壁)、第二面202(第二壁)、第三面203(第三壁)、第四面204(第四壁)、第五面205(第五壁)和第六面206(第六壁)也被分别称作为底面201(底壁)、顶面202(顶壁)、正面203(前壁)、背面204(后壁)、左侧面205(左壁)和右侧面206(右壁)。壁的外表面也可以被称作为前部203、后部204、顶部202和底部201，或者被称作为第一到第四表面，其中第一表面表示前部203，第二表面表示后部204，第三表面表示顶部202，并且第四表面表示底部201。First face 201 (first wall), second face 202 (second wall), third face 203 (third wall), fourth face 204 (fourth wall), fifth face 205 (fifth wall), and The sixth face 206 (sixth wall) is also referred to as bottom face 201 (bottom wall), top face 202 (top wall), front face 203 (front wall), back face 204 (rear wall), left side face 205 (left wall), respectively. ) and right side 206 (right wall). The outer surfaces of the wall may also be referred to as front 203, rear 204, top 202 and bottom 201, or as first to fourth surfaces, where the first surface represents the front 203 and the second represents the rear 204 , the third surface represents the top 202 and the fourth surface represents the bottom 201 .
第一面201和第二面202在Z轴方向上彼此相对。第一面201位于-Z轴方向侧上，而第二面202位于+Z轴方向侧上。第三面203和第四面204在X轴方向上彼此相对。第三面203位于+X轴方向侧上，而第四面204位于-X轴方向侧上。第五面205和第六面206在Y轴方向上彼此相对。第五面205位于+Y轴方向侧上，而第六面206位于-Y轴方向侧上。The first surface 201 and the second surface 202 are opposed to each other in the Z-axis direction. The first surface 201 is located on the −Z-axis direction side, and the second surface 202 is located on the +Z-axis direction side. The third surface 203 and the fourth surface 204 are opposed to each other in the X-axis direction. The third surface 203 is located on the +X-axis direction side, and the fourth surface 204 is located on the −X-axis direction side. The fifth face 205 and the sixth face 206 are opposed to each other in the Y-axis direction. The fifth surface 205 is located on the +Y-axis direction side, and the sixth surface 206 is located on the -Y-axis direction side.
根据本实施例，位于-Z轴方向侧上的第一面201在安装状态中形成底面。第一面201是与X轴和Y轴平行并且与Z轴垂直的XY平面。第一面201在安装状态中是水平面。According to the present embodiment, the first face 201 located on the −Z-axis direction side forms the bottom face in the mounted state. The first plane 201 is an XY plane parallel to the X-axis and the Y-axis and perpendicular to the Z-axis. The first surface 201 is a horizontal surface in the installed state.
位于+Z轴方向侧上的第二面202在安装状态中形成顶面。第二面202与第一面201相对并且与第一面201平行。第二面202是与X轴和Y轴平行并且与Z轴垂直的平面(XY平面)。第二面202在安装状态中是水平面。The second face 202 on the side in the +Z-axis direction forms a top face in the mounted state. The second surface 202 is opposite to the first surface 201 and parallel to the first surface 201 . The second plane 202 is a plane (XY plane) parallel to the X-axis and the Y-axis and perpendicular to the Z-axis. The second surface 202 is a horizontal surface in the installed state.
位于+X轴方向侧上的第三面203在安装状态中形成侧面。第三面203垂直于第一面201和第二面202，并且是与Y轴和Z轴平行并且与X轴垂直的平面(YZ平面)。在第三面203的边中，位于最-Z轴方向侧的边290被称作“第一边290”，并且位于最+Z轴方向侧上的边291被称作为“第二边291”。在这里的说明中，“两个面彼此相交或交叉”的表述不仅表示两个面实际上彼此交叉的状态，还表示一个面的延长面与另一个面相交的状态以及两个面的延长面彼此相交的状态。The third face 203 located on the +X-axis direction side forms a side face in the mounted state. The third plane 203 is perpendicular to the first plane 201 and the second plane 202 and is a plane (YZ plane) parallel to the Y axis and the Z axis and perpendicular to the X axis. Among the sides of the third surface 203, the side 290 located on the most -Z axis direction side is referred to as "first side 290", and the side 291 located on the most +Z axis direction side is referred to as "second side 291". . In the description here, the expression "two faces intersect or intersect each other" means not only the state where the two faces actually intersect each other, but also the state where the extended face of one face intersects the other face and the extended face of the two faces states intersecting each other.
位于-X轴方向侧上的第四面204在安装或安置状态中形成侧面。第四面204与第一面201和第二面202垂直。第四面204与第三面203平行。第四面204是与Y轴和Z轴垂直并且与X轴平行的平面(YZ平面)。The fourth face 204 located on the −X-axis direction side forms a side face in a mounted or set state. The fourth surface 204 is perpendicular to the first surface 201 and the second surface 202 . The fourth surface 204 is parallel to the third surface 203 . The fourth surface 204 is a plane (YZ plane) perpendicular to the Y axis and the Z axis and parallel to the X axis.
位于+Y轴方向侧上的第五面205和位于-Y轴方向侧上的第六面206在安装状态中形成侧面。第五面205和第六面206与第一到第四面201-204垂直。第五面205和第六面206是与X轴和Z轴平行并且与Y轴垂直的平面(XZ平面)。第六面206与第五面205平行。The fifth face 205 on the +Y-axis direction side and the sixth face 206 on the −Y-axis direction side form side faces in the mounted state. The fifth surface 205 and the sixth surface 206 are perpendicular to the first to fourth surfaces 201-204. The fifth surface 205 and the sixth surface 206 are planes (XZ planes) parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis and perpendicular to the Y-axis. The sixth surface 206 is parallel to the fifth surface 205 .
如图9所示，连接面209将第一面201与第三面203连接。连接面209的第七面207与第一面201垂直，并且是与Y轴和Z轴平行的平面(YZ平面)。第七面207相对于第一面201成竖直角度对准，并且可以被称作为“台阶”。换言之，第七面207从第一面201沿着+Z轴方向延伸。第七面207位于第八面208的-X轴方向侧和-Z轴方向侧。第八面208将第七面207连接到第三面203。第八面208是向包括+X轴方向矢量成分和-Z轴方向矢量成分的方向倾斜的倾斜表面。第八面208向第一面201和第三面203倾斜。第八面208垂直于第五面205和第六面206。换言之，第八面208向XY平面和YZ平面倾斜，并且垂直与XZ平面。第八面208具有从第八面208向外突出的板安装构件208T。As shown in FIG. 9 , the connecting surface 209 connects the first surface 201 and the third surface 203 . The seventh surface 207 of the connection surface 209 is perpendicular to the first surface 201 and is a plane (YZ plane) parallel to the Y axis and the Z axis. The seventh face 207 is aligned at a vertical angle relative to the first face 201 and may be referred to as a "step". In other words, the seventh surface 207 extends from the first surface 201 along the +Z axis direction. The seventh surface 207 is located on the -X-axis direction side and the -Z-axis direction side of the eighth surface 208 . The eighth side 208 connects the seventh side 207 to the third side 203 . The eighth surface 208 is an inclined surface inclined in a direction including a +X-axis direction vector component and a −Z-axis direction vector component. The eighth surface 208 is inclined toward the first surface 201 and the third surface 203 . The eighth surface 208 is perpendicular to the fifth surface 205 and the sixth surface 206 . In other words, the eighth surface 208 is inclined to the XY plane and the YZ plane, and is perpendicular to the XZ plane. The eighth face 208 has a board mounting member 208T protruding outward from the eighth face 208 .
第一到第六面201-206的关系表示第一面201和第二面202的面朝方向是Z轴方向，第三面203和第四面204的面朝方向是X轴方向，并且第五面205和第六面206的面朝方向是Y轴方向。The relationship between the first to sixth faces 201-206 means that the facing direction of the first face 201 and the second face 202 is the Z-axis direction, the facing direction of the third face 203 and the fourth face 204 is the X-axis direction, and the facing direction of the third face 203 and the fourth face 204 is the X-axis direction, and The facing direction of the fifth surface 205 and the sixth surface 206 is the Y-axis direction.
如图7所示，电路板40优选地被安装到第八面208的板安装构件208T上。与第八面208类似，电路板40具有向包括+X轴方向矢量成分和-Z轴方向矢量成分的方向倾斜或者(另外的说法)成斜面的端子支承结构408。在本实施例中，端子支承结构408包括电路板40的表面。端子支承结构408向第一面201和第三面203倾斜。端子支承结构408与第五面205和第五面205垂直。换言之，端子支承结构408向XY平面和YZ平面倾斜，并且与XZ平面垂直。端子支承结构408也被称作为“斜面端子支承结构”或“斜面表面”。因此，在本实施例中，电路板40的表面可以被认为是“斜面表面”。端子支承结构408具有盒侧端子400，其与接触机构70的设备侧端子相接触(图2)。倾斜的角度优选地在0度与90度之间，更优选地在20度与50度之间，并且最优选地是从约25度到40度。As shown in FIG. 7 , the circuit board 40 is preferably mounted to the board mounting member 208T of the eighth side 208 . Similar to the eighth side 208, the circuit board 40 has a terminal support structure 408 that is inclined or (otherwise) beveled in a direction that includes a +X-axis direction vector component and a -Z-axis direction vector component. In this embodiment, the terminal support structure 408 comprises a surface of the circuit board 40 . The terminal support structure 408 is inclined towards the first face 201 and the third face 203 . The terminal support structure 408 is perpendicular to the fifth face 205 and the fifth face 205 . In other words, the terminal support structure 408 is inclined to the XY plane and the YZ plane, and is perpendicular to the XZ plane. The terminal support structure 408 is also referred to as a "slope terminal support structure" or "slope surface". Therefore, in this embodiment, the surface of the circuit board 40 can be regarded as a "slope surface". The terminal support structure 408 has box-side terminals 400 which are in contact with device-side terminals of the contact mechanism 70 ( FIG. 2 ). The angle of inclination is preferably between 0 and 90 degrees, more preferably between 20 and 50 degrees, and most preferably from about 25 to 40 degrees.
图42A和图42B示出了由设备侧端子进行的在电路板40上的端子的擦拭量相对于电路板40的倾斜角phi的关系。电路板40的倾斜角phi表示从墨水供应结构280的安装方向前边缘延伸的平面110p与其中布置了电路板40的端子400的平面之间的角度。由端子400限定的平面既不垂直于平面1110p，也不与其垂直。倾斜角phi一般是锐角(小于90度)。在本实施例中，从安装方向前边缘延伸的平面110p与盒20的底面201平行。同样，其中布置了端子400的平面被布置为与电路板40的板表面平行。因此，在本实施例中，倾斜角phi等于盒20的底面201与电路板40的板表面之间的角度。在本实施例中，电路板40约为0.7mm厚。端子400约为5微米厚，并且被设置在电路板40上。端子400的厚度小到可以忽略的程度，因此电路板40的表面(包括端子400的表面)基本是齐平的。因此，端子支承结构408(其在本实施例中包括电路板40的表面)基本位于下文中描述的端子(接触部分)平面TP内。即使电路板40不存在，也仅可能存在与端子400的厚度等价的不均匀度。因此，为了简便，端子支承结构408可以与“由端子限定的平面”或“端子平面”可替换的使用。当关于端子支承结构408提到端子431-439的接触部分cp时，术语“由接触部分限定的平面”或“接触部分平面”也可以替换地使用。在安装或安置盒20的过程中，如图24到图27所示，盒20的正面203(第一表面)在绕盒20的背面204(第二表面)略微枢转旋转的状态下向下行进。在这个过程中，电路板40略微地旋转并且与端子基底709上的设备侧接触形成构件(设备侧端子)731-739相接触，使得各个盒侧端子431-439由设备侧接触形成构件731-739擦拭。由相应的设备侧端子在电路板40上进行的端子的擦拭适当地移除了涂布在电路板40上的端子表面上的灰尘或氧化物，从而增强了电传导性(电连接)。42A and 42B show the relationship of the amount of wiping of terminals on the circuit board 40 by the device-side terminal with respect to the inclination angle phi of the circuit board 40 . The inclination angle phi of the circuit board 40 represents an angle between a plane 110 p extending from the mounting direction front edge of the ink supply structure 280 and a plane in which the terminals 400 of the circuit board 40 are arranged. The plane defined by the terminals 400 is neither perpendicular nor perpendicular to the plane 1110p. The inclination angle phi is generally an acute angle (less than 90 degrees). In this embodiment, a plane 110 p extending from the front edge in the mounting direction is parallel to the bottom surface 201 of the case 20 . Also, the plane in which the terminal 400 is arranged is arranged parallel to the board surface of the circuit board 40 . Therefore, in the present embodiment, the inclination angle phi is equal to the angle between the bottom surface 201 of the case 20 and the board surface of the circuit board 40 . In this embodiment, the circuit board 40 is approximately 0.7 mm thick. Terminal 400 is approximately 5 microns thick and is disposed on circuit board 40 . The thickness of the terminal 400 is negligibly small, so the surface of the circuit board 40 (including the surface of the terminal 400 ) is substantially flush. Accordingly, the terminal support structure 408 , which in this embodiment comprises the surface of the circuit board 40 , lies substantially in the terminal (contact portion) plane TP described hereinafter. Even if the circuit board 40 does not exist, only unevenness equivalent to the thickness of the terminal 400 may exist. Therefore, for simplicity, the terminal support structure 408 may be used interchangeably with "plane defined by terminals" or "terminal plane". When referring to the contact portions cp of the terminals 431-439 with respect to the terminal support structure 408, the terms "plane defined by the contact portions" or "contact portion plane" may also be used alternatively. In the process of installing or setting the cartridge 20, as shown in FIGS. March. In this process, the circuit board 40 rotates slightly and comes into contact with the device side contact forming members (device side terminals) 731-739 on the terminal base 709, so that the respective box side terminals 431-439 are connected by the device side contact forming members 731-739. 739 wipe. The wiping of the terminals on the circuit board 40 by the corresponding device-side terminals properly removes dust or oxides coated on the surfaces of the terminals on the circuit board 40, thereby enhancing electrical conductivity (electrical connection).
图42A的图示示出了由相应的设备侧接触形成构件在电路板40上的端子的擦拭长度(擦拭量)作为纵坐标，并且板倾斜角phi作为横坐标。在以下假设的基础上进行计算：从盒20的第二表面204(后表面)沿着X方向到与相应的设备侧接地端子737相接触的接地端子437的接触部分的距离L0是63mm。一般来说，更大的板倾斜角phi使得板表面更接近竖直平面，并且增加了擦拭量。为了有效地移除涂布在电路板40上的端子表面上的灰尘或氧化物，擦拭量优选地不小于1mm。根据图42A的图示，板倾斜角phi优选地不小于25度，以确保擦拭量不小于1mm。42A is a graph showing the wiping length (wiping amount) of the terminal on the circuit board 40 by the corresponding device-side contact forming member as the ordinate, and the board inclination angle phi as the abscissa. Calculations were performed on the assumption that the distance L0 from the second surface 204 (rear surface) of the case 20 in the X direction to the contact portion of the ground terminal 437 in contact with the corresponding device-side ground terminal 737 is 63 mm. In general, a greater plate inclination angle phi brings the plate surface closer to a vertical plane and increases wiping capacity. In order to effectively remove dust or oxides coated on the surface of the terminals on the circuit board 40, the wiping amount is preferably not less than 1 mm. According to the illustration of FIG. 42A , the plate inclination angle phi is preferably not less than 25 degrees to ensure that the wiping amount is not less than 1 mm.
图43A示出了考虑到防止盒的半插入的情况由设备侧接地端子737施加的向上的力F与板倾斜角phi的关系。与图42A的计算类似，图43A的计算也给予距离L0等于63mm的假设。盒的重量(包括墨水的重量)假设为30克。该值是用于家庭使用的喷墨印刷设备的盒的标准重量。如图25所示，“盒的半插入”表示杆80的接合部分810恰位于弹性构件682的一侧的状态，即，在紧接着完成接合之前的状态。这种半插入的状态也被称作为“半接合”。在半接合状态中，多个设备侧接触形成构件731-739之中仅设备侧接地端子737向电路板40施加向上的力。应当注意，在图1中示出的印刷设备中，保持件60不具有盖。当用户在半接合状态中松手时，盒20可以被保持在半接合状态。图43A的图示示出了由设备侧接地端子737施加的向上的力以保持盒20的这种半插入的计算结果。图43B示出了向上的力F与板倾斜角phi的关系。FIG. 43A shows the relationship between the upward force F exerted by the device-side ground terminal 737 and the board inclination angle phi in consideration of preventing half-insertion of the cartridge. Similar to the calculation of FIG. 42A , the calculation of FIG. 43A also assumes that the distance L0 is equal to 63 mm. The weight of the cartridge (including the weight of the ink) is assumed to be 30 grams. This value is the standard weight of a cartridge for an inkjet printing device for home use. As shown in FIG. 25 , "half insertion of the cartridge" indicates a state where the engagement portion 810 of the lever 80 is located just on one side of the elastic member 682 , that is, a state immediately before the engagement is completed. This half-inserted state is also referred to as "half engaged". In the half-engaged state, only the device-side ground terminal 737 among the plurality of device-side contact forming members 731 - 739 applies an upward force to the circuit board 40 . It should be noted that in the printing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 , the holder 60 has no cover. When the user lets go in the half-engaged state, the case 20 can be kept in the half-engaged state. The diagram of FIG. 43A shows the calculated results of the upward force exerted by the device-side ground terminal 737 to maintain this half-insertion of the cartridge 20 . Figure 43B shows the upward force F as a function of the plate inclination angle phi.
在图26的半接合状态中，由设备侧接地端子737施加的向上的力是从设备侧接地端子737施加到电路板40(以及盒20)的力的+Z方向矢量成分(在本实施例中为竖直向上矢量成分)。当电路板40的接地端子437向设备侧接地端子737施压时，沿着与电路板40的板表面垂直的方向的施压力由设备侧接地端子737的弹性力施加到接地端子437。图43A的向上的力的计算是基于设备侧接地端子737的施压力F0沿着与板表面垂直的方向是0.2N的假设来进行的。因为向上的力F(＝F0×cos phi)是施压力F0的+Z方向矢量成分，如图43B中的虚线所示，当板倾斜角phi＝0时，F＝F0＝0.2N成立。随着板倾斜角phi改变，向上的力F按照曲线F＝F0×cosphi改变。图43A的曲线是曲线F＝F0×cos phi。随着板倾斜角phi增加(phi接近90度)，板表面接近XZ平面并且减小向上的力F。与具有63mm的距离L0以及30克的重量的盒20平衡的向上的力FB约为0.15N(图43A中粗水平线的位置)。这表示不小于0.15N的向上的力使得盒20能够由设备侧接地端子737竖直向上按压。为了确保不小于0.15N的向上的力，如通过图43A清楚理解的，板倾斜角phi优选地不大于40度。In the half-engagement state of FIG. 26, the upward force exerted by the equipment-side ground terminal 737 is the +Z direction vector component of the force applied from the equipment-side ground terminal 737 to the circuit board 40 (and box 20) (in this embodiment where is the vertical upward vector component). When the ground terminal 437 of the circuit board 40 presses the device-side ground terminal 737 , a pressing force in a direction perpendicular to the board surface of the circuit board 40 is applied to the ground terminal 437 by the elastic force of the device-side ground terminal 737 . The calculation of the upward force in FIG. 43A is performed on the assumption that the pressing force F0 of the device-side ground terminal 737 is 0.2N in the direction perpendicular to the board surface. Because the upward force F (=F0×cos phi) is the +Z direction vector component of the applied pressure F0, as shown by the dotted line in Figure 43B, when the plate inclination angle phi=0, F=F0=0.2N is established. As the plate inclination angle phi changes, the upward force F changes according to the curve F=F0*cosphi. The curve of FIG. 43A is the curve F=F0×cos phi. As the plate inclination angle phi increases (phi approaches 90 degrees), the plate surface approaches the XZ plane and the upward force F decreases. The upward force FB balanced with a cartridge 20 having a distance L0 of 63 mm and a weight of 30 grams is about 0.15 N (position of the thick horizontal line in FIG. 43A ). This means that an upward force of not less than 0.15 N enables the cartridge 20 to be pressed vertically upward by the device-side ground terminal 737 . In order to ensure an upward force of not less than 0.15N, as clearly understood from FIG. 43A , the plate inclination angle phi is preferably not more than 40 degrees.
当用户在图26的半接合状态中松手，盒20可以被保持在半接合状态中。然而，如果如图43A所示板倾斜角phi被设置为不大于40度，那么当用户在半接合状态中松手，那么设备侧接地端子737沿着+Z方向(向上方向)按压盒20的正面203。这很明显将盒从杆80的接合部分810分离，并且有助于用户发现失败的安装。从这点来看，优选地将板倾斜角phi设置为不大于40度。When the user lets go in the half-engagement state of FIG. 26, the case 20 can be kept in the half-engagement state. However, if the board inclination angle phi is set to not more than 40 degrees as shown in FIG. 43A , when the user releases his hand in the half-engaged state, the device-side ground terminal 737 presses the front of the case 20 in the +Z direction (upward direction). 203. This visibly separates the cartridge from the engaging portion 810 of the rod 80 and helps the user to spot a failed installation. From this point of view, it is preferable to set the plate inclination angle phi to not more than 40 degrees.
图44和图45示出了相比于图42和图43A中的盒的尺寸在X方向具有更大尺寸的盒的特征。虽然在图42和图43A中假设盒具有距离L0＝63mm，但是假设在图44和图45中盒具有距离L0＝88mm。与图43A的计算类似，图45的向上的力的计算是基于F0＝0.2N并且盒的重量(包括墨水的重量)为30g的假设。如通过图44的结果可以很清楚理解的，与图42A的结果类似，为了确保擦拭量不小于1mm，板倾斜角phi优选地不小于25度。虽然相对于图43A的计算中的63mm，距离L0在图45的计算中是80mm，与具有30克的重量的盒20平衡的向上的力几乎与图43相等并且约为0.15N(图45中的粗水平线的位置)。如通过图45的结果可以很清楚理解的，与图43A的结果类似，为了防止盒的半接合，板倾斜角phi优选地不大于40度。Figures 44 and 45 show the characteristics of a cartridge having a larger size in the X direction than the size of the cartridge in Figures 42 and 43A. While it is assumed that the cartridge has a distance L0 = 63 mm in FIGS. 42 and 43A , it is assumed that the cartridge has a distance L0 = 88 mm in FIGS. 44 and 45 . Similar to the calculation of FIG. 43A , the calculation of the upward force of FIG. 45 is based on the assumption that F0 = 0.2N and the weight of the cartridge (including the weight of ink) is 30g. As can be clearly understood by the results of FIG. 44 , similar to the results of FIG. 42A , in order to ensure that the wiping amount is not less than 1 mm, the plate inclination angle phi is preferably not less than 25 degrees. Although distance L0 is 80 mm in the calculation of FIG. 45 relative to 63 mm in the calculation of FIG. position of the thick horizontal line). As can be clearly understood from the results of FIG. 45 , similar to the results of FIG. 43A , in order to prevent half-engagement of the cartridges, the plate inclination angle phi is preferably not greater than 40 degrees.
通过考虑上文讨论的图42到图45的特性，优选地将板倾斜角phi设置为不小于25度并且不大于40度。By considering the characteristics of FIGS. 42 to 45 discussed above, it is preferable to set the plate inclination angle phi to be not less than 25 degrees and not more than 40 degrees.
设备侧接地端子737的增加的施压力即使在更大的板倾斜角phi下也能确保足够的向上的力。在这种情况中，优选地将设备侧接地端子737的施压力和板倾斜角phi设置为当用户在半接合状态中从盒20松手时，使得盒20能够由设备侧接地端子737的施压力向上施压并且从板结合状态改变到脱离状态的值。The increased pressing force of the device-side ground terminal 737 ensures sufficient upward force even at larger board inclination angles phi. In this case, it is preferable to set the pressing force of the device-side ground terminal 737 and the plate inclination angle phi so that the case 20 can be pressed by the pressing force of the device-side ground terminal 737 when the user releases his hand from the case 20 in the half-engaged state. Value that applies upward pressure and changes from plate-engaged state to disengaged state.
第七面207和端子支承结构408形成盒20的外表面的一部分。更具体地，第七面207和端子支承结构408形成将第一面201和第三面203连接的角部分265的一部分，其中，第一面和第三面形成盒20的外表面的一部分。为了更好地理解，在图9中由粗线示出角部分265。第三面203和角部分265在盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态中与保持件60的第一设备侧侧壁构件603(图14)相对，如下文中所描述的。第三面203和角部分265因此被称作为“第一相对外壁表面”。第四面204在安装状态中如下所述与保持件60的第二设备侧侧壁构件604(图15)相对。第四面204因此被称作为“第二相对外壁表面”。The seventh face 207 and the terminal support structure 408 form part of the outer surface of the box 20 . More specifically, seventh face 207 and terminal support structure 408 form part of corner portion 265 connecting first face 201 and third face 203 , which form part of the outer surface of case 20 . For better understanding, the corner portion 265 is shown by a thick line in FIG. 9 . The third face 203 and the corner portion 265 are opposed to the first device-side side wall member 603 ( FIG. 14 ) of the holder 60 in the mounted state in which the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 , as described hereinafter. The third face 203 and the corner portion 265 are therefore referred to as "first opposing outer wall surfaces". The fourth face 204 is opposed to the second device-side side wall member 604 ( FIG. 15 ) of the holder 60 in the mounted state as described below. The fourth face 204 is therefore referred to as the "second opposing outer wall surface".
如图10A所示，电路板40具有在+Z轴方向端部处的凸台槽401以及在-Z轴方向侧端部处的凸台孔402。电路板40借助于凸台槽401和凸台孔402固定到盒20的第八面208。根据本实施例，凸台槽401和凸台孔402被设置在与穿过盒20的宽度(Y轴方向上的长度)的中央的平面Yc相交的位置处。根据另一实施例中，凸台槽401和凸台孔402中的至少一个可以从电路板40中省去，并电路板40可以由粘合剂或设置在第八面208上的结合爪(没有图示)来固定到第八面208。As shown in FIG. 10A , the circuit board 40 has a boss groove 401 at the end in the +Z-axis direction and a boss hole 402 at the end on the −Z-axis direction side. The circuit board 40 is fixed to the eighth face 208 of the case 20 by means of the boss groove 401 and the boss hole 402 . According to the present embodiment, the boss groove 401 and the boss hole 402 are provided at positions intersecting the plane Yc passing through the center of the width (length in the Y-axis direction) of the cartridge 20 . According to another embodiment, at least one of the boss groove 401 and the boss hole 402 can be omitted from the circuit board 40, and the circuit board 40 can be made of an adhesive or a bonding claw provided on the eighth surface 208 ( not shown) to be fixed to the eighth surface 208.
如图10A和图10B所示，电路板40包括设置在端子支承结构408上的盒侧端子400以及设置在背面409上的存储器单元420。端子支承结构408和背面409是平面。在电路板40安装到盒20的安装状态中，端子支承结构408的位于+Z轴方向侧上最远位置的部分或边被称作板末端405。As shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B , the circuit board 40 includes box-side terminals 400 provided on a terminal support structure 408 and memory cells 420 provided on a rear surface 409 . The terminal support structure 408 and the back surface 409 are planar. In the mounted state where the circuit board 40 is mounted to the case 20 , the portion or side of the terminal support structure 408 located at the furthest position on the +Z-axis direction side is referred to as a board end 405 .
盒侧端子400包括九个端子431到439。存储器单元420存储关于盒20的墨水的信息(例如，墨水的剩余量和墨水颜色)。盒侧端子400是电传导性的，并且可以被连接到作为盒20的一部分的电子装置。如这里所使用的，电子装置可以指示晶体管、传感器或存储装置，或者本领域技术人员能够想到的其他产生电流或由电流供电的装置。The box-side terminal 400 includes nine terminals 431 to 439 . The memory unit 420 stores information on the ink of the cartridge 20 (for example, the remaining amount of ink and ink color). The case-side terminal 400 is electrically conductive, and can be connected to an electronic device that is a part of the case 20 . As used herein, an electronic device may refer to a transistor, sensor, or memory device, or other devices that generate or are powered by electrical current as will occur to those skilled in the art.
如图10A所示，九个盒侧端子431-439都近似于矩形形状，并且布置为基本与安装方向SD垂直的两行。基本垂直的行沿着盒20的宽度方向(Y轴方向)延伸。两行中相对于安装方向SD位于后方的行被称作第一端子行R1(下行R1)，相对于安装方向SD在前排的行被称作第二端子行R2(上行R2)。第一端子行R1和第二端子行R2在Z轴方向上具有不同位置。更具体地，第一端子行R1位于第二端子行R2的-Z轴方向侧上。端子431到439中每一者都在其中央具有接触部分cp，其与接触机构70相接触。第一端子行R1和第二端子行R2可以被认为由多个接触部分cp形成的线。As shown in FIG. 10A, the nine box-side terminals 431-439 are all approximately rectangular in shape, and are arranged in two rows substantially perpendicular to the mounting direction SD. The substantially vertical rows extend along the width direction (Y-axis direction) of the cartridge 20 . Of the two rows, the rear row with respect to the mounting direction SD is referred to as a first terminal row R1 (lower row R1 ), and the row at the front with respect to the mounting direction SD is referred to as a second terminal row R2 (upper row R2 ). The first terminal row R1 and the second terminal row R2 have different positions in the Z-axis direction. More specifically, the first terminal row R1 is located on the −Z-axis direction side of the second terminal row R2. Each of the terminals 431 to 439 has a contact portion cp at its center, which is in contact with the contact mechanism 70 . The first terminal row R1 and the second terminal row R2 may be regarded as a line formed of a plurality of contact portions cp.
端子431-439可以被按照与它们的功能或应用相对应的以下名称来称呼。为了与印刷机50上的端子区分开，词“盒侧”可以被作为每个名称的前缀。例如，“接地端子437”可以被称为“盒侧接地端子437”。The terminals 431-439 may be called by the following names corresponding to their functions or applications. To distinguish it from the terminals on the printer 50, the word "cartridge side" may be prefixed to each designation. For example, "ground terminal 437" may be referred to as "box-side ground terminal 437".
<第一端子行R1><First Terminal Row R1>
(1)安装检测端子435(第一端子)；(1) Install detection terminal 435 (first terminal);
(2)电源端子436；(2) Power terminal 436;
(3)接地端子437；(3) Ground terminal 437;
(4)数据端子438；以及(4) data terminal 438; and
(5)安装检测端子439(第二端子)(5) Install detection terminal 439 (second terminal)
<第二端子行R2><Second Terminal Row R2>
(6)安装检测端子431(第三端子)；(6) Install detection terminal 431 (third terminal);
(7)复位端子432；(7) reset terminal 432;
(8)时钟端子433；以及(8) clock terminal 433; and
(9)安装检测端子434(第四端子)。(9) Install the detection terminal 434 (fourth terminal).
在第一端子行R1上的端子435-439的接触部分cp和在第二端子行R2上的端子431-434的接触部分cp被交替地布置，或者更具体地说以锯齿形布置。The contact portions cp of the terminals 435-439 on the first terminal row R1 and the contact portions cp of the terminals 431-434 on the second terminal row R2 are alternately arranged, or more specifically arranged in a zigzag shape.
四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439被用来检测与设置在接触机构70中的相应设备侧端子的良好/交叉电接触，使得印刷机50可以检测盒20是否被适当地安装到保持件60的设计安装位置。这四个端子431、434、435和439被一同称作“安装检测端子”。根据本实施例，四个盒侧端子431、434、435和439在电路板40内彼此电连接。当盒20被安装到保持件60时，这些端子431、434、435和439与印刷机50上的接地线(未示出)经由接地端子437电连接。将会在下文中描述通过使用四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439来检测安装的方法。The four installation detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 are used to detect good/cross electrical contact with corresponding equipment side terminals provided in the contact mechanism 70, so that the printer 50 can detect whether the cartridge 20 is properly installed to the holder. The design installation position of piece 60. These four terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 are collectively referred to as "installation detection terminals". According to the present embodiment, the four box-side terminals 431 , 434 , 435 , and 439 are electrically connected to each other within the circuit board 40 . These terminals 431 , 434 , 435 , and 439 are electrically connected to a ground line (not shown) on the printer 50 via a ground terminal 437 when the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 . A method of detecting mounting by using the four mounting detection terminals 431 , 434 , 435 , and 439 will be described below.
其他五个盒侧端子432、433、436、437和438是用于存储器单元420的端子。这五个端子432、433、436、437和438由此被称作为“存储器端子”。The other five cartridge-side terminals 432 , 433 , 436 , 437 , and 438 are terminals for the memory unit 420 . These five terminals 432, 433, 436, 437 and 438 are thus referred to as "memory terminals".
复位端子432接收要被提供给存储器单元420的复位信号RST。时钟端子433接收要被提供给存储器单元420的时钟信号SCK。电源端子436接收要被提供给存储器单元420的电源电压VDD(例如，3.3V的额定电压)。接地端子437接收要被提供给存储器单元420的接地电压VSS(0V)。数据端子438接收要被提供给存储器单元420的数据信号SDA。The reset terminal 432 receives a reset signal RST to be supplied to the memory unit 420 . The clock terminal 433 receives a clock signal SCK to be supplied to the memory unit 420 . The power supply terminal 436 receives a power supply voltage VDD (eg, a rated voltage of 3.3V) to be supplied to the memory unit 420 . The ground terminal 437 receives a ground voltage VSS (0V) to be supplied to the memory unit 420 . The data terminal 438 receives a data signal SDA to be provided to the memory unit 420 .
作为安装检测端子之一的第一端子435包括位于盒侧端子400的最+Y轴方向侧上的第一外部435P。作为安装检测端子之一的第二端子439包括位于盒侧端子400的最-Y轴方向侧上的第二外部439P。作为安装检测端子之一的第三端子431包括位于第二端子线R的最+Y轴方向侧上的第三外部431P。作为安装检测端子之一的第四端子434包括位于第二端子线R的最-Y轴方向侧上的第四外部434P。在该实施例中，第一到第四外部435P、439P、431P、434P是相应端子的基本直边缘并且基本沿着Z轴方向延伸，但是这不应当被当做限制。例如，边缘可以是弯曲的，并且可以沿着不与Z轴方向平行的方向延伸，诸如对图41A和图41B的示例中的端子431、434所示，并且端子的外部仍然可以被理解为边缘沿着Y轴方向的最外部分。The first terminal 435 as one of the mounting detection terminals includes a first outer portion 435P located on the most +Y-axis direction side of the cartridge-side terminal 400 . The second terminal 439 as one of the mounting detection terminals includes a second outer portion 439P located on the most −Y-axis direction side of the cartridge-side terminal 400 . The third terminal 431 as one of the mounting detection terminals includes a third outer portion 431P located on the most +Y-axis direction side of the second terminal line R. As shown in FIG. The fourth terminal 434 which is one of the mounting detection terminals includes a fourth outer portion 434P located on the most −Y-axis direction side of the second terminal line R. As shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the first to fourth outer portions 435P, 439P, 431P, 434P are substantially straight edges of the respective terminals and extend substantially along the Z-axis direction, but this should not be considered limiting. For example, the edges may be curved and may extend in a direction that is not parallel to the Z-axis direction, such as shown for terminals 431, 434 in the example of FIGS. The outermost part along the Y-axis direction.
在盒侧端子400的接触部分cp之间，在Y轴方向上的中心处具有接触部分cp的接地端子437被设置在与穿过盒20的宽度(Y轴方向长度)中央的平面Yc交叉的位置处。其他端子431-436、438和439的接触部分cp被布置为相对于平面Yc和接地端子437的交叉线为轴对称。接地端子437被构造为在将盒20安装到保持件60的过程中在其他盒侧端子431-436、438和439之前接触接触机构70。因此，在盒被完全安装之前和之后，首先从保持件60施加到电路板40的施压力基本产生在盒20的宽度或Y轴方向长度的基本中心处。这防止了施加到电路板40的施压力发挥作用而使盒20向Y轴方向倾斜，并且由此使得盒20被安装在设计的安装位置。接地端子437在其他端子431-436、438和439之前与保持件60的接触机构70的这种接触，即使在不期望的高电压被施加到盒20时，也能通过接地端子437的接地功能有利地防止或减小了高电压引起的问题和故障。Between the contact portions cp of the case-side terminals 400, a ground terminal 437 having a contact portion cp at the center in the Y-axis direction is provided on a plane Yc that crosses the center of the width (Y-axis direction length) of the case 20. location. The contact portions cp of the other terminals 431 - 436 , 438 and 439 are arranged axially symmetrically with respect to the intersection line of the plane Yc and the ground terminal 437 . The ground terminal 437 is configured to contact the contact mechanism 70 before the other cartridge-side terminals 431 - 436 , 438 , and 439 during mounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 . Therefore, the pressing force applied from the holder 60 to the circuit board 40 first is generated substantially at the substantially center of the width or the Y-axis direction length of the case 20 before and after the case is completely installed. This prevents the pressing force applied to the circuit board 40 from acting to tilt the cartridge 20 in the Y-axis direction, and thereby causes the cartridge 20 to be installed in the designed installation position. This contact of the ground terminal 437 with the contact mechanism 70 of the holder 60 prior to the other terminals 431-436, 438, and 439 enables the grounding function of the ground terminal 437 to Advantageously, problems and failures caused by high voltages are prevented or reduced.
根据本实施例，接地端子437形成为沿着Z轴方向比具他端子431-436、438和439更长。这确保了接地端子437与保持件60的接触机构70的接触。根据另一个实施例，电路板40上的全部盒侧端子431-439可以形成为相同尺寸。According to the present embodiment, the ground terminal 437 is formed longer in the Z-axis direction than the other terminals 431-436, 438, and 439. This ensures contact of the ground terminal 437 with the contact mechanism 70 of the holder 60 . According to another embodiment, all of the box-side terminals 431-439 on the circuit board 40 may be formed in the same size.
如图9所示，墨水供应结构280从第一面201沿着-Z轴方向突出。墨水供应结构280与墨水室200经由印刷材料流动路径282连通。墨水供应结构280与印刷机50的印刷材料供应管640(图5)连接，以将容纳在墨水室200中的墨水供应到头540(图1)。换言之，墨水供应结构280向外侧开放，以将容纳在墨水室200中的墨水供应到盒20之外。如可以通过图5A看到的，墨水供应结构280不需要从第一面201突出。此外，在一个实施例中，其可以与第一面201齐平或基本齐平。在这种实施例中，在盒20被安装时，印刷材料供应管640被升起以紧接第一面。As shown in FIG. 9 , the ink supply structure 280 protrudes from the first surface 201 along the −Z axis direction. The ink supply structure 280 communicates with the ink chamber 200 via a printing material flow path 282 . The ink supply structure 280 is connected with the printing material supply pipe 640 (FIG. 5) of the printing machine 50 to supply the ink contained in the ink chamber 200 to the head 540 (FIG. 1). In other words, the ink supply structure 280 is opened to the outside to supply the ink contained in the ink chamber 200 to the outside of the cartridge 20 . As can be seen by FIG. 5A , the ink supply structure 280 need not protrude from the first face 201 . Furthermore, in one embodiment, it may be flush or substantially flush with the first face 201 . In such an embodiment, the printing material supply tube 640 is raised to proximate the first face when the cartridge 20 is installed.
墨水供应结构280被设置在第一面201上的相比于接近第三面203更接近第四面204的位置。墨水供应结构280的外表面与第三面203之间沿着X轴方向的距离相应地大于墨水供应结构280的外表面与第四面204之间的距离。The ink supply structure 280 is disposed on the first surface 201 closer to the fourth surface 204 than to the third surface 203 . The distance along the X-axis direction between the outer surface of the ink supply structure 280 and the third surface 203 is correspondingly greater than the distance between the outer surface of the ink supply structure 280 and the fourth surface 204 .
墨水供应结构280具有开放的外周末端。在该开放外周末端处的表面被称作为开放表面288，或者可选地称作为安装方向前边缘，并且在安装状态中限定了水平平面。即，开放表面288是盒在安装方向SD上的前边缘(XY平面)，并且限定了与X轴和Y轴平行的XY轴平面。The ink supply structure 280 has an open peripheral end. The surface at this open peripheral end is referred to as the open surface 288, or alternatively as the mounting direction front edge, and defines a horizontal plane in the mounted state. That is, the open surface 288 is the front edge (XY plane) of the cartridge in the mounting direction SD, and defines an XY-axis plane parallel to the X-axis and the Y-axis.
树脂泡沫284在开放表面288的+Z轴方向侧上的位置处或者更具体地在与印刷材料流动路径282接触的位置处设置在墨水供应结构280内。根据本市示例，在装运盒20之前，墨水供应结构280的开放表面288由密封构件(未示出，例如帽或膜)密封。在将盒20安装到保持件60时，用于密封开放表面288的密封构件(未示出)被从盒20移除。A resin foam 284 is provided within the ink supply structure 280 at a position on the +Z-axis direction side of the open surface 288 or, more specifically, at a position in contact with the printing material flow path 282 . According to this example, the open surface 288 of the ink supply structure 280 is sealed by a sealing member (not shown, such as a cap or membrane) prior to shipping the cartridge 20 . When the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 , a sealing member (not shown) for sealing the open surface 288 is removed from the cartridge 20 .
根据本实施例，墨水供应结构280在以印刷材料供应管640的中心轴C为中心的状态下沿着-Z轴方向突出。根据另一个实施例，墨水供应结构280的中央可以从印刷材料供应管640的中心轴C偏离。根据本实施例，墨水供应结构280的开放表面288由在沿着-Z轴方向观察相对于与X轴和Y轴平行的多个轴线对称的壳体形成。根据另一个实施例，墨水供应结构280的开放表面288可以由不对称壳体形成，并且可以具有限定了平面的安装方向前边缘。从Z方向观察的开放表面288根据本实施例是倒角的矩形形状，但是根据其他实施例可以具有任何其他合适形状，例如，精确的圆形、椭圆形、卵圆形、方形或矩形。According to the present embodiment, the ink supply structure 280 protrudes in the −Z axis direction in a state centered on the central axis C of the printing material supply pipe 640 . According to another embodiment, the center of the ink supply structure 280 may deviate from the central axis C of the printing material supply tube 640 . According to the present embodiment, the open surface 288 of the ink supply structure 280 is formed by a housing symmetrical with respect to a plurality of axes parallel to the X-axis and the Y-axis as viewed along the −Z-axis direction. According to another embodiment, the open surface 288 of the ink supply structure 280 may be formed by an asymmetric housing and may have a mounting direction front edge defining a plane. The open surface 288 viewed from the Z direction is a chamfered rectangular shape according to this embodiment, but may have any other suitable shape according to other embodiments, for example a precise circle, ellipse, oval, square or rectangle.
如图9A所示，平面BP是由墨水供应结构280的开放表面288的安装方向前边缘形成的平面。距离A是平面BP与第一限制部分210的接合部分212之间的距离。距离B是平面BP与第二限制部分220的接合部分之间的距离。距离C是平面BP与杆80绕旋转轴800c的枢转点的距离。如可以在图9A中看到的，当沿着与平面BP正交的方向测量时，平面BP与第二盒侧限制部分220的接合部分之间的距离B大于平面BP与第一限制部分210的接合部分212之间的距离A。当沿着与平面BP正交的方向测量时，平面BP与第一限制部分210的接合部分212之间的距离A小于平面BP与杆80绕旋转轴800c的枢转点的距离C。另外如图9A所示，平面TP是由斜面端子支承结构408形成的平面，在本实施例中其与斜面端子支承结构408本身平行，并且为了简单，端子支承结构408可以被用来只是平面TP。平面TP既不与平面BP平行也不与平面BP垂直。端子支承结构408具有盒侧端子400，其与接触机构70的设备侧端子接触(图2)。As shown in FIG. 9A , the plane BP is a plane formed by the installation-direction front edge of the open surface 288 of the ink supply structure 280 . The distance A is the distance between the plane BP and the engaging portion 212 of the first restricting portion 210 . The distance B is the distance between the plane BP and the joint portion of the second restricting portion 220 . The distance C is the distance between the plane BP and the pivot point of the lever 80 about the axis of rotation 800c. As can be seen in FIG. 9A , when measured along a direction orthogonal to plane BP, the distance B between plane BP and the joint portion of second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 is greater than that between plane BP and first restricting portion 210. The distance A between the engaging portions 212 . The distance A between the plane BP and the engagement portion 212 of the first restricting portion 210 is smaller than the distance C between the plane BP and the pivot point of the lever 80 about the rotation axis 800c when measured in a direction orthogonal to the plane BP. In addition, as shown in FIG. 9A, the plane TP is a plane formed by the sloped terminal support structure 408, which is parallel to the sloped terminal support structure 408 itself in this embodiment, and for simplicity, the terminal support structure 408 can be used as only the plane TP . Plane TP is neither parallel nor perpendicular to plane BP. The terminal support structure 408 has box-side terminals 400 that make contact with device-side terminals of the contact mechanism 70 ( FIG. 2 ).
如图7所示，第一盒侧限制部分210被设置在第三面203上。第一盒侧限制部分210定位在墨水供应结构280和电路板40的+Z轴方向侧和+X轴方向侧上。第一盒侧限制部分210由杆80锁止(图2)，以在安装状态下限制盒20的运动。第一盒侧限制部分210被构造为从第三面203沿着+X轴方向(向外)突出的突起。第一盒侧限制部分210定位在沿着Z轴方向相比于接近第二边291更接近第一边290的位置。根据本实施例，第一盒侧限制部分210定位为临近第一边290。As shown in FIG. 7 , the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is provided on the third face 203 . The first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is positioned on the +Z-axis direction side and the +X-axis direction side of the ink supply structure 280 and the circuit board 40 . The first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is locked by the lever 80 (FIG. 2) to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the mounted state. The first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is configured as a protrusion protruding from the third face 203 in the +X-axis direction (outward). The first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is positioned closer to the first side 290 than to the second side 291 along the Z-axis direction. According to the present embodiment, the first case-side restricting portion 210 is positioned adjacent to the first side 290 .
第一盒侧限制部分210包括沿着Y轴方向(宽度方向)延伸的第一部分212、从第一部分212沿着+Z轴方向(竖直向上方向)延伸的第二部分214，以及从第一部分212沿着-Z轴方向(竖直向下方向)延伸的第三部分215。如上所述，+Z轴方向(竖直向上方向)基本是移除方向RD，并且与基本是安装方向SD的-Z轴方向(竖直向下方向)相反。在安装状态中，第一或接合部分212与杆80的接合部分810接合，以限制盒20的运动。第二部分214被设置为在盒20安装到保持件60的状态下由杆80的期望部分锁止第一部分212。The first cartridge side restricting portion 210 includes a first portion 212 extending in the Y-axis direction (width direction), a second portion 214 extending from the first portion 212 in the +Z-axis direction (vertical upward direction), and 212 a third portion 215 extending along the -Z axis direction (vertical downward direction). As described above, the +Z-axis direction (vertical upward direction) is substantially the removal direction RD, and is opposite to the -Z-axis direction (vertical downward direction) which is substantially the mounting direction SD. In the installed state, the first or engagement portion 212 engages the engagement portion 810 of the lever 80 to limit movement of the cartridge 20 . The second portion 214 is provided to lock the first portion 212 by a desired portion of the lever 80 in a state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 .
第一部分212包括作为第一抵靠部分的第一盒侧锁止表面211和作为第二抵靠部分的第二盒侧锁止表面213。第一盒侧锁止表面211面向+Z轴方向。第二盒侧锁止表面213面向+X轴方向。第三部分215与第一部分212和第一边290接触。The first portion 212 includes a first cartridge-side locking surface 211 as a first abutting portion and a second cartridge-side locking surface 213 as a second abutting portion. The first case-side locking surface 211 faces the +Z-axis direction. The second case-side locking surface 213 faces the +X-axis direction. The third portion 215 is in contact with the first portion 212 and the first side 290 .
盒20还包括设置在第四面204上的第二盒侧限制部分220、设置在第三面203上的突起部260、以及设置在第七面207上的第三盒侧限制元件250。The cartridge 20 also includes a second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 provided on the fourth face 204 , a protrusion 260 provided on the third face 203 , and a third cartridge-side restricting member 250 provided on the seventh face 207 .
第二盒侧限制部分220被构造为从第四面204沿着-X轴方向突出的突起部。第二盒侧限制部分220插入到具有保持件60的通孔的形式的第二设备侧限制元件620(图3)中。用户在将盒20安装到保持件60或者从其卸下的过程中，将盒20绕插入到第二设备侧限制元件620(图2)的第二盒侧限制部分220转动。换言之，第二设备侧限制元件620作为用于将盒20安装到保持件60或者从其卸下的引导件。这有助于将盒20安装到保持件60或者从其卸下。在盒20的安装状态中，第二盒侧限制部分220由第二设备侧限制元件620锁止，以限制盒20在安装状态中的运动。第二盒侧限制部分220位于墨水供应结构280和电路板40的+Z轴方向侧以及-X轴方向侧上。The second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 is configured as a protrusion protruding from the fourth face 204 in the −X-axis direction. The second case-side restricting portion 220 is inserted into a second device-side restricting member 620 ( FIG. 3 ) in the form of a through hole of the holder 60 . The user rotates the cartridge 20 around the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 inserted into the second device-side restricting member 620 ( FIG. 2 ) in the process of mounting or detaching the cartridge 20 to or from the holder 60 . In other words, the second apparatus-side restricting member 620 serves as a guide for mounting or demounting the cartridge 20 to or from the holder 60 . This facilitates installation and removal of the cartridge 20 to and from the holder 60 . In the installed state of the cartridge 20, the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 is locked by the second device-side restricting member 620 to restrict movement of the cartridge 20 in the installed state. The second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 is located on the +Z-axis direction side and the −X-axis direction side of the ink supply structure 280 and the circuit board 40 .
在第三面203上的突起部260位于第一盒侧限制部分210的+Z轴方向侧上。根据本实施例，突起部260位于第三面203上的包括第二边291的最+Z轴方向位置(最上方位置)处。The protrusion 260 on the third face 203 is located on the +Z-axis direction side of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 . According to the present embodiment, the protrusion 260 is located at the most +Z-axis direction position (uppermost position) including the second side 291 on the third surface 203 .
第三盒侧限制元件250被构造为从第七面207的Y轴方向的两边沿着+X轴方向突出的一对突起构件(限制壁)。这一对突起构件250接收插入到其中的突起部636(图2)，并且与突起部636协同工作，限制盒20在安装状态下在Y轴方向上的运动。The third cartridge-side restricting member 250 is configured as a pair of protruding members (restricting walls) protruding in the +X-axis direction from both sides of the seventh face 207 in the Y-axis direction. The pair of protruding members 250 receives the protruding portion 636 ( FIG. 2 ) inserted thereinto, and cooperates with the protruding portion 636 to restrict the movement of the cartridge 20 in the Y-axis direction in the installed state.
图11是盒20的后视图。具体参照图11描述第二盒侧限制部分220。第二盒侧限制部分220包括作为限制锁止元件的限制锁止表面222、斜面表面224、第一限制侧面226和第二限制侧面228。FIG. 11 is a rear view of the cartridge 20 . The second cartridge side restricting portion 220 will be described specifically with reference to FIG. 11 . The second case-side restriction portion 220 includes a restriction lock surface 222 as a restriction lock member, a slope surface 224 , a first restriction side surface 226 and a second restriction side surface 228 .
限制锁止表面222面向+Z轴方向并且在安装状态中形成水平面。限制锁止表面222与第二设备侧限制元件620(图3)相接触，以作为在盒20被转动以从保持件60卸下时的旋转枢转点。The limit lock surface 222 faces the +Z-axis direction and forms a horizontal plane in the mounted state. The limit lock surface 222 is in contact with the second device-side limit member 620 ( FIG. 3 ) as a pivot point for rotation when the cartridge 20 is turned to be removed from the holder 60 .
限制锁止表面222在安装状态中由第二设备侧限制元件620锁止，以限制盒20在安装状态中在+Z轴方向上的运动。限制锁止表面222设置在与穿过盒20的宽度(Y轴方向长度)的中心的平面Yc交叉并且与该平面Yc垂直的位置处。如图5所示，在盒20的安装状态中，盒20从保持件60接收包括-+Z轴方向矢量成分的施压力Ps和Pt。限制锁止表面222由这些施压力Ps和pt朝向第二设备侧限制元件620施压。第二设备侧限制元件620因此与平行于Y轴方向的限制锁止表面222接触。这减小了盒20在安装状态中绕X轴倾斜的可能性。The restriction locking surface 222 is locked by the second apparatus-side restriction member 620 in the mounted state to restrict movement of the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction in the mounted state. The limit lock surface 222 is provided at a position that intersects a plane Yc passing through the center of the width (Y-axis direction length) of the cartridge 20 and is perpendicular to the plane Yc. As shown in FIG. 5 , in the mounted state of the cartridge 20 , the cartridge 20 receives pressing forces Ps and Pt including −+Z-axis direction vector components from the holder 60 . The restriction lock surface 222 is pressed toward the second device side restriction member 620 by these pressing forces Ps and pt. The second device-side limiting member 620 is thus in contact with the limiting locking surface 222 parallel to the Y-axis direction. This reduces the possibility of the cartridge 20 tilting about the X-axis in the installed state.
斜面表面224与壳体22连接，并且向包括+Z方向矢量成分和-X方向矢量成分的方向倾斜。这使得限制锁止表面222能够在将盒20安装到保持件60的过程中被平滑地引导到第二设备侧限制元件620。The sloped surface 224 is connected to the housing 22 and is inclined in a direction including a +Z direction vector component and a −X direction vector component. This enables the restriction lock surface 222 to be smoothly guided to the second device side restriction member 620 during mounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 .
第一限制侧面226形成第二盒侧限制部分220的-Y轴方向侧面。第二限制侧面228形成第二盒侧限制部分220的+Y轴方向侧面。第一限制侧面226是面向-Y轴方向的平面，并且第二限制侧面228是面向+Y轴方向的平面。第一限制侧面226和第二限制侧面228是分别与X轴方向和Z轴方向平行的平面。第一和第二限制侧面226和228与第二设备侧限制元件620干涉，以在盒20的安装状态中限制盒20在Y轴方向上的运动。The first restricting side surface 226 forms a −Y-axis direction side of the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 . The second restricting side surface 228 forms the +Y-axis direction side of the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 . The first restricting side surface 226 is a plane facing the −Y-axis direction, and the second restricting side surface 228 is a plane facing the +Y-axis direction. The first limiting side surface 226 and the second limiting side surface 228 are planes parallel to the X-axis direction and the Z-axis direction, respectively. The first and second restricting sides 226 and 228 interfere with the second device-side restricting member 620 to restrict movement of the cartridge 20 in the Y-axis direction in the mounted state of the cartridge 20 .
图12是盒20的前视图。下文中参照图12更具体地描述第一盒侧限制部分210。第一盒侧限制部分210设置在与平面Yc交叉的位置处。第一盒侧锁止表面211设置在与平面Yc交叉并且与该平面Yc垂直的位置处。FIG. 12 is a front view of the cartridge 20 . The first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is described in more detail below with reference to FIG. 12 . The first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is provided at a position intersecting the plane Yc. The first case-side locking surface 211 is provided at a position intersecting the plane Yc and being perpendicular to the plane Yc.
第一盒侧锁止表面211不位于外侧，但是当从第三面203侧沿着-X轴方向观察盒20时，在Y轴方向(宽度方向)上位于第一外部435P与第二外部439P之间的范围40Y内。根据本实施例，包括第一盒侧锁止表面211的第一盒侧限制部分210不位于外侧，而是位于范围40Y内。换言之，第一盒侧限制部分210位于由包括第一外部435P的虚拟线435PL和包括第二外部439P的第二虚拟线439PL限定的区域内。虚拟线435PL和第二虚拟线439PL是沿着Z轴方向延伸的直线。The first case-side locking surface 211 is not located outside, but is located between the first outer portion 435P and the second outer portion 439P in the Y-axis direction (width direction) when the case 20 is viewed from the third surface 203 side along the −X-axis direction. range between 40Y. According to the present embodiment, the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 including the first cartridge-side locking surface 211 is located not outside but within the range 40Y. In other words, the first case-side restricting portion 210 is located within the area defined by the imaginary line 435PL including the first outer portion 435P and the second imaginary line 439PL including the second outer portion 439P. The imaginary line 435PL and the second imaginary line 439PL are straight lines extending along the Z-axis direction.
图13是盒20的左侧视图。参照图13描述盒20的各个构件的位置关系。第三面203与斜面端子支承结构408交叉的交叉部被称作为“交叉部295”。对于上文中关于术语“交叉”的描述，第三面203与斜面端子支承结构408交叉的交叉部不仅包括实际面203与端子支承结构408的交叉部，还包括面203和端子支承结构408中的一者与面203和端子支承结构408的另一者的延长面的交叉部，或者面203和端子支承结构408两者的延长面的交叉部。交叉部295是与Y轴平行的线。根据本实施例，交叉部295位于从第三面203沿着-Z轴方向延伸的平面。交叉部295相应地定位在第三面203的-Z轴方向侧上。在第三面203上的沿着Z轴方向长度的中点(或者更具体地，第三面203和接触部分平面TP的交叉部与第二面202和第三面203的交叉部之间的中点)被称作为中点203P。FIG. 13 is a left side view of the cartridge 20 . The positional relationship of the respective components of the cartridge 20 is described with reference to FIG. 13 . The intersection where the third face 203 intersects the ramp terminal support structure 408 is referred to as "intersection 295". For the above description about the term "intersection", the intersection of the third surface 203 and the inclined terminal support structure 408 includes not only the intersection of the actual surface 203 and the terminal support structure 408, but also the intersection of the surface 203 and the terminal support structure 408. The intersection of one with the extension of the other of the surface 203 and the terminal support structure 408 , or the intersection of the extensions of both the surface 203 and the terminal support structure 408 . Intersection 295 is a line parallel to the Y axis. According to the present embodiment, the intersection portion 295 is located on a plane extending from the third surface 203 along the −Z axis direction. The intersection portion 295 is accordingly positioned on the −Z-axis direction side of the third face 203 . At the midpoint of the length along the Z-axis direction on the third surface 203 (or more specifically, the intersection between the third surface 203 and the contact portion plane TP and the intersection between the second surface 202 and the third surface 203 midpoint) is referred to as midpoint 203P.
第一盒侧限制部分210定位为接近交叉部295。第一盒侧限制部分210也可以被认为是定位为邻近端子支承结构408并且接近板末端405。这表示第一盒侧限制部分210可以充分地更接近盒侧端子400，或者更具体地，第一盒侧限制部分210的与设备侧杆接合的部分可以位于相比于接近顶面202与正面203的交叉部更接近接触部分cp的位置处。第一盒侧限制部分210优选地设置在第三面203的相比于接近第二边291更接近第一边290的特定部分上，或者更具体地，第一盒侧限制部分210的与设备侧杆接合的部分位于相比于接近顶面202和正面203的交叉部更接近交叉部295的位置处，其在从中点203P到第一边290的范围内。特别优选地将第一盒侧限制部分210设置在足够接近或紧接第一边290的位置处。如这里所使用的，“紧接”可以表示“接近”、“靠近”或“在其上与其接触”。如上所述，第一盒侧限制部分210的与设备侧杆接合的部分位于相比于接近顶面202和正面203的交叉部更接近交叉部295和/或接近接触部分cp的位置处。虽然在本实施例中，如上所述，顶面202和正面203的交叉部是在图13中由291表示的位置，但是该交叉部不需要时两个表面实际彼此交叉的位置，但是可以是一个面与另一个面的延长面交叉的位置，或者两个面的延长面彼此交叉的位置，如图35A和图35D的实施例中的虚线所示。在本实施例中，第三面203和接触部分平面TP的交叉部与第二面202和第三面203的交叉部之间的距离约为20mm。第三面203和接触部分平面TP的交叉部与第一盒侧限制部分210的第一盒侧锁止表面211之间的距离约为16mm。The first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is positioned close to the intersection portion 295 . The first box-side limiting portion 210 may also be considered to be positioned adjacent the terminal support structure 408 and proximate to the board end 405 . This means that the first box-side restricting portion 210 may be substantially closer to the box-side terminal 400, or more specifically, the portion of the first box-side restricting portion 210 that engages the device-side lever may be located closer to the front side than near the top surface 202. The intersection of 203 is closer to the location of the contact portion cp. The first box side limiting portion 210 is preferably provided on a specific portion of the third face 203 that is closer to the first side 290 than to the second side 291, or more specifically, the first box side limiting portion 210 is in contact with the device. The portion where the side bars engage is located closer to intersection 295 than to the intersection of top surface 202 and front surface 203 , which is in the range from midpoint 203P to first side 290 . It is particularly preferable to arrange the first case-side restricting portion 210 at a position sufficiently close to or immediately adjacent to the first side 290 . As used herein, "next to" may mean "near", "near" or "on contact with". As described above, the portion of the first case-side restricting portion 210 that engages with the device-side lever is located closer to the intersection 295 and/or to the contact portion cp than to the intersection of the top surface 202 and the front surface 203 . Although in the present embodiment, as described above, the intersection of the top surface 202 and the front surface 203 is the position indicated by 291 in FIG. The position where one face intersects the extension of the other face, or where the extensions of the two faces intersect each other, is shown by the dashed lines in the embodiment of Fig. 35A and Fig. 35D. In this embodiment, the distance between the intersection of the third surface 203 and the contact portion plane TP and the intersection of the second surface 202 and the third surface 203 is about 20 mm. The distance between the intersection of the third face 203 and the contact portion plane TP and the first cartridge-side locking surface 211 of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is about 16 mm.
第一盒侧限制部分210的具体用来限制盒侧端子400的位置的有效部分是第一盒侧锁止表面211。因此优选地将第一盒侧锁止表面211定位得尽可能接近盒侧端子400。省略第一盒侧限制部分210的第三部分215并且并且将第一部分212定位为接触第一边290使得第一盒侧锁止表面211能够更接近交叉部295或板末端405。An effective portion of the first case-side restricting portion 210 specifically for restricting the position of the case-side terminal 400 is the first case-side locking surface 211 . It is therefore preferable to position the first cartridge-side locking surface 211 as close as possible to the cartridge-side terminal 400 . Omitting the third portion 215 of the first case-side restricting portion 210 and positioning the first portion 212 to contact the first edge 290 enables the first case-side locking surface 211 to be closer to the intersection 295 or plate end 405 .
图13也示出了第三盒侧限制元件250的X轴方向范围250X以及斜面端子支承结构408的X轴方向范围408X。如通过附图可以清楚理解的，当从第一面201侧沿着+Z轴方向观察盒20时，第三盒侧限制元件250的一部分与斜面端子支承结构408在X轴方向上重叠。FIG. 13 also shows the X-axis direction range 250X of the third box-side restricting member 250 and the X-axis direction range 408X of the ramp terminal support structure 408 . As can be clearly understood from the drawings, when the case 20 is viewed in the +Z-axis direction from the first face 201 side, a part of the third case-side restricting member 250 overlaps the ramp terminal support structure 408 in the X-axis direction.
A-4.保持件60的具体结构：A-4. The specific structure of the holder 60:
A-4-1.保持件60的一般结构A-4-1. General structure of holder 60
图14和图15是示出了保持件60的结构的立体图。图16是示出了保持件60的结构的俯视图。图17是沿着图16的线F16-F16取得的截面图。图14到图16中示出的突起部636被从图17的图示中省略。14 and 15 are perspective views showing the structure of the holder 60 . FIG. 16 is a plan view showing the structure of the holder 60 . FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view taken along line F16-F16 of FIG. 16 . The protrusion 636 shown in FIGS. 14 to 16 is omitted from the illustration of FIG. 17 .
如上所述，印刷机50的保持件60具有五个壁构件601、603、604、605和606，以形成接收盒20的凹陷盒室602。五个壁构件601、603、604、605和606被一同称作“室形成壁构件600”。根据本实施例，五个壁构件601、603、604、605和606是树脂板构件，并且由合成树脂制成，更具体地由改性聚苯醚(m-PPE)制成。As mentioned above, the holder 60 of the printer 50 has five wall members 601 , 603 , 604 , 605 and 606 to form the recessed box compartment 602 of the receiving box 20 . The five wall members 601, 603, 604, 605 and 606 are collectively referred to as "chamber forming wall members 600". According to the present embodiment, the five wall members 601, 603, 604, 605, and 606 are resin plate members, and are made of synthetic resin, more specifically, modified polyphenylene ether (m-PPE).
壁构件601形成凹陷盒室602的底面。壁构件603、604、605和606形成凹陷盒室602的侧面。壁构件601、壁构件603、壁构件604、壁构件605和壁构件606被分别称作“设备侧底壁构件601”、“第一设备侧侧壁构件603”、“第二设备侧侧壁构件604”、“第三设备侧侧壁构件605”和“第四设备侧侧壁构件606”。The wall member 601 forms the bottom surface of the recessed cassette chamber 602 . Wall members 603 , 604 , 605 and 606 form the sides of recessed cassette 602 . The wall member 601, the wall member 603, the wall member 604, the wall member 605, and the wall member 606 are respectively referred to as "device-side bottom wall member 601", "first device-side side wall member 603", "second device-side side wall member 604", "third device-side side wall member 605", and "fourth device-side side wall member 606".
印刷材料供应管640中每一者和包括设备侧端子的接触机构70中每一者都在壁构件601上沿着X轴方向排列。印刷材料供应管640被定位在第二设备侧侧壁构件604的一侧，并且接触机构70被定位在第一设备侧侧壁构件603的一侧。换言之，印刷材料供应管640被设置在相比于接近壁构件603更接近壁构件604的位置处。接触机构70被设置在相比于接近印刷材料供应管640更接近第一设备侧侧壁构件603的位置处。Each of the printing material supply pipes 640 and each of the contact mechanisms 70 including the device-side terminals are arranged on the wall member 601 in the X-axis direction. The printing material supply pipe 640 is positioned on the side of the second device-side side wall member 604 , and the contact mechanism 70 is positioned on the side of the first device-side side wall member 603 . In other words, the printing material supply pipe 640 is provided at a position closer to the wall member 604 than to the wall member 603 . The contact mechanism 70 is provided at a position closer to the first device side side wall member 603 than to the printing material supply pipe 640 .
弹性部件648围绕印刷材料供应管640设置在壁构件601上。如参照图5描述的，在盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态中，弹性部件648密封盒20的墨水供应结构280的外围并且由此防止墨水从墨水供应结构280泄漏到外围。在盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态中，弹性部件648沿着将盒20的墨水供应结构280按压回去的方向(沿着+Z轴方向)产生施压力Ps(图5)。The elastic member 648 is provided on the wall member 601 around the printing material supply pipe 640 . As described with reference to FIG. 5 , in the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 , the elastic member 648 seals the periphery of the ink supply structure 280 of the cartridge 20 and thereby prevents ink from leaking from the ink supply structure 280 to the periphery. In the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 , the elastic member 648 generates a pressing force Ps ( FIG. 5 ) in a direction (along the +Z-axis direction) that presses the ink supply structure 280 of the cartridge 20 back.
如图14到图16所示，保持件60在与壁构件601相对的上侧具有贯穿盒室602的开口OP。在盒20被安装到保持件60或者从其卸下时，盒20穿过开口OP。As shown in FIGS. 14 to 16 , the holder 60 has an opening OP penetrating the cartridge chamber 602 on the upper side opposite to the wall member 601 . When the cartridge 20 is mounted to or detached from the holder 60, the cartridge 20 passes through the opening OP.
第一设备侧侧壁构件603在壁构件601的+X轴方向侧上相对于壁构件601成垂直的角度。根据本实施例，第一设备侧侧壁构件603的最+X轴方向侧形成外壁603W。在印刷机50的使用姿态中，外壁603W形成保持件60的正面。外壁603W沿着多个盒20的排列方向(Y轴方向)延伸。用于安装或卸下盒20的杆80设置在壁构件603上。杆80被经由固定件690以可移动的方式固定，或者更精确地以可旋转的方式，固定到壁构件603。换言之，杆80被固定到形成壁构件603的一部分的固定件690。杆80的旋转轴与Y轴方向平行。The first device-side side wall member 603 forms a vertical angle with respect to the wall member 601 on the +X-axis direction side of the wall member 601 . According to the present embodiment, the outer wall 603W is formed on the most +X-axis direction side of the first device-side side wall member 603 . In the use posture of the printer 50 , the outer wall 603W forms the front of the holder 60 . The outer wall 603W extends along the direction in which the plurality of cartridges 20 are arranged (Y-axis direction). A lever 80 for mounting or detaching the cartridge 20 is provided on the wall member 603 . The rod 80 is fixed movably, or more precisely rotatably, to the wall member 603 via a fixing 690 . In other words, the rod 80 is fixed to the fixture 690 forming part of the wall member 603 . The rotation axis of the rod 80 is parallel to the Y-axis direction.
固定件690设置在角部600C(设备侧角部)处(图17)，第一设备侧侧壁构件603在该处与底部壁构件601交叉。The fixing piece 690 is provided at the corner 600C (apparatus-side corner) ( FIG. 17 ) where the first apparatus-side side wall member 603 intersects the bottom wall member 601 .
如图5所示，操作构件830设置在杆80的+Z轴方向末端。当用户从+X轴方向侧朝向-X轴方向侧对该操作构件830施压时(即，当用户向操作构件830施加操作力Pr时)，杆80绕旋转轴逆时针转动(从+Y轴方向观察)。杆80相应地在与X轴方向和Z轴方向平行的XZ平面上旋转。As shown in FIG. 5 , the operating member 830 is provided at the +Z-axis direction end of the lever 80 . When the user presses the operation member 830 from the +X-axis direction side toward the −X-axis direction side (that is, when the user applies an operation force Pr to the operation member 830), the lever 80 rotates counterclockwise around the rotation axis (from +Y axis of view). The rod 80 accordingly rotates on the XZ plane parallel to the X-axis direction and the Z-axis direction.
杆80设置为与室形成壁构件601、603、604、605和606分离的构件。杆80由合成树脂制成，更具体根据本实施例由聚甲醛(POM)制成。杆80具有足以锁止杆80的特定水平的刚性。更具体地，杆80优选地具有由从处于安装状态的盒20施加的力(例如，14.4N的力)基本不引起杆80变形的刚性。例如，通过从盒20施加14.4N的外力引起的杆80的变形优选地不大于约0.5mm。杆80优选地不具有任何可弹性变形部分。这减小了在盒20的安装状态中杆80由从盒20施加的力而显著变形的可能性，并且确保盒侧端子400与接触机构70的设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。提供与室形成壁构件601、603、604、605和606分离的杆80有利地增加了选择杆80的材料的自由度。The rod 80 is provided as a separate member from the chamber forming wall members 601 , 603 , 604 , 605 and 606 . The rod 80 is made of synthetic resin, more specifically polyoxymethylene (POM) according to the present embodiment. The lever 80 has a certain level of rigidity sufficient to lock the lever 80 . More specifically, the rod 80 preferably has such rigidity that deformation of the rod 80 is not substantially caused by a force (for example, a force of 14.4 N) applied from the cartridge 20 in the mounted state. For example, the deformation of rod 80 caused by applying an external force of 14.4N from cartridge 20 is preferably not greater than about 0.5 mm. The rod 80 preferably does not have any elastically deformable portions. This reduces the possibility that the lever 80 is significantly deformed by force applied from the cartridge 20 in the installed state of the cartridge 20 , and ensures stable electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal of the contact mechanism 70 . Providing the rod 80 separate from the chamber forming wall members 601 , 603 , 604 , 605 and 606 advantageously increases the freedom of choice of the material of the rod 80 .
返回参照图14到图17，壁构件604在壁构件601的-X轴方向侧上相对于壁构件601成垂直角度。壁构件604与壁构件603横跨盒室602相对。根据本实施例，壁构件604在印刷机50的使用姿态下形成保持件60的背面。壁构件604沿着多个盒20排列的方向(Y轴方向)延伸。第二设备侧限制元件620设置在壁构件604上。第二设备侧限制元件620是沿着X轴方向穿过的通孔(图17)。根据另一个实施例，第二设备侧限制元件620可以是向盒室602开放的凹陷。Referring back to FIGS. 14 to 17 , the wall member 604 is at a vertical angle with respect to the wall member 601 on the −X-axis direction side of the wall member 601 . The wall member 604 is opposed to the wall member 603 across the cartridge chamber 602 . According to the present embodiment, the wall member 604 forms the rear surface of the holder 60 in the use posture of the printing press 50 . The wall member 604 extends along the direction in which the plurality of cartridges 20 are arranged (Y-axis direction). The second device-side limiting element 620 is provided on the wall member 604 . The second device-side restricting member 620 is a through hole passing through along the X-axis direction ( FIG. 17 ). According to another embodiment, the second device-side limiting element 620 may be a recess open to the cartridge chamber 602 .
如上文参照图5描述的，第二设备侧限制元件620被构造为与第二盒侧限制部分220接合。第二设备侧限制元件620作为用于将盒20安装到保持件60或从其卸下的引导件。第二设备侧限制元件620在盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态中锁止第二盒侧限制部分220。更具体地，第二设备侧限制元件620将第二盒侧限制部分220锁止在位于印刷材料供应管640的+Z轴方向侧和-X轴方向侧上的第二锁止位置620L。根据本实施例，第二设备侧限制元件620被构造为通孔，其具有接收第二盒侧限制部分220的尺寸，并且具有设备侧锁止表面622。设备侧锁止表面622是面向-Z轴方向的平面，并且对第二盒侧限制部分220的限制锁止表面222进行锁止(图11)。设备侧锁止表面622的+X轴方向末端624与第二盒侧限制部分220相接触，并且因此作为用于将盒20从保持件60写下的旋转枢转点。As described above with reference to FIG. 5 , the second device-side restricting member 620 is configured to engage with the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 . The second device-side restricting member 620 serves as a guide for mounting or demounting the cartridge 20 to or from the holder 60 . The second device-side restricting member 620 locks the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 in the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 . More specifically, the second apparatus-side restricting member 620 locks the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 at a second lock position 620L on the +Z-axis direction side and the −X-axis direction side of the printing material supply pipe 640 . According to the present embodiment, the second device-side restricting member 620 is configured as a through hole having a size to receive the second case-side restricting portion 220 and having a device-side locking surface 622 . The device side lock surface 622 is a plane facing the −Z axis direction, and locks the limit lock surface 222 of the second case side limit portion 220 ( FIG. 11 ). The +X-axis direction end 624 of the device-side lock surface 622 is in contact with the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 , and thus serves as a rotational pivot point for writing the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 .
如图17所示，保持件60的第二设备侧侧壁构件604具有设置在第二设备侧限制元件620的+Z轴方向侧上的空间670。空间670提供了空间，来当盒20被安装到保持件60或从其卸下时，允许盒20绕第二设备侧限制元件620的附近区域作为旋转枢转点旋转。根据本实施例，空间670由沿着+Z轴方向从第二设备侧侧壁构件604在-X轴方向上阶梯地凹陷的台阶所形成。根据另一个实施例，空间670可以由壁构件604的沿着+Z轴方向在-X轴方向上逐渐地降低的斜面表面所形成。As shown in FIG. 17 , the second device-side side wall member 604 of the holder 60 has a space 670 provided on the +Z-axis direction side of the second device-side restricting member 620 . The space 670 provides a space to allow the cartridge 20 to rotate around the vicinity of the second device side restricting member 620 as a pivot point for rotation when the cartridge 20 is mounted to or detached from the holder 60 . According to the present embodiment, the space 670 is formed by a step recessed stepwise in the −X-axis direction from the second device-side side wall member 604 in the +Z-axis direction. According to another embodiment, the space 670 may be formed by a sloped surface of the wall member 604 that gradually decreases in the −X-axis direction along the +Z-axis direction.
如图14到图16所示，壁构件605在壁构件601的-Y轴方向侧上相对于壁构件601成垂直角度。根据本实施例，壁构件605在印刷机50的使用姿态下形成保持件60的右侧面。壁构件605与壁构件603和605连接。壁构件605沿着X轴方向延伸并且与多个盒20的排列方向(Y轴方向)交叉。As shown in FIGS. 14 to 16 , the wall member 605 forms a vertical angle with respect to the wall member 601 on the −Y-axis direction side of the wall member 601 . According to the present embodiment, the wall member 605 forms the right side of the holder 60 in the use posture of the printing press 50 . Wall member 605 is connected to wall members 603 and 605 . The wall member 605 extends along the X-axis direction and crosses the arrangement direction (Y-axis direction) of the plurality of cartridges 20 .
壁构件606在壁构件601的+Y轴方向侧上相对于壁构件601成垂直角度。壁构件606横跨盒室602与壁构件605相对。根据本实施例，壁构件606在印刷机50的使用姿态下形成保持件60的左侧面。壁构件606与壁构件603和604连接。壁构件606沿着X轴方向延伸，并且与多个盒20的排列方向(Y轴方向)交叉。The wall member 606 forms a vertical angle with respect to the wall member 601 on the +Y-axis direction side of the wall member 601 . The wall member 606 is opposed to the wall member 605 across the cassette chamber 602 . According to the present embodiment, the wall member 606 forms the left side of the holder 60 in the use posture of the printing press 50 . Wall member 606 is connected to wall members 603 and 604 . The wall member 606 extends along the X-axis direction and crosses the arrangement direction (Y-axis direction) of the plurality of cartridges 20 .
根据壁构件601和603-606的上述位置关系，壁构件601垂直于Z轴方向；壁构件603和604在X轴方向上彼此相对；壁构件605和606在Y轴方向上彼此相对；并且壁构件601和开口OP在Z轴方向上彼此相对。According to the above positional relationship of the wall members 601 and 603-606, the wall member 601 is perpendicular to the Z-axis direction; the wall members 603 and 604 face each other in the X-axis direction; the wall members 605 and 606 face each other in the Y-axis direction; The member 601 and the opening OP are opposed to each other in the Z-axis direction.
接触机构70设置在角部600C处，壁构件601在此处与保持件60的壁构件603交叉。接触机构70位于相比于接近印刷材料供应管640更接近壁构件603的位置处。接触机构70包括与盒侧端子400的各个端子431-439(图10)相对应并相接触的多个设备侧端子，以及其上布置了多个设备侧端子的端子基部。The contact mechanism 70 is provided at the corner 600C where the wall member 601 intersects the wall member 603 of the holder 60 . The contact mechanism 70 is located closer to the wall member 603 than to the printing material supply pipe 640 . The contact mechanism 70 includes a plurality of device-side terminals corresponding to and in contact with the respective terminals 431-439 (FIG. 10) of the box-side terminal 400, and a terminal base on which the plurality of device-side terminals are arranged.
A-4-2.接触机构70的具体结构：A-4-2. The specific structure of the contact mechanism 70:
图18是从保持件60卸下的接触机构70的立体图。FIG. 18 is a perspective view of the contact mechanism 70 detached from the holder 60 .
接触机构70包括端子基底709以及位于端子基底709上的设备侧端子或接触形成构件731-739。设备侧端子731-739中每一者都是具有导电性的弹性构件，并且具有从设备侧斜面表面708突出的突出部分，其由外力移位。在盒20安装到保持件60的状态中，设备侧端子731-739沿着将盒20的电路板40推回的方向(包括+Z方向矢量成分和-X方向矢量成分的方向)产生施压或弹性力Pt(施压力)(图5)。在盒20将从设备侧斜面表面708突出的设备侧端子731-739朝向设备侧斜面表面708施压时，作为反作用力产生弹性(施压)力Pt。所得到的由设备侧端子731-739产生的弹性力PT的矢量成分将盒20沿着移除方向RD推动，如上所述，该方向是与安装方向SD相反的方向。The contact mechanism 70 includes a terminal base 709 and device-side terminals or contact forming members 731 - 739 on the terminal base 709 . Each of the device-side terminals 731-739 is an elastic member having conductivity, and has a protruding portion protruding from the device-side slope surface 708, which is displaced by an external force. In the state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60, the device-side terminals 731-739 exert pressure in a direction (a direction including a +Z direction vector component and a −X direction vector component) in which the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 is pushed back. Or elastic force Pt (applying pressure) (Figure 5). When the cartridge 20 presses the device-side terminals 731 - 739 protruding from the device-side slope surface 708 toward the device-side slope surface 708 , an elastic (pressing) force Pt is generated as a reaction force. The resulting vector component of the elastic force PT generated by the device-side terminals 731-739 pushes the cartridge 20 in the removal direction RD, which is, as described above, the opposite direction to the installation direction SD.
九个设备侧端子731-739设置在与九个盒侧端子431-439相对应的位置处。设备侧端子731被称作为“安装检测端子731(第三端子)”。设备侧端子732被称作为“复位端子732”。设备侧端子733被称作为“时钟端子733”。设备侧端子734被称作为“安装检测端子734(第四端子)”。设备侧端子735被称作为“安装检测端子735(第一端子)”。设备侧端子736被称作为“电源端子736”。设备侧端子737被称作为“接地端子737”。设备侧端子738被称作为“数据端子738”。设备侧端子739被称作为“安装检测端子739(第二端子)”。为了与盒侧端子区分开，词“设备侧”可以被作为每个名称的前缀。例如，“接地端子737”可以被称为“设备侧接地端子737”。九个设备侧端子731-739被一同称作为设备侧端子700。Nine device-side terminals 731-739 are provided at positions corresponding to the nine box-side terminals 431-439. The device-side terminal 731 is referred to as "mounting detection terminal 731 (third terminal)". The device side terminal 732 is referred to as "reset terminal 732". The device side terminal 733 is referred to as "clock terminal 733". The device-side terminal 734 is referred to as "mounting detection terminal 734 (fourth terminal)". The device-side terminal 735 is referred to as "mounting detection terminal 735 (first terminal)". The device side terminal 736 is referred to as "power supply terminal 736". The device-side terminal 737 is referred to as a "ground terminal 737". The device side terminal 738 is referred to as "data terminal 738". The device-side terminal 739 is referred to as "mounting detection terminal 739 (second terminal)". To distinguish from box-side terminals, the word "device-side" may be prefixed to each name. For example, "ground terminal 737" may be referred to as "device-side ground terminal 737". The nine device-side terminals 731 - 739 are collectively referred to as the device-side terminal 700 .
九个设备侧端子731-739被排列为在Z轴方向上具有不同位置的第一设备侧端子线和第二设备侧端子线。第一设备侧端子线包括包括五个设备侧端子735-739，并且第二设备侧端子线包括四个设备侧端子731-734。第一设备侧端子线位于第二设备侧端子线的-Z轴方向侧上。设备侧端子的数目不局限于九个，并且可以根据电路板40的结构变成大于九个或小于九个的任何期望数目。The nine device-side terminals 731-739 are arranged as a first device-side terminal line and a second device-side terminal line having different positions in the Z-axis direction. The first device-side terminal line includes five device-side terminals 735-739, and the second device-side terminal line includes four device-side terminals 731-734. The first device-side terminal line is located on the -Z-axis direction side of the second device-side terminal line. The number of device-side terminals is not limited to nine, and may be changed to any desired number greater than nine or less than nine depending on the structure of the circuit board 40 .
在九个设备侧端子731-739中，位于Y轴方向上的基本中央的设备侧接地端子737与接地线(未示出)电连接。设备侧接地端子737从设备侧斜面表面708突出的高度大于其他设备侧端子731-736、738和739的高度。设备侧接地端子737因此在其他设备侧端子731-736、738和739之前与盒20的电路板40相接触。Among the nine device-side terminals 731-739, the device-side ground terminal 737 located substantially in the center in the Y-axis direction is electrically connected to a ground line (not shown). The device-side ground terminal 737 protrudes from the device-side bevel surface 708 to a height greater than that of the other device-side terminals 731 - 736 , 738 , and 739 . The device-side ground terminal 737 is thus in contact with the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 before the other device-side terminals 731 - 736 , 738 and 739 .
根据本实施例，为了加速印刷机的组装，设备侧端子731-739位于端子基底709上，并且与结合到保持件60中的接触机构70形成一体。然而，使用端子基底709的一体的接触机构70不是必需的。根据另一个实施例，用于接收设备侧端子731-739的合适结构可以与保持件60的底部壁构件601或外壁603W一体形成，并且设备侧端子731-739可以结合到该结构中。端子基底709因此也不是必需的。According to the present embodiment, in order to speed up the assembly of the printer, the device-side terminals 731 - 739 are located on the terminal base 709 and are integrated with the contact mechanism 70 incorporated into the holder 60 . However, an integral contact mechanism 70 using the terminal base 709 is not required. According to another embodiment, a suitable structure for receiving device-side terminals 731-739 may be integrally formed with bottom wall member 601 or outer wall 603W of holder 60, and device-side terminals 731-739 may be incorporated into the structure. The terminal base 709 is therefore also not necessary.
A-4-3.杆80的结构A-4-3. Structure of rod 80
图19是示出了杆80的外观的立体图。图20示出了沿着与X轴和Z轴平行的平面(XZ平面，与Y轴垂直的平面)取得的轴体850的截面。图21示出了沿着穿过杆80的宽度方向(Y轴方向)上的中心区域并且与X轴和Z轴平行的平面(XZ平面，与Y轴垂直的平面)取得的杆80的截面。图21示出了在盒20被适当地安装到保持件60的设计安装位置处的状态下杆80的截面。FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the lever 80 . FIG. 20 shows a section of the shaft body 850 taken along a plane parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis (XZ plane, a plane perpendicular to the Y-axis). 21 shows a cross section of the rod 80 taken along a plane (XZ plane, a plane perpendicular to the Y axis) passing through the center region of the rod 80 in the width direction (Y-axis direction) and parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis. . FIG. 21 shows a section of the rod 80 in a state where the cartridge 20 is properly mounted to the holder 60 at the designed mounting position.
如图19和图21所示，杆80包括操作构件830、一对轴体850、引导构件820以及接合部分810。杆80在其一端(+Z轴方向末端)具有操作构件830并且在另一侧(-Z轴方向末端)具有接合部分810。杆80具有在操作构件830与接合部分810之间的旋转轴800c。换言之，杆80绕在操作构件830与接合部分810之间的位置处的旋转轴800c枢转。As shown in FIGS. 19 and 21 , the lever 80 includes an operation member 830 , a pair of shaft bodies 850 , a guide member 820 , and an engaging portion 810 . The lever 80 has an operating member 830 at one end thereof (+Z-axis direction end) and an engaging portion 810 at the other side (-Z-axis direction end). The lever 80 has a rotation shaft 800 c between the operation member 830 and the engaging portion 810 . In other words, the lever 80 pivots about the rotation shaft 800 c at a position between the operation member 830 and the engagement portion 810 .
杆80的操作构件830接收由用户施加的外力。如图21所示，操作构件830设置在杆80的+Z轴方向末端处。在盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态中，操作构件830位于旋转轴800c的+Z轴方向侧上。操作构件830位于保持件60的第一设备侧侧壁构件603的+Z轴方向侧上(图15)。The operating member 830 of the lever 80 receives an external force applied by the user. As shown in FIG. 21 , the operation member 830 is provided at the +Z-axis direction end of the lever 80 . In the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60, the operation member 830 is located on the +Z-axis direction side of the rotation shaft 800c. The operation member 830 is located on the +Z-axis direction side of the first device-side side wall member 603 of the holder 60 ( FIG. 15 ).
操作构件830具有操作表面835和操作构件相对表面831。操作表面835接收由用户从+X轴方向侧向-X轴方向侧施加的外力(图5中示出的力Pr)，以将盒20从保持件60卸下。操作构件相对表面831是在盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态中与盒20相对的面。The operation member 830 has an operation surface 835 and an operation member opposing surface 831 . The operation surface 835 receives an external force (force Pr shown in FIG. 5 ) applied by the user from the +X-axis direction side to the −X-axis direction side to detach the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 . The operation member facing surface 831 is a face facing the cartridge 20 in the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 .
如图19所示，一对轴体850设置在杆80的末端之间的大致中央位置处。一对轴体850限定了杆80的旋转轴800c。旋转轴800c与Y轴方向(盒20的排列方向)平行。一对轴体850中的一个轴体850a(被称作为“第一轴体850a”)在杆80的+Y轴方向侧上从外表面893沿着+Y轴方向突出。一对轴体850中的另一个轴体850b(被称作为“第二轴体850b”)在杆80的-Y轴方向侧上从外表面891沿着-Y轴方向突出。外表面891和893也被称作为侧面891和893。设置在杆80上的一对轴体850通过使用如上所述的固定件容易地限定旋转轴800c。As shown in FIG. 19 , a pair of shaft bodies 850 is provided at a substantially central position between ends of the rod 80 . A pair of shafts 850 defines a rotational axis 800c of the lever 80 . The rotation axis 800c is parallel to the Y-axis direction (the direction in which the cartridges 20 are arranged). One shaft body 850 a (referred to as “first shaft body 850 a ”) of the pair of shaft bodies 850 protrudes from the outer surface 893 in the +Y-axis direction on the +Y-axis direction side of the rod 80 . The other shaft body 850 b (referred to as “second shaft body 850 b ”) of the pair of shaft bodies 850 protrudes from the outer surface 891 in the −Y-axis direction on the −Y-axis direction side of the rod 80 . Outer surfaces 891 and 893 are also referred to as sides 891 and 893 . A pair of shaft bodies 850 provided on the rod 80 easily define the rotation axis 800c by using the fixing member as described above.
根据本实施例，每个轴体850都具有内弧形表面852、外弧形表面854、以及径向侧面856和858。各个面852、854、856和858形成轴体850的外周表面。内弧形表面852和外弧形表面854分别被称作为“第一弧形表面852”和“第二弧形表面854”。内弧形表面852和外弧形表面854的中心与旋转轴800c相对应。内弧形表面852位于相比于接近外弧形表面854更接近第二设备侧侧壁构件604的位置处(即，在其-X轴方向侧上)。According to the present embodiment, each shaft body 850 has an inner arcuate surface 852 , an outer arcuate surface 854 , and radial sides 856 and 858 . The respective faces 852 , 854 , 856 and 858 form the outer peripheral surface of the shaft body 850 . The inner arcuate surface 852 and the outer arcuate surface 854 are referred to as "first arcuate surface 852" and "second arcuate surface 854", respectively. The centers of the inner arcuate surface 852 and the outer arcuate surface 854 correspond to the rotation axis 800c. The inner arcuate surface 852 is located closer to the second device side side wall member 604 than to the outer arcuate surface 854 (ie, on the −X-axis direction side thereof).
如图20所示，内弧形表面852在与X轴和Z轴平行的截面上形成绕旋转轴800c的弧形，其具有半径R1a。外弧形表面854在与X轴和Z轴平行的截面上形成绕旋转轴800c的弧形，其具有半径R2a。半径R1a小于半径R2a。如上所述，每个轴体850都具有同心的内弧形表面852和外弧形表面854，该圆心位于相比于接近作为外周表面的一部分的外弧形表面854更接近第二设备侧侧壁构件604的位置处。旋转轴800c因此可以位于盒室602中更接近盒20的位置，而不与盒20干涉。这使得盒20的第一盒侧限制部分210的接合部分212能够由接合部分810锁止，同时减小从第一锁止位置810L的偏离。如果旋转轴800c位于与盒20远离的位置，杆80从对于盒20的正确安装状态设计的安装位置的任何移动都会引起接合部分810沿着Z轴方向的显著移位。将旋转轴800c定位在更接近盒20的位置有利地减小了当杆80在盒20适当地安装到设计安装位置的状态中从标准姿势移动时，接合部分810在Z轴方向上的移位。即，这种定位使得盒20在具有从第一锁止位置810L更小偏离的状态下由接合部分810锁止。将外弧形表面854的半径R2a设置为大于内弧形表面852的半径R1a有利地防止了轴体850的强度下降。“锁止位置(第一锁止位置)810L”表示当盒20被安装到被设置为理想设计位置的安装位置时，第一设备侧锁止表面811(接合部分810的第一部分)与第一盒侧锁止表面211(第一盒侧限制部分210的第一抵靠部分)抵靠的位置。As shown in FIG. 20, the inner arcuate surface 852 forms an arc around the rotation axis 800c in a section parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis, which has a radius R1a. The outer arc surface 854 forms an arc around the rotation axis 800c in a section parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis, which has a radius R2a. Radius R1a is smaller than radius R2a. As described above, each shaft body 850 has a concentric inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854, the center of which is located closer to the second device side than to the outer arcuate surface 854 which is part of the outer peripheral surface. The position of the wall member 604. The axis of rotation 800c can thus be located closer to the cartridge 20 in the cartridge chamber 602 without interfering with the cartridge 20 . This enables the engaging portion 212 of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 of the cartridge 20 to be locked by the engaging portion 810 while reducing deviation from the first locking position 810L. If the rotation axis 800c is located away from the cartridge 20, any movement of the lever 80 from the mounting position designed for the correctly mounted state of the cartridge 20 will cause a significant displacement of the engagement portion 810 along the Z-axis direction. Positioning the rotation shaft 800c at a position closer to the cartridge 20 advantageously reduces displacement of the engagement portion 810 in the Z-axis direction when the lever 80 moves from the standard posture in a state where the cartridge 20 is properly mounted to the designed mounting position. . That is, this positioning enables the cartridge 20 to be locked by the engaging portion 810 in a state having a smaller deviation from the first locking position 810L. Setting the radius R2a of the outer arcuate surface 854 to be larger than the radius R1a of the inner arcuate surface 852 advantageously prevents the strength of the shaft body 850 from decreasing. "Lock position (first lock position) 810L" indicates that when the cartridge 20 is mounted to the mounting position set as the ideal design position, the first device-side locking surface 811 (the first part of the engaging portion 810) and the first A position where the cartridge-side locking surface 211 (the first abutting portion of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 ) abuts.
接合部分810用来在安装状态锁止盒20并且限制盒20的运动。如图21所示，接合部分810被设置在杆80的-Z轴方向末端上。接合部分810在盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态中位于旋转轴800c的-Z轴方向侧上。The engagement portion 810 is used to lock the case 20 and restrict the movement of the case 20 in the mounted state. As shown in FIG. 21 , the engaging portion 810 is provided on the −Z-axis direction end of the rod 80 . The engagement portion 810 is located on the −Z-axis direction side of the rotation shaft 800 c in the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 .
如图21所示，接合部分810由两个部分将第一盒侧限制部分210(图5)锁止。接合部分810包括作为第一部分的第一设备侧锁止表面811(第一设备侧限制元件)和作为第二部分的凹槽815和第二设备侧锁止表面813(第二设备侧限制元件)。根据本实施例，接合部分810的两个设备侧锁止表面811和813被定位为彼此交叉。As shown in FIG. 21, the engagement portion 810 locks the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 (FIG. 5) in two parts. The engagement portion 810 includes a first device-side locking surface 811 (first device-side restricting member) as a first part and a groove 815 and a second device-side locking surface 813 (second device-side restricting member) as a second part . According to the present embodiment, the two device-side locking surfaces 811 and 813 of the engagement portion 810 are positioned to cross each other.
第一设备侧锁止表面811是绕旋转轴800c形成弧形的弯曲表面。第一设备侧锁止表面811因此在与X轴和Z轴平行的截面(即，与XZ平面平行的截面、与Y轴垂直的截面)上具有绕旋转轴800c的弧形。为了将盒20安装到保持件60，该结构使得第一设备侧锁止表面811能够平滑地移动到第一锁止位置810L和盒20。该结构因此确保了将盒20平滑地安装到保持件60以及从其卸下。The first device-side locking surface 811 is a curved surface forming an arc around the rotation axis 800c. The first device-side locking surface 811 thus has an arc shape around the rotation axis 800c in a section parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis (ie, a section parallel to the XZ plane, a section perpendicular to the Y-axis). This structure enables the first device-side lock surface 811 to smoothly move to the first lock position 810L and the cartridge 20 in order to mount the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 . This structure thus ensures smooth installation and removal of the cartridge 20 to and from the holder 60 .
在锁止位置(第一锁止位置)810L处，第一设备侧锁止表面811在X轴方向上接近旋转轴800c。换言之，根据本实施例，在锁止位置(第一锁止位置)810L处，第一设备侧锁止表面811定位为几乎在旋转轴800c正下方。在锁止位置810L处，第一设备侧锁止表面811因此限定了与+Z轴方向力以近似直角交叉的平面，处于安装状态中的盒20从设备侧端子700和弹性部件648接收该+Z轴方向力。根据本实施例，与作为弯曲表面的第一设备侧锁止表面811相接触的平面在锁止位置810L处是基本水平平面。这减小了在盒20被安装到印刷机中的同时第一盒侧锁止表面211与第一设备侧锁止表面811之间的接合解除的可能性。因此，第一锁止位置810L在X轴方向上优选地是接近旋转轴800c并且在旋转轴800c的-X轴方向侧上的位置。这使得与第一设备侧锁止表面811接触的平面基本水平并且防止了从处于安装状态下的盒20向第一设备侧锁止表面811施加+X轴方向力。即使在第一盒侧锁止表面211和第一设备侧锁止表面811的实际锁止位置从第一锁止位置810L略微偏离时，将第一锁止位置810L定位为在X轴方向上接近旋转轴800c有利地减小了锁止位置在Z轴方向上的偏离。换言之，这减小了盒20在Z轴方向上相对于保持件60的偏离，并且确保了盒侧端子400与设备侧端子700的良好电接触。例如，在沿着与X轴和Z轴平行的平面取得的杆80的截面上，第一锁止位置810L应当被定位为使得穿过旋转轴800c并且与Z轴方向平行的直线和将旋转轴800c与第一锁止位置810L连接的直线之间的角度A优选地不大于15度，更优选地不大于10度，并且更加优选地不大于5度。角度A也优选地不小于1度。At the lock position (first lock position) 810L, the first device-side lock surface 811 approaches the rotation shaft 800c in the X-axis direction. In other words, according to the present embodiment, at the lock position (first lock position) 810L, the first device-side lock surface 811 is positioned almost directly below the rotation shaft 800c. In the locked position 810L, the first device-side locking surface 811 thus defines a plane intersecting at approximately right angles to the +Z-axis direction force which the cartridge 20 in the installed state receives from the device-side terminal 700 and the elastic member 648. Z-axis direction force. According to the present embodiment, the plane that comes into contact with the first device-side lock surface 811 that is a curved surface is a substantially horizontal plane at the lock position 810L. This reduces the possibility that the engagement between the first cartridge-side locking surface 211 and the first apparatus-side locking surface 811 is disengaged while the cartridge 20 is being installed in the printing press. Therefore, the first lock position 810L is preferably a position close to the rotation shaft 800c in the X-axis direction and on the −X-axis direction side of the rotation shaft 800c. This makes the plane in contact with the first device-side lock surface 811 substantially horizontal and prevents a +X-axis direction force from being applied to the first device-side lock surface 811 from the cartridge 20 in the mounted state. Even when the actual lock positions of the first case-side lock surface 211 and the first device-side lock surface 811 are slightly deviated from the first lock position 810L, the first lock position 810L is positioned to be close in the X-axis direction The rotating shaft 800c advantageously reduces the deviation of the locked position in the direction of the Z axis. In other words, this reduces the deviation of the cartridge 20 relative to the holder 60 in the Z-axis direction, and ensures good electrical contact of the cartridge-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal 700 . For example, on a section of the lever 80 taken along a plane parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis, the first lock position 810L should be positioned such that a line passing through the rotation axis 800c and parallel to the Z-axis direction and the rotation axis The angle A between the straight line connecting 800c and the first locking position 810L is preferably not greater than 15 degrees, more preferably not greater than 10 degrees, and even more preferably not greater than 5 degrees. Angle A is also preferably not less than 1 degree.
如图19所示，引导构件820被设置在操作构件830与接合部分810之间，以从+Z轴方向末端延伸到-Z轴方向末端。引导构件820用来在将盒20安装到保持件60的过程中将第一盒侧限制部分210(图12中示出)引导到接合部分810，同时限制盒20在Y轴方向上的运动。盒20因此可以被适当地安装到设计安装位置。As shown in FIG. 19 , the guide member 820 is provided between the operation member 830 and the engagement portion 810 so as to extend from the +Z-axis direction end to the −Z-axis direction end. The guide member 820 serves to guide the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 (shown in FIG. 12 ) to the engagement portion 810 during mounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 while restricting movement of the cartridge 20 in the Y-axis direction. The cartridge 20 can thus be properly mounted to the designed mounting position.
引导构件820是由沿着Y轴方向设置的引导底壁821和从引导底壁821朝向-X轴方向成垂直角度的一对引导壁860形成的凹陷。引导底壁821和这对引导壁860容易形成凹陷，以接收被构造为突起的第一盒侧限制部分210。这对引导壁860包括设置在+Y轴方向侧上的第一引导壁860a和设置在-Y轴方向侧上的第二引导壁860b。轴体850a位于第一引导壁860a的外表面893上，而轴体850b位于第二引导壁860b的外表面891上。The guide member 820 is a depression formed by a guide bottom wall 821 disposed along the Y-axis direction and a pair of guide walls 860 at a perpendicular angle from the guide bottom wall 821 toward the −X-axis direction. The guide bottom wall 821 and the pair of guide walls 860 are easily recessed to receive the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 configured as a protrusion. The pair of guide walls 860 includes a first guide wall 860 a provided on the +Y-axis direction side and a second guide wall 860 b provided on the −Y-axis direction side. The shaft body 850a is located on the outer surface 893 of the first guide wall 860a, and the shaft body 850b is located on the outer surface 891 of the second guide wall 860b.
两个引导壁860a和860b之间的空间，即，两个引导壁860a和860b的内表面之间的距离，小于盒20的Y轴方向长度，但是大于第一盒侧限制部分210的Y轴方向长度(如可以通过图12看到的)。为了将盒20安装到保持件60，第一盒侧限制部分210由引导构件820接收，并且被简单并可靠地引导到接合部分810，而这对引导壁860a和860b限制盒20在Y轴方向上的运动，并且引导底壁821限制盒20在Z轴方向上的运动。The space between the two guide walls 860a and 860b, that is, the distance between the inner surfaces of the two guide walls 860a and 860b, is smaller than the Y-axis direction length of the cartridge 20, but larger than the Y-axis of the first cartridge side limiting portion 210 directional length (as can be seen by Fig. 12). In order to mount the cartridge 20 to the holder 60, the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is received by the guide member 820, and is simply and reliably guided to the engagement portion 810, while the pair of guide walls 860a and 860b restrict the cartridge 20 in the Y-axis direction The movement in the upper direction, and the guide bottom wall 821 restricts the movement of the cartridge 20 in the Z-axis direction.
引导底壁821在接合部分810一侧的一部分具有凹槽870，其被构造为接收第一盒侧限制部分210的第二部分214(图12)。凹槽870从引导底壁821的表面沿着+X轴方向下陷。凹槽870从引导底壁821在+Z轴方向上中央延伸到其-Z轴方向末端。A portion of the guide bottom wall 821 on the engaging portion 810 side has a groove 870 configured to receive the second portion 214 of the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 ( FIG. 12 ). The groove 870 is sunken from the surface of the guide bottom wall 821 in the +X-axis direction. The groove 870 extends from the center of the guide bottom wall 821 in the +Z-axis direction to an end thereof in the -Z-axis direction.
设置在保持件60上的杆80被构造为由其静负载将第一设备侧锁止表面811移动到第一锁止位置810L。当轴体850由固定件690固定时，杆80被倾斜，以将第一设备侧锁止表面811定位在旋转轴800c的-X轴方向侧上(图21)。根据一个实施例，通过将杆80的重心定位在旋转轴800c的-Z轴方向侧和-X轴方向侧上，可以使得杆80倾斜。根据另一个实施例，通过将杆80的重心定位在旋转轴800c的+Z轴方向侧和+X轴方向侧上，可以使得杆80倾斜。The lever 80 provided on the holder 60 is configured to move the first device-side lock surface 811 to the first lock position 810L by its static load. When the shaft body 850 is fixed by the fixing member 690, the lever 80 is tilted to position the first device-side locking surface 811 on the -X-axis direction side of the rotation shaft 800c (FIG. 21). According to one embodiment, the rod 80 can be made to incline by positioning the center of gravity of the rod 80 on the -Z-axis direction side and the -X-axis direction side of the rotation axis 800c. According to another embodiment, the rod 80 can be tilted by positioning the center of gravity of the rod 80 on the +Z-axis direction side and the +X-axis direction side of the rotation axis 800c.
A-4-4.固定件690的具体结构A-4-4. The specific structure of the fixing part 690
图22是固定件690的分解立体图和杆80的立体图。杆80由固定件690固定，以被以可旋转的方式安装到保持件60。图22示出了固定件690固定杆80的部分结构。固定件690是由第一固定构件650和第二固定构件680的组合构成。固定件690由合成树脂制成，更具体地根据本实施例由ABS树脂制成。FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective view of the mount 690 and a perspective view of the rod 80 . The lever 80 is fixed by the fixing piece 690 to be rotatably mounted to the holder 60 . FIG. 22 shows a partial structure of the fixing member 690 fixing the rod 80 . The fixing member 690 is composed of a combination of the first fixing member 650 and the second fixing member 680 . The fixing member 690 is made of synthetic resin, more specifically, ABS resin according to the present embodiment.
第一固定构件650具有一对直立部分651以及通孔658。根据本实施例，第一固定构件650也具有作为第三设备侧限制元件的突起部636。The first fixing member 650 has a pair of upstanding portions 651 and a through hole 658 . According to the present embodiment, the first fixing member 650 also has the protrusion 636 as the third device-side restricting element.
第一固定构件650的这对直立部分651布置为横跨用于接收杆80的空间。每个直立部分651具有支承元件645，以接收杆80的轴体850。根据本实施例，每个直立部分651也具有用于接合第二固定构件680的接合孔656。The pair of upright portions 651 of the first fixing member 650 are arranged to straddle the space for receiving the rod 80 . Each upright portion 651 has a support element 645 to receive the shaft 850 of the rod 80 . According to the present embodiment, each standing portion 651 also has an engaging hole 656 for engaging the second fixing member 680 .
第二固定构件680具有一对直立部分681和通孔688。根据本实施例，第二固定构件680也具有弹性构件682。The second fixing member 680 has a pair of standing portions 681 and a through hole 688 . According to the present embodiment, the second fixing member 680 also has the elastic member 682 .
第二固定构件680的这对直立部分681被布置为穿过与第一固定构件650的那对直立部分651之间的空间相同的空间。每个直立部分681具有阻挡表面684以阻挡支承元件654，以防止杆80的轴体850意外地与支承元件654分开。根据此实施例，每个直立部分681也具有接合突起部686以配合到第一固定构件650的接合孔656中。The pair of upright portions 681 of the second fixing member 680 are arranged to pass through the same space as the space between the pair of upright portions 651 of the first fixing member 650 . Each upright portion 681 has a blocking surface 684 to block the support member 654 to prevent the shaft 850 of the rod 80 from being unintentionally separated from the support member 654 . According to this embodiment, each standing portion 681 also has an engaging protrusion 686 to fit into the engaging hole 656 of the first fixing member 650 .
为了将杆80安装到保持件60，通过将杆80的各个轴体850设置在第一固定构件650的直立部分651的相应支承元件654中，来定位杆80。随后，两个固定构件650和680被组装，使得支承元件654(其具有配合到其中的杆80的轴体850)由第二固定构件680的相应的阻挡表面684阻挡。第一和第二固定构件650和680之后例如通过设置在通孔658和688中的螺钉被固定到保持件60的壁。这将杆80以可旋转的方式安装到保持件60。To mount the rod 80 to the holder 60 , the rod 80 is positioned by arranging the respective shaft 850 of the rod 80 in a corresponding support element 654 of the upright portion 651 of the first fixing member 650 . Subsequently, the two fixing members 650 and 680 are assembled such that the support element 654 (with the shaft 850 of the rod 80 fitted into it) is blocked by the corresponding blocking surface 684 of the second fixing member 680 . The first and second fixing members 650 and 680 are then fixed to the wall of the holder 60 , for example by screws provided in the through holes 658 and 688 . This rotatably mounts the rod 80 to the holder 60 .
图23是在盒20被安装到保持件60的安装状态中杆80的外围的结构。参照图23描述杆80的轴体852与第一固定构件650的支承元件654之间的关系。图23示出了沿着穿过第一设备侧锁止表面811并且与X轴和Z轴平行的平面取得的对盒20进行锁止的杆80的截面。图23中的虚线示出了杆80的轴体850的突出形状，并且双点划线示出了支承元件654和阻挡表面684的突出形状。FIG. 23 is a structure of the periphery of the lever 80 in the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 . The relationship between the shaft body 852 of the rod 80 and the support member 654 of the first fixing member 650 will be described with reference to FIG. 23 . FIG. 23 shows a section of the lever 80 for locking the cartridge 20 taken along a plane passing through the first device-side locking surface 811 and parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis. The dotted line in FIG. 23 shows the protruding shape of the shaft body 850 of the rod 80 , and the two-dashed line shows the protruding shape of the support member 654 and the blocking surface 684 .
如通过图23清楚理解的，通过轴体850的内弧形表面852和外弧形表面854与支承元件654的接触来对杆80的旋转轴800c进行定位。将杆80逆时针旋转(从+Y轴方向观察)使得轴体850的径向侧面856与支承元件654抵靠。这进一步限制了杆80的顺时针旋转(从+Y轴方向观察)。这确保了杆80的稳定旋转，并且将盒20以稳定状态保持在设计的安装位置。As clearly understood from FIG. 23 , the rotation shaft 800c of the rod 80 is positioned by the contact of the inner arcuate surface 852 and the outer arcuate surface 854 of the shaft body 850 with the support member 654 . Rotating the rod 80 counterclockwise (viewed in the direction of the +Y axis) causes the radial side 856 of the shaft body 850 to abut the support member 654 . This further limits clockwise rotation of the rod 80 (viewed in the direction of the +Y axis). This ensures a stable rotation of the lever 80 and keeps the cartridge 20 in the designed installation position in a stable state.
在杆80旋转过程中，弹性构件682抵靠位于旋转轴800c的-Z轴方向侧上的杆80的接合背面880。弹性构件682因此在将盒20安装到保持件60或从其卸下的过程中限制杆80的旋转范围。在盒20安装到保持件60的过程中，弹性构件682抵靠杆80的接合背面880，并且弹性变形，使其沿着包括-X轴方向矢量成分的方向对接合背面880进行施压。这确保了杆80的接合部分810移动到锁止位置(第一锁止位置)810L。During the rotation of the lever 80 , the elastic member 682 abuts against the engaging back surface 880 of the lever 80 on the −Z-axis direction side of the rotation axis 800 c. The resilient member 682 thus limits the range of rotation of the lever 80 during mounting or demounting of the cartridge 20 to or from the holder 60 . During mounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 , the elastic member 682 abuts against the engagement back surface 880 of the rod 80 and elastically deforms such that it presses the engagement back surface 880 in a direction including the vector component of the −X axis direction. This ensures that the engagement portion 810 of the lever 80 moves to the lock position (first lock position) 810L.
A-5.将盒20安装到保持件60以及从其卸下：A-5. Mounting and dismounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60:
图24到图27示出了将盒20安装或安置到保持件60的过程(安装过程)。图24到图27是与图5和图17相对应的截面图，并且一次顺序按照时间顺序布置。24 to 27 show the process of mounting or setting the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 (mounting process). 24 to 27 are cross-sectional views corresponding to FIGS. 5 and 17 , and are arranged in chronological order in primary order.
为了将盒20安装到保持件60，过程首先是将盒20插入穿过保持件60的顶面，如图24所示。过程之后是将盒20沿着-Z轴方向或安装方向移动，以使得盒20的第二盒侧限制部分220侧首先进入保持件60并且之后将第二盒侧限制部分220插入到第二设备侧限制元件620。在图24的状态中，盒20的第一盒侧限制部分210位于在保持件60中的杆80的接合部分810的+Z轴方向侧上。To mount the cartridge 20 to the holder 60, the process begins by inserting the cartridge 20 through the top surface of the holder 60, as shown in FIG. The process is followed by moving the cartridge 20 along the −Z axis direction or installation direction so that the second cartridge side restricting portion 220 side of the cartridge 20 first enters the holder 60 and then inserts the second cartridge side restricting portion 220 into the second device side restraining element 620 . In the state of FIG. 24 , the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 of the cartridge 20 is located on the +Z-axis direction side of the engagement portion 810 of the lever 80 in the holder 60 .
盒20绕第二盒侧限制部分220顺时针枢转(从+Y轴方向观察)，该第二盒侧限制部分220被插入到第二设备侧限制元件620中作为从图24的状态旋转的枢转点，使得盒20的第三面203侧朝向保持件60的壁构件601移动。如图25所示，第一盒侧限制部分210之后沿着-Z轴方向移动，同时盒20沿着Y轴方向和沿着X轴方向的运动由由图19中的杆80的引导构件820(即，一对引导臂860a和860b)限制，并且引导底壁821限制。The cartridge 20 pivots clockwise (viewed from the +Y-axis direction) around the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 inserted into the second device-side restricting member 620 as rotated from the state of FIG. 24 . pivot point so that the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 moves toward the wall member 601 of the holder 60 . As shown in FIG. 25, the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 then moves along the −Z axis direction, while the movement of the cartridge 20 along the Y axis direction and along the X axis direction is controlled by the guide member 820 of the lever 80 in FIG. (ie, a pair of guide arms 860a and 860b ), and the guide bottom wall 821 limits.
当盒20从图25的状态进一步转动以将第三面203侧按入时，第一盒侧限制部分210被进一步朝向Z轴方向施压。如图26所示，杆80之后由第一盒侧限制部分210朝着-X轴方向施压，以逆时针旋转(从+Y轴方向观察)。杆80抵靠弹性构件682并且从弹性构件682接收沿着将杆80顺时针推回的方向的施压力。该施压力是包括-X轴方向矢量成分的外力。杆80的可旋转范围因此由弹性构件682限制。图26的杆80抵靠弹性构件682并且由弹性构件682施压的状态保持，直到盒20被进一步按压进来并且第一盒侧限制部分210压制杆80的引导构件820。When the cartridge 20 is further rotated from the state of FIG. 25 to push the third face 203 side in, the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is further pressed toward the Z-axis direction. As shown in FIG. 26, the lever 80 is then pressed toward the -X-axis direction by the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 to rotate counterclockwise (viewed from the +Y-axis direction). The rod 80 abuts against the elastic member 682 and receives an urging force from the elastic member 682 in a direction to push the rod 80 back clockwise. This pressing force is an external force including a vector component in the -X axis direction. The rotatable range of the lever 80 is thus limited by the elastic member 682 . The state in which the lever 80 of FIG. 26 abuts against and is pressed by the elastic member 682 is maintained until the cartridge 20 is further pressed in and the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 presses the guide member 820 of the lever 80 .
当盒20从图26的状态进一步转动以将第三面203侧按入时，第一盒侧限制部分210最终压制杆80的引导构件820。杆80之后被转动，以沿着图27所示的-X轴方向移动第一盒侧限制部分210。接合部分810因此移动到第一锁止位置810L并且将第一盒侧限制部分210锁止在第一锁止位置810L。更具体地，如右下特写图所示，接合部分810的第一设备侧锁止表面811(第一部分)抵靠第一盒侧限制部分210的第一盒侧锁止表面211(第一抵靠部分)，以限制盒20沿着+Z轴方向的运动。接合部分810的第二设备侧锁止表面813(第二部分)也抵靠第一盒侧限制部分210的第二盒侧锁止表面213(第二抵靠部分)，以限制盒20在+X轴方向上的运动。虽然第一盒侧锁止表面211和第二盒侧锁止表面213在图27的特写图中示出为两个分离的、基本垂直的表面，如图27A所示，但是第一盒侧限制部分210的第一部分212可以形成为具有弯曲的表面，使得第一盒侧锁止表面211和第二盒侧锁止表面213被构造为相同表面的分离部分。可选地，如图27B所示，第一盒侧限制部分210的接合部分212可以形成为平坦的倾斜表面或者其他形状，使得第一盒侧锁止表面211和第二盒侧锁止表面213被构造为相同表面的分离部分。作为安装部的一部分，盒20的墨水供应结构280之后被与印刷材料供应管640连接，同时第二盒侧限制部分220与第二设备侧限制元件620接合并且第一盒侧限制部分210与接合部分810接合。这完成了将盒20安装到保持件60。盒20在设计安装位置处的适当的安装在盒侧端子400与设备侧端子700之间建立的电连接，使其允许在盒20与印刷机50之间进行信号传送。When the cartridge 20 is further rotated from the state of FIG. 26 to push the third face 203 sideways, the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 finally presses the guide member 820 of the lever 80 . The lever 80 is then turned to move the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 in the -X-axis direction shown in FIG. 27 . The engagement portion 810 thus moves to the first lock position 810L and locks the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 at the first lock position 810L. More specifically, as shown in the lower right close-up view, the first device-side locking surface 811 (first portion) of the engagement portion 810 abuts against the first case-side locking surface 211 (first abutment portion) of the first case-side restricting portion 210 . part) to limit the movement of the cartridge 20 along the +Z axis. The second device-side locking surface 813 (second portion) of the engaging portion 810 also abuts against the second case-side locking surface 213 (second abutment portion) of the first case-side restricting portion 210 to restrict the case 20 at + Movement in the X-axis direction. Although the first box-side locking surface 211 and the second box-side locking surface 213 are shown in the close-up view of FIG. 27 as two separate, substantially vertical surfaces, as shown in FIG. The first part 212 of the part 210 may be formed to have a curved surface such that the first case-side locking surface 211 and the second case-side locking surface 213 are configured as separate parts of the same surface. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 27B , the engagement portion 212 of the first case-side restricting portion 210 may be formed as a flat inclined surface or other shapes such that the first case-side locking surface 211 and the second case-side locking surface 213 Constructed as separate parts of the same surface. As part of the mounting portion, the ink supply structure 280 of the cartridge 20 is then connected with the printing material supply tube 640, while the second cartridge side restricting portion 220 is engaged with the second device side restricting member 620 and the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is engaged with the second device side restricting member 620. Portions 810 are joined. This completes the mounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 . Proper installation of the cartridge 20 at the designed installation position establishes an electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal 700 such that it allows signal transmission between the cartridge 20 and the printer 50 .
根据本实施例，如图23和图27所示，弹性构件682被构造为在将盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态下不与杆80抵靠，并且由此不将外力施加到杆80。这减小了杆80由外力弹性变形的可能性以及接合部分810从第一锁止位置810L偏离的可能性。这因此确保了盒侧端子400与设备侧端子700之间的稳定的电连接。According to the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 23 and 27 , the elastic member 682 is configured not to abut against the lever 80 in the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 , and thus not to apply an external force to the lever 80 . This reduces the possibility of the lever 80 being elastically deformed by an external force and the possibility of the engagement portion 810 being deviated from the first lock position 810L. This thus ensures stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal 700 .
根据另一个实施例，弹性构件682可以被设计为在将盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态下抵靠杆80，并且由此将力沿着包括-X轴方向矢量成分的方向施加到杆80。在本申请中，弹性构件682连续地将力沿着包括-X轴方向矢量成分的方向施加到杆80，而无论杆80的位置如何。这以足够的力将接合部分810移动到第一锁止位置810L，以将盒20安装到保持件60。这给出了明显的喀哒声(click)，以告知用户盒20由接合部分810锁定。According to another embodiment, the elastic member 682 may be designed to abut against the rod 80 in the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60, and thereby apply a force to the rod in a direction including a vector component of the −X axis direction 80. In the present application, the elastic member 682 continuously applies force to the rod 80 in a direction including the vector component of the −X axis direction regardless of the position of the rod 80 . This moves the engagement portion 810 to the first lock position 810L with sufficient force to mount the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 . This gives a distinct click to inform the user that the case 20 is locked by the engagement portion 810 .
根据另一个实施例，弹性构件682可以被省略。本申请减小了部件的总数目。According to another embodiment, the elastic member 682 may be omitted. The present application reduces the total number of components.
描述将盒20从保持件60卸下的过程。为了将盒20从保持件60卸下，用户沿着-X轴方向按压操作构件830。换言之，用户将外力Pr(图5)沿着包括-X轴方向矢量成分的方向施加到操作构件830。杆80之后将接合部分810绕旋转轴800c沿着包括+X轴方向矢量成分的方向移动。同时，第一盒侧锁止表面211沿着图23中示出的箭头Y22的方向旋转并移动。这将第一盒侧限制部分210从接合部分810脱离，并且消除了在+Z轴方向上对于盒20的第三面203侧的运动的限制。消除了在+Z轴方向上对于盒20的运动的限制使得盒20的第三面203侧由来自接触机构70的施压力Pt沿着+Z轴方向移动。这将盒20从图27的状态移动到图26的状态。盒20被绕被插入到第二设备侧限制元件620中作为旋转的枢转点的第二盒侧限制部分220逆时针转动(从+Y轴方向观察)，以将盒20的第三面203侧从保持件60的底壁构件601拉开。这将盒20从图26的状态移动到图25的状态，并且进一步移动到图24的状态。用户可以将外力沿着包括-X轴方向矢量成分的方向施加到突起部260，以转动盒20。该操作将盒20的第三面203侧逆时针转动(从+Y轴方向观察)，并且将盒20的第三面203侧沿着+Z轴方向移动。用户握持盒20的第三面203侧，并且将第二盒侧限制部分220从第二设备侧限制元件620来开，以将盒20从保持件60移除。The process of detaching the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 is described. In order to detach the cartridge 20 from the holder 60, the user presses the operation member 830 in the −X axis direction. In other words, the user applies an external force Pr ( FIG. 5 ) to the operation member 830 in a direction including the -X-axis direction vector component. The lever 80 then moves the engagement portion 810 about the rotation axis 800c in a direction including the +X-axis direction vector component. At the same time, the first case-side locking surface 211 rotates and moves in the direction of arrow Y22 shown in FIG. 23 . This disengages the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 from the engagement portion 810 and removes the restriction on the movement of the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 in the +Z axis direction. The restriction on the movement of the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction is removed so that the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 is moved in the +Z-axis direction by the pressing force Pt from the contact mechanism 70 . This moves the cartridge 20 from the state of FIG. 27 to the state of FIG. 26 . The cartridge 20 is rotated counterclockwise (viewed from the +Y-axis direction) around the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 inserted into the second device-side restricting member 620 as a pivot point for rotation, so that the third face 203 of the cartridge 20 The sides are pulled away from the bottom wall member 601 of the holder 60 . This moves the cartridge 20 from the state of FIG. 26 to the state of FIG. 25 and further to the state of FIG. 24 . A user may apply an external force to the protrusion 260 in a direction including a vector component of the −X axis direction to rotate the case 20 . This operation rotates the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 counterclockwise (as viewed from the +Y axis direction), and moves the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 in the +Z axis direction. The user holds the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 and separates the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 from the second device-side restricting member 620 to remove the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 .
如图27的特写图所示，杆80的操作构件830包括操作构件相对表面831。为了将处于安装状态下的盒20从保持件60移除，当用户对操作构件830施压时，操作构件相对表面831与突起部260接触。操作构件相对表面831向包括-X轴方向矢量成分和+Z轴方向矢量成分的方向倾斜。将杆80绕旋转轴800c沿着箭头Y27的方向转动使得操作构件相对表面831与突起部260接触，并且在包括-X轴方向矢量成分和+Z轴方向矢量成分的方向Yh对突起部260施压。这有助于将盒20从保持件60卸下。即使在盒20由保持件60的一部分卡住并且不能通过第一盒侧锁止表面211从第一锁止位置810L沿着+X轴方向的移动而沿着+Z轴方向移动时，通过使用操作构件相对表面831和突起部260，盒20的第三面203侧仍然可以沿着+Z轴方向移动。As shown in the close-up view of FIG. 27 , the operating member 830 of the lever 80 includes an operating member opposing surface 831 . In order to remove the cartridge 20 in the mounted state from the holder 60 , when the user presses the operation member 830 , the operation member opposing surface 831 comes into contact with the protrusion 260 . The operation member facing surface 831 is inclined in a direction including a vector component in the −X axis direction and a vector component in the +Z axis direction. Rotating the lever 80 around the rotation axis 800c in the direction of the arrow Y27 brings the operation member opposing surface 831 into contact with the projection 260, and applies force to the projection 260 in the direction Yh including the −X-axis direction vector component and the +Z-axis direction vector component. pressure. This facilitates the removal of the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 . Even when the cartridge 20 is caught by a part of the holder 60 and cannot be moved in the +Z-axis direction by the movement of the first cartridge-side lock surface 211 from the first lock position 810L in the +X-axis direction, by using The operation member opposite surface 831 and protrusion 260 , the third surface 203 side of the cartridge 20 can still move along the +Z axis direction.
A-6.使用安装检测端子的安装检测方法：A-6. Installation detection method using installation detection terminals:
图28是示出了根据第一实施例的盒20的电路板40和印刷机50的电子结构的框图。印刷机50包括显示面板590、供电电路580、主控制电路570以及副控制电路550。显示面板590作为显示单元，来向用户通知各种信息，例如，印刷机50的工作条件和盒20的安装状态。显示面板590可以被设置在能够从印刷机50的外侧观察到的工作单元(未示出)上。供电电路580包括第一电源581以产生第一电源电压VDD，并且还包括第二电源582以产生第二电源电压VHV。第一电源电压VDD是用于逻辑电路的常规电源电压(例如，3.3V的额定电压)。第二电源电压VHV是用于对喷射墨水的头540(图2)进行驱动的高电压(例如，42V的额定电压)。这些电压VDD和VHV被提供到副控制电路550，同时被基于需要提供给其他电路。主控制电路570包括CPU571和存储器572。副控制电路550包括存储器控制电路551和安装检测电路552。包括主控制电路570和副控制电路550的电路结构被称作为“控制电路”。FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing the electronic configuration of the circuit board 40 and the printer 50 of the cartridge 20 according to the first embodiment. The printer 50 includes a display panel 590 , a power supply circuit 580 , a main control circuit 570 , and a sub-control circuit 550 . The display panel 590 serves as a display unit to notify the user of various information such as the operating conditions of the printer 50 and the installation state of the cartridge 20 . The display panel 590 may be provided on a working unit (not shown) that can be viewed from the outside of the printing machine 50 . The power supply circuit 580 includes a first power supply 581 to generate a first power supply voltage VDD, and also includes a second power supply 582 to generate a second power supply voltage VHV. The first power supply voltage VDD is a conventional power supply voltage (for example, a nominal voltage of 3.3V) for logic circuits. The second power supply voltage VHV is a high voltage (for example, a rated voltage of 42V) for driving the head 540 ( FIG. 2 ) that ejects ink. These voltages VDD and VHV are supplied to the sub-control circuit 550 while being supplied to other circuits as needed. The main control circuit 570 includes a CPU 571 and a memory 572 . The sub control circuit 550 includes a memory control circuit 551 and an installation detection circuit 552 . A circuit configuration including the main control circuit 570 and the sub-control circuit 550 is referred to as a "control circuit".
在设置于盒20的电路板40上的九个端子(图10)中，复位端子432、时钟端子433、电源端子436、接地端子437和数据端子438与存储器单元420电连接。存储器单元420是不具有地址端子的非易失性存储器。在存储器单元420中，基于从时钟端子433输入的时钟信号SCK的脉冲数和从数据端子438输入的命令数据，确定要被存取的存储器单元。存储器单元420与时钟信号SCK同步地从数据端子438接收数据或者将数据发送到数据端子438。时钟端子433被用来将时钟信号SCK从副控制电路550(图28)提供到存储器单元420。印刷机50将用于驱动存储器单元420的电源电压(例如，3.3V的额定电压)和接地电压(0V)分别施加到电源端子436和接地端子437。用于驱动存储器单元420的电源电压可以是由印刷机50直接提供的第一电源电压VDD或者可以由低于第一电源电压VDD的第一电源电压VDD产生。数据端子438被用来在副控制电路550与存储器单元420之间发送数据信号SDA。复位端子432被用来将复位信号RST从副控制电路550提供给存储器单元420。四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439由盒20的电路板40(图3)中的布线相互连接并且全部被接地。例如，安装检测端子431、434、435和439与接地端子437连接以被接地。根据另一个实施例，安装检测端子431、434、435和439可以由任何连接路径接地，而不需要接地端子437。如通过本说明书清楚理解的，安装检测端子431、434、435和439可以与存储端子(或存储器单元420)的一部分连接，但是优选地不与除了接地端子437或存储器单元420之外的任何存储器端子连接。安装检测端子与存储器端子或存储器单元不连接导致除了安装检查信号之外没有信号或电压被施加到安装检测端子，并且因此确保了精确的安装检测。四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439由图28的图实施例中的布线相互连接，但是连接路径的一部分可以由电阻来代替。Among nine terminals ( FIG. 10 ) provided on the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 , a reset terminal 432 , a clock terminal 433 , a power terminal 436 , a ground terminal 437 and a data terminal 438 are electrically connected to the memory unit 420 . The memory unit 420 is a nonvolatile memory having no address terminal. In the memory unit 420 , based on the pulse number of the clock signal SCK input from the clock terminal 433 and the command data input from the data terminal 438 , the memory unit to be accessed is determined. The memory unit 420 receives data from or transmits data to the data terminal 438 in synchronization with the clock signal SCK. The clock terminal 433 is used to supply the clock signal SCK from the sub control circuit 550 ( FIG. 28 ) to the memory unit 420 . The printer 50 applies a power supply voltage (for example, a rated voltage of 3.3V) and a ground voltage (0V) for driving the memory cell 420 to the power supply terminal 436 and the ground terminal 437 , respectively. The power supply voltage for driving the memory cell 420 may be the first power supply voltage VDD directly provided by the printer 50 or may be generated from the first power supply voltage VDD lower than the first power supply voltage VDD. The data terminal 438 is used to transmit a data signal SDA between the sub-control circuit 550 and the memory unit 420 . The reset terminal 432 is used to supply a reset signal RST from the sub control circuit 550 to the memory unit 420 . The four installation detection terminals 431 , 434 , 435 and 439 are connected to each other by wiring in the circuit board 40 ( FIG. 3 ) of the cartridge 20 and are all grounded. For example, the installation detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 are connected to the ground terminal 437 to be grounded. According to another embodiment, the installation detection terminals 431 , 434 , 435 and 439 may be grounded by any connection path, and the ground terminal 437 is not required. As is clearly understood through this specification, the installation detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 may be connected to a part of the storage terminals (or memory unit 420), but are preferably not connected to any memory terminal other than the ground terminal 437 or the memory unit 420. terminal connection. Disconnection of the mount detection terminal from the memory terminal or the memory cell results in no signal or voltage being applied to the mount detection terminal other than the mount check signal, and thus accurate mount detection is ensured. The four mounting detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 are connected to each other by wiring in the diagram embodiment of FIG. 28, but a part of the connection path may be replaced by a resistor.
在图28中，路径名称SCK、VDD、SDA、RST、OV1、OV2、DT1和DT2被分配给将设备侧端子731-739与电路板40的盒侧端子431-439连接的各个连接路径。关于向存储器单元420的连接路径，信号名被用于路径名。In FIG. 28 , path names SCK, VDD, SDA, RST, OV1, OV2, DT1, and DT2 are assigned to respective connection paths that connect device-side terminals 731-739 with box-side terminals 431-439 of circuit board 40. Regarding the connection path to the memory unit 420, a signal name is used for the path name.
图29示出了电路板40与安装检测电路552之间的连接。电路板40的四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439经由相应的设备侧端子731、734、735和739与安装检测电路552连接。电路板40的四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439被接地。设备侧端子731、734、735和739与安装检测电路552之间的链接路径分别于副控制电路550中的第一电源电压VDD(3.3V的额定电压)经由上拉电阻连接。FIG. 29 shows the connection between the circuit board 40 and the mounting detection circuit 552 . The four installation detection terminals 431 , 434 , 435 , and 439 of the circuit board 40 are connected to the installation detection circuit 552 via corresponding device-side terminals 731 , 734 , 735 , and 739 . The four mounting detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 of the circuit board 40 are grounded. Link paths between the device-side terminals 731 , 734 , 735 , and 739 and the mounting detection circuit 552 are respectively connected to the first power supply voltage VDD (rated voltage of 3.3 V) in the sub-control circuit 550 via pull-up resistors.
在图29的图实施例中，在电路板40上的四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439中的三个端子431、434和安装检测端子435与相应的设备侧端子731、734和735具有良好的连接。然而，安装检测端子439与相应的设备侧端子739具有差的连接。在良好的连接状态下用于三个设备侧端子731、734和735的连接路径的电压水平是L水平(接地电压水平)，而在差的连接状态下用于设备侧端子739的连接路径的电压水平是H水平(电源电压VDD水平)。安装检测电路552可以检查这些连接路径的电压水平，来识别相对于四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439中每一者的良好/差的连接状态。In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 29, three terminals 431, 434 and the installation detection terminal 435 of the four installation detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 on the circuit board 40 are connected to the corresponding equipment side terminals 731, 734 and The 735 has a good connection. However, the installation detection terminal 439 has a poor connection with the corresponding device-side terminal 739 . The voltage level of the connection path for the three device-side terminals 731, 734, and 735 is the L level (ground voltage level) in a good connection state, while that of the connection path for the device-side terminal 739 is in a bad connection state. The voltage level is H level (power supply voltage VDD level). The installation detection circuit 552 may check the voltage levels of these connection paths to identify a good/bad connection state with respect to each of the four installation detection terminals 431 , 434 , 435 , and 439 .
电路板40上的四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439的接触部分cp位于第一区域400P的外部，该第一区域包括存储器端子432、433、436、437和438的接触部分cp。四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439的接触部分cp位于四边形第二区域400T的四个角部，该区域包括第一区域400P。第一区域400P优选地是包括五个存储器端子432、433、436、437和438的接触部分cp的、尽可能小的的四边形。第二区域400T优选地是包括盒侧端子431-439的接触部分cp的、尽可能小的四边形。The contact portions cp of the four mount detection terminals 431 , 434 , 435 and 439 on the circuit board 40 are located outside the first area 400P including the contact portions cp of the memory terminals 432 , 433 , 436 , 437 and 438 . The contact portions cp of the four mounting detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 are located at the four corners of the quadrangular second area 400T, which includes the first area 400P. The first region 400P is preferably a quadrangle as small as possible including the contact portions cp of the five memory terminals 432 , 433 , 436 , 437 and 438 . The second region 400T is preferably a quadrangle as small as possible including the contact portions cp of the box-side terminals 431-439.
在全部四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439良好接触的状态下，盒20不具有显著倾斜并且确保存储器端子432、433、436、437和438的良好接触。另一方面，在四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439中任何一者或多者较差接触的状态中，盒20具有显著倾斜并且可以引起存储器端子432、433、436、437和438中任何一者或多者的较差接触。根据优选实施例，在四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439中的任何一者或多者交叉接触的状态下，安装检测电路552在显示面板590上显示表示错误安装的信息(字符串或图像)，以通知用户错误安装。In a state where all four mount detection terminals 431 , 434 , 435 and 439 are in good contact, the cartridge 20 has no significant inclination and good contact of the memory terminals 432 , 433 , 436 , 437 and 438 is ensured. On the other hand, in a state where any one or more of the four mounting detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 are poorly contacted, the cartridge 20 has a significant inclination and may cause the memory terminals 432, 433, 436, 437, and 438 Poor contact with any one or more of these. According to a preferred embodiment, under the condition that any one or more of the four installation detection terminals 431, 434, 435 and 439 are cross-contacted, the installation detection circuit 552 displays a message indicating wrong installation on the display panel 590 (string or image) to notify the user of an incorrect installation.
由于以下原因，安装检测端子431、434、435和439的接触部分cp被布置在围绕第一区域400P的四个角部，第一区域包括存储器端子432、433、436、437和438的接触部分cp。在将盒20安装到保持件60的安装状态中，存在用于倾斜盒20的某些余量，使得盒20的电路板40可以相对于保持件60的接触机构70倾斜。例如，将盒20倾斜以使得电路板40上的上行R2(图10A)中的端子431-434(更具体地，它们的接触部分)相比于下行R1(图10A)中的端子435-439(更具体地，它们的接触部分)更远离接触机构70可能导致上行R2中的端子431-434的任何端子的较差接触。将盒20倾斜以使得电路板40上的下行R1中的端子435-439(更具体地，它们的接触部分)相比于上行R2中的端子431-434(更具体地，它们的接触部分)更远离接触机构70可能导致下行R1中的端子435-439中的任何端子的较差接触。将盒20倾斜以使得电路板40(图10A)的左边缘相比于右边缘更远离接触机构70可能导致在电路板40的左侧上的端子431、432、435、436和437中的任何端子的较差接触。将盒20倾斜以使得电路板40的右边缘相比于左边缘更远离接触机构70可能导致在电路板40的右侧上的端子433、434、437、438和439中的任何端子的较差接触。较差接触可能引起从存储器单元420读取数据的错误或者导致向存储器单元420中写入数据的错误。检查全部的四个安装检测端子431、434、435和439的接触部分cp(其被布置在包括存储器端子432、433、436、437和438的接触部分cp的第一区域400P之外)是否良好/较差接触有利地防止了由于盒20的这种倾斜引起的较差接触以及所导致的存储器单元420中的存取错误。The contact portions cp of the mount detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 are arranged around the four corners of the first region 400P including the contact portions of the memory terminals 432, 433, 436, 437, and 438 for the following reason cp. In the mounted state of the cartridge 20 mounted to the holder 60 , there is some margin for tilting the cartridge 20 so that the circuit board 40 of the cartridge 20 can be tilted relative to the contact mechanism 70 of the holder 60 . For example, case 20 is tilted so that terminals 431-434 (and more specifically, their contact portions) in upper row R2 (FIG. 10A) on circuit board 40 are compared to terminals 435-439 in lower row R1 (FIG. 10A). Further distance (and more specifically, their contact portions) from the contact mechanism 70 may result in poorer contact of any of the terminals 431-434 in the upper row R2. The box 20 is tilted so that the terminals 435-439 (more specifically, their contact portions) in the lower row R1 on the circuit board 40 are compared to the terminals 431-434 (more specifically, their contact portions) in the upper row R2 Further distance from the contact mechanism 70 may result in poorer contact for any of the terminals 435-439 in the lower row R1. Tilting the box 20 so that the left edge of the circuit board 40 ( FIG. 10A ) is farther away from the contact mechanism 70 than the right edge may result in any of the terminals 431 , 432 , 435 , 436 and 437 on the left side of the circuit board 40 Poor contact of terminals. Tilting the box 20 so that the right edge of the circuit board 40 is farther away from the contact mechanism 70 than the left edge may result in poorer contact of any of the terminals 433, 434, 437, 438, and 439 on the right side of the circuit board 40. touch. Poor contact may cause errors reading data from memory cell 420 or cause errors writing data into memory cell 420 . It is checked whether all the contact portions cp of the four mounting detection terminals 431, 434, 435, and 439 (which are arranged outside the first region 400P including the contact portions cp of the memory terminals 432, 433, 436, 437, and 438) are good Poor contact advantageously prevents poor contact and resulting access errors in memory cell 420 due to such tilting of cartridge 20 .
A-7.实施例的有益效果：The beneficial effect of A-7. embodiment:
A-7-1.本实施例相比于在先提到的美国专利公报No.2005/0151811和美国专利No.6,276,780中公开的结构的特定有益效果。A-7-1. Specific benefits of this embodiment over the structures disclosed in the previously mentioned US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 and US Patent No. 6,276,780.
在根据本实施例印刷材料供应系统10中，杆80被设置在保持件60上，并且第一盒侧限制部分210设置在盒20上。盒侧限制部分210位于杆80的旋转轴800c的-Z轴方向侧上。与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的、杆与盒结合的结构不同，用于与保持件结合的接合构件不位于旋转轴与杆的操作构件之间。因此，不需要在杆与盒侧面之间产生相对大的距离。因此，实施例的结构缩短了杆80与盒20的第三面203之间的距离，即，在X轴方向上的尺寸，同时缩短了杆的长度，即，在Z轴方向上的尺寸。这允许显著地减小印刷机50和整个印刷材料供应系统10的尺寸，以及减小用于运输和分发盒20的封装的尺寸，这有利地减小了运输成本和部件成本。该有益效果不是简单地如美国专利No.6,276,780所述地在印刷机保持件而非盒上提供杆来实现的。该有益效果是通过将杆80的旋转轴800c设置在操作构件830与接合部分810之间并且将第一盒侧限制部分210定位在杆80的旋转轴800c的-Z轴方向侧上来实现的。In the printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment, the lever 80 is provided on the holder 60 , and the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is provided on the cartridge 20 . The cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is located on the −Z-axis direction side of the rotation shaft 800 c of the lever 80 . Unlike the structure in which the lever is combined with the cartridge in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811, the engaging member for combining with the holder is not located between the rotation shaft and the operating member of the lever. Therefore, there is no need to create a relatively large distance between the rod and the side of the box. Therefore, the structure of the embodiment shortens the distance between the rod 80 and the third face 203 of the case 20, that is, the dimension in the X-axis direction, while shortening the length of the rod, that is, the dimension in the Z-axis direction. This allows for a significant reduction in the size of the printing press 50 and the entire printed material supply system 10, as well as the packaging for shipping and dispensing the box 20, which advantageously reduces shipping and component costs. This benefit is not achieved simply by providing the rod on the printer holder instead of the cartridge as described in US Patent No. 6,276,780. This advantageous effect is achieved by disposing the rotation shaft 800c of the lever 80 between the operation member 830 and the engagement portion 810 and positioning the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 on the −Z-axis direction side of the rotation shaft 800c of the lever 80 .
根据本实施例的印刷材料供应系统10包括相对短的杆80以及具有更小尺寸及更简单结构(例如，突起)的第一盒侧限制部分210。相比于在美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，这增加了杆80和第一盒侧限制部分210的刚性，并且允许对于杆80和第一盒侧限制部分210(盒20)选择相对更高刚性的材料。这导致显著地减小了杆80和第一盒侧限制部分210的塑性变形或蠕变的可能性。在安装状态中，盒20可以被保持在保持件60中的合适位置，这维持盒侧端子431-439与设备侧端子731-739之间的正常或良好接触，并且减小了较差的连续性。因为本实施例的第一盒侧限制部分210具有小的尺寸和简单结果，所以在用于运输和分布盒20的封装(特别是真空封装)中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这改善了使用的便利性。为了该有益效果，如本实施例所述地提供突起部来作为第一盒侧限制部分210是特别优选的。The printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment includes a relatively short rod 80 and a first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 having a smaller size and a simpler structure (eg, a protrusion). Compared to the structure described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811, this increases the rigidity of the rod 80 and the first cartridge side restricting portion 210, and allows Choose a relatively more rigid material. This results in a significantly reduced possibility of plastic deformation or creep of the rod 80 and the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 . In the installed state, the cartridge 20 can be held in place in the holder 60, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals 431-439 and the device-side terminals 731-739, and reduces poor continuity. sex. Because the first box side restricting portion 210 of the present embodiment has small size and simple result, it does not require special attention to prevent the plastic deformation of the rod in packaging (especially vacuum packaging) for shipping and distribution box 20, which Different from the box in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811. This improves convenience of use. For this advantageous effect, it is particularly preferable to provide a protrusion as the first case-side restricting portion 210 as described in the present embodiment.
在根据本实施例的印刷材料供应系统10中，第一盒侧限制部分210位于杆80的旋转轴800c的-Z轴方向侧上。如在先所述的，在盒20的安装状态下，设备侧端子731-739产生在将电路板40推回的方向上(即，在包括+Z轴方向矢量成分和-X轴方向矢量成分的方向上)的施压力Pt。期望在安装状态下该施压力Pt将盒20沿着+Z轴方向上移动。然而，在实施例的印刷材料供应系统10中，杆80的旋转轴800c位于第一盒侧限制部分210的-Z轴方向侧上，使得杆80限制盒20从+Z轴方向侧向-Z轴方向侧的运动。In the printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment, the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is located on the −Z-axis direction side of the rotation shaft 800 c of the lever 80 . As previously described, in the mounted state of the cartridge 20, the device-side terminals 731-739 are generated in the direction in which the circuit board 40 is pushed back (that is, in the direction including the +Z-axis direction vector component and the -X-axis direction vector component). in the direction of) the applied pressure Pt. It is expected that the pressing force Pt moves the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction in the mounted state. However, in the printing material supply system 10 of the embodiment, the rotation shaft 800c of the lever 80 is located on the −Z-axis direction side of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 so that the lever 80 restricts the cartridge 20 from the +Z-axis direction laterally to −Z. Axial sideways movement.
根据本实施例，第一盒侧限制部分210位于杆80的旋转轴800c的-Z轴方向侧上和-X轴方向侧上。当盒20沿着+Z轴方向移动，在杆80上产生如图5中的箭头M所示的转矩。该转矩发生作用来使得第一盒侧限制部分210由接合部分810在-X轴方向上有力地施压。随着由施压力Pt的X轴方向矢量成分在-X轴方向上移动盒20，该转矩也发生作用来移动杆80的接合部分810。处于安装状态的盒20因此接受力，而被朝向设备侧底壁构件601和第二设备侧侧壁构件604按压。本实施例的这种结构防止了盒20意外地狱保持件60脱离，由此维持了盒侧端子431-439与设备侧端子731-739之间的正常或良好接触，并且减小了较差的连续性。According to the present embodiment, the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is located on the −Z-axis direction side and the −X-axis direction side of the rotation shaft 800 c of the lever 80 . When the cartridge 20 moves in the +Z axis direction, a torque is generated on the rod 80 as shown by the arrow M in FIG. 5 . This torque acts to force the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 to be strongly pressed in the −X-axis direction by the engagement portion 810 . This torque also acts to move the engagement portion 810 of the rod 80 as the cartridge 20 is moved in the −X-axis direction by the X-axis direction vector component of the pressing force Pt. The cartridge 20 in the mounted state thus receives a force to be pressed toward the device-side bottom wall member 601 and the second device-side side wall member 604 . This structure of the present embodiment prevents the cartridge 20 from accidentally disengaging from the holder 60, thereby maintaining normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals 431-439 and the device-side terminals 731-739, and reducing poor contact. continuity.
如图27所示，第一盒侧限制部分210包括第一盒侧锁止表面211，其抵靠接合部分810的第一设备侧锁止表面811，以限制盒20在+Z轴方向上的运动，并且还包括第二盒侧锁止表面213，其抵靠接合部分810的第二设备侧锁止表面813，以限制盒20在+X轴方向上的运动。这确保了产生如图5中的箭头M所示的转矩，并且更有效地减小了盒侧端子431-439与设备侧端子731-739之间较差的连续性的可能性。As shown in FIG. 27 , the first case-side limiting portion 210 includes a first case-side locking surface 211 that abuts against a first device-side locking surface 811 of the engagement portion 810 to limit the movement of the case 20 in the +Z-axis direction. movement, and also includes a second case-side locking surface 213 that abuts against the second device-side locking surface 813 of the engagement portion 810 to limit movement of the case 20 in the +X-axis direction. This ensures generation of torque as shown by arrow M in FIG. 5 and more effectively reduces the possibility of poor continuity between the box-side terminals 431-439 and the device-side terminals 731-739.
如图12所示，根据本实施例，第一盒侧限制部分210具有第二部分214。第一盒侧限制部分210减小了在盒20被安装到保持件60的安装状态下第一盒侧限制部分210被锁止在接合部分810的-Z轴方向侧上的位置处的可能性。在将盒20安装到保持件60的过程中，用户可以将盒20沿着-Z轴方向上向保持件60中按压得比图27的状态更深。即使在这种情况中，第一盒侧限制部分210的第二部分214仍抵靠杆80的第二设备侧锁止表面813，以防止第一盒侧限制部分210被定位在接合部分810的-Z轴方向侧上。这减小了第一盒侧限制部分210由接合部分810锁止在意外锁止位置的可能性。As shown in FIG. 12 , according to the present embodiment, the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 has a second portion 214 . The first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 reduces the possibility that the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is locked at a position on the −Z-axis direction side of the engaging portion 810 in the mounted state where the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60 . In mounting the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 , the user may press the cartridge 20 deeper into the holder 60 in the −Z-axis direction than in the state of FIG. 27 . Even in this case, the second portion 214 of the first box side restricting portion 210 still abuts against the second device side locking surface 813 of the lever 80 to prevent the first box side restricting portion 210 from being positioned on the engaging portion 810. - On the Z-axis direction side. This reduces the possibility that the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is locked by the engagement portion 810 in an unintentional locked position.
A-7-2.在盒的安装状态中减小外力的效果：A-7-2. The effect of reducing the external force in the installed state of the box:
图30示出了在安装或安置状态中施加到盒20的外力。在印刷机50的印刷操作期间，保持件60和盒20在主扫描方向(Y轴方向或盒20的宽度方向)上反复移动。盒20因此在保持件60在宽度方向上加速和减速期间接受外力(惯性力)。接受外力的盒20可以沿包括宽度方向矢量成分(Y轴方向矢量成分)的旋转方向绕墨水供应结构280(图27)和印刷材料供应管640。更具体地，盒20的第三面203侧可以沿着箭头YR1的方向转动，同时盒20的第四面204侧可以沿箭头YR2的方向转动。盒20的第二面202侧也可以沿YR3的防线转动。箭头YR1的方向和箭头YR2的方向是绕Z轴的旋转方向，其包括Y轴方向矢量成分(宽度方向矢量成分)。箭头YR3的方向是绕X周的旋转方向，其包括Y轴方向矢量成分(宽度方向矢量成分)。FIG. 30 shows the external force applied to the cartridge 20 in the installed or installed state. During the printing operation of the printer 50 , the holder 60 and the cartridge 20 move repeatedly in the main scanning direction (the Y-axis direction or the width direction of the cartridge 20 ). The cartridge 20 thus receives an external force (inertial force) during acceleration and deceleration of the holder 60 in the width direction. The cartridge 20 receiving an external force can go around the ink supply structure 280 ( FIG. 27 ) and the printing material supply tube 640 in a rotational direction including a width direction vector component (Y axis direction vector component). More specifically, the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 can be turned in the direction of arrow YR1, while the fourth face 204 side of the cartridge 20 can be turned in the direction of arrow YR2. The second surface 202 side of the case 20 can also be rotated along the defense line of YR3. The direction of the arrow YR1 and the direction of the arrow YR2 are rotation directions around the Z axis, which include a Y axis direction vector component (a width direction vector component). The direction of arrow YR3 is the direction of rotation around X, which includes a Y-axis direction vector component (width direction vector component).
将盒20沿箭头YR3的方向移动使得盒20的第五面205或第六面206被沿着+Z轴方向拉起。然而，如在先所述的，盒20在+Z轴方向上的这种移动由杆80限制。根据此实施例，第一盒侧限制部分210如图13所示接近交叉部295。换言之，第一盒侧限制部分210接近电路板40的板末端405。第一盒侧限制部分210被布置为尽可能地接近盒侧端子400。因为第一盒侧限制部分210由杆80锁止，所以第一盒侧限制部分210的外围基本不会由外力引起位置移动。将盒侧端子400设置在具有极小位置移动的位置有效地防止了盒侧端子400的各个端子431-439相对于保持件60的位置错配，因此保持了盒侧端子400与设备侧端子700之间的稳定电连接。为了确保该有益效果，优选地将第一盒侧限制部分210的至少一部分(特别是第一盒侧锁止表面211)在Y轴方向上(宽度方向，当沿着-X轴方向从第三面203侧观察盒20时)定位在第一外部435P与第二外部439P(图10A)之间。Moving the cartridge 20 in the direction of arrow YR3 causes the fifth face 205 or the sixth face 206 of the cartridge 20 to be pulled up in the +Z-axis direction. However, such movement of the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction is limited by the rod 80 as previously described. According to this embodiment, the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 approaches the crossing portion 295 as shown in FIG. 13 . In other words, the first case-side restricting portion 210 is close to the board end 405 of the circuit board 40 . The first case-side restricting portion 210 is arranged as close as possible to the case-side terminal 400 . Since the first case-side restricting portion 210 is locked by the lever 80, the periphery of the first case-side restricting portion 210 is substantially not shifted in position by external force. Disposing the box-side terminal 400 at a position with minimal positional shift effectively prevents misalignment of the positions of the respective terminals 431-439 of the box-side terminal 400 relative to the holder 60, thereby maintaining the relationship between the box-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal 700. a stable electrical connection between them. In order to ensure this beneficial effect, it is preferable to place at least a part of the first case-side restricting portion 210 (in particular, the first case-side locking surface 211 ) in the Y-axis direction (width direction, when viewed from the third side along the -X-axis direction). Viewing box 20 from side 203) is positioned between first outer portion 435P and second outer portion 439P (FIG. 10A).
如图7所示，根据本实施例，盒20的角部分265具有从第一面201沿着+Z轴方向延伸的阶梯207(第七面)。第七面207定位在斜面表面(第八面)208的-X轴方向侧和-Z轴方向侧上。第七面207具有第三盒侧限制元件250。如图2和图14-图16所示，保持件60具有第三设备侧限制元件(突起部)636。第三盒侧限制元件250与突起部636相接触。这进一步限制了盒20的第三面203侧在宽度方向上绕印刷材料供应管640和墨水供应结构280的运动。第三盒侧限制元件250优选地被构造为从第七面207沿着+X轴方向突出的一对突起构件，以在其之间接收突起部636，如实施例中所述。该简单的结构有效地限制了盒20的第三面203侧在宽度方向上绕印刷材料供应管640和墨水供应结构280的运动。As shown in FIG. 7 , according to the present embodiment, the corner portion 265 of the case 20 has a step 207 (seventh face) extending from the first face 201 in the +Z-axis direction. The seventh face 207 is positioned on the -X-axis direction side and the -Z-axis direction side of the slope surface (eighth face) 208 . The seventh side 207 has a third cartridge-side delimiting element 250 . As shown in FIGS. 2 and 14-16 , the holder 60 has a third device-side restricting member (protrusion) 636 . The third cartridge-side restricting member 250 is in contact with the protrusion 636 . This further restricts the movement of the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 in the width direction about the printing material supply tube 640 and the ink supply structure 280 . The third cartridge-side restricting member 250 is preferably configured as a pair of protrusion members protruding from the seventh face 207 in the +X-axis direction to receive the protrusion 636 therebetween, as described in the embodiment. This simple structure effectively limits the movement of the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 around the printing material supply tube 640 and the ink supply structure 280 in the width direction.
如图13所示，根据本实施例，电路板40的端子支承结构408和第三盒侧限制元件250被布置为在X轴方向上(当从第一面201侧沿着+Z轴方向观察盒20时)彼此重叠。这进一步有效地限制了盒20在箭头YR1的方向上的运动，并且由此防止盒侧端子400相对于保持件60的运动(偏离)。As shown in FIG. 13 , according to the present embodiment, the terminal support structure 408 of the circuit board 40 and the third case-side restricting member 250 are arranged in the X-axis direction (when viewed from the first surface 201 side along the +Z-axis direction). box 20) overlap each other. This further effectively restricts the movement of the cartridge 20 in the direction of arrow YR1 and thereby prevents movement (deviation) of the cartridge-side terminal 400 relative to the holder 60 .
在以上描述中，沿宽度方向施加到盒20的外力是由盒20在主扫描方向上的运动产生的惯性力。然而，施加到盒20的外力不局限于这种惯性力。例如，在离架式印刷机中，印刷头在主扫描方向上移动，但是盒20被安装到静止保持件，并且因此不在主扫描方向上移动。然而，在离架式印刷机中，盒20可能接受外力。更具体地，外力(惯性力)可能例如由于从印刷头在主扫描方向上的移动而产生的振动施加到盒20。In the above description, the external force applied to the cartridge 20 in the width direction is the inertial force generated by the movement of the cartridge 20 in the main scanning direction. However, the external force applied to the cartridge 20 is not limited to such inertial force. For example, in an off-carriage printing press, the print head moves in the main scan direction, but the cartridge 20 is mounted to a stationary holder and therefore does not move in the main scan direction. However, in an off-carriage printing press, the cassette 20 may experience external forces. More specifically, an external force (inertial force) may be applied to the cartridge 20 due to, for example, vibration generated from the movement of the print head in the main scanning direction.
A-7-3.减小处于安装状态下的盒20的倾斜A-7-3. Reducing inclination of cartridge 20 in installed state
如图12所示，根据本实施例，第一盒侧限制部分210被设置与穿过盒20的宽度(Y轴方向长度)的中央的平面Yc交叉。如图5所示，处于安装状态下的盒20从保持件60接收包括+Z轴方向矢量成分的施压力Ps和Pt。这些施压力Ps和Pt将第一盒侧限制部分210朝向杆80的接合部分810施压。即使在处于安装状态下的盒20由外力绕X轴或Z轴摇动时，第一盒侧限制部分210也几乎不会在与平面Yc交叉的位置附近移动。As shown in FIG. 12 , according to the present embodiment, the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is provided to intersect a plane Yc passing through the center of the width (Y-axis direction length) of the cartridge 20 . As shown in FIG. 5 , the cartridge 20 in the mounted state receives pressing forces Ps and Pt including +Z-axis direction vector components from the holder 60 . These pressing forces Ps and Pt press the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 toward the engagement portion 810 of the lever 80 . Even when the cartridge 20 in the mounted state is shaken by an external force about the X-axis or the Z-axis, the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 hardly moves near the position intersecting the plane Yc.
第一盒侧限制部分210被定位为接近交叉部295，即，接近板末端405。提供在非常接近盒侧端子400的位置处移动非常小的第一盒侧限制部分210确保了盒侧端子400与接触机构70之间的稳定电连接。The first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is positioned close to the intersection 295 , ie, close to the plate end 405 . Providing the first case-side restricting portion 210 which moves very little at a position very close to the case-side terminal 400 ensures stable electrical connection between the case-side terminal 400 and the contact mechanism 70 .
第一盒侧限制部分210的具体用来限制盒侧端子400的位置的有效部分是第一盒侧锁止表面211。因此优选地将第一盒侧锁止表面211定位为尽可能接近盒侧端子400。省略第一盒侧限制部分210的第三部分215并且将接合部分212定位为与第一边290接触使得第一盒侧锁止表面211能够尽可能接近交叉部295或板末端405。这进一步确保了盒侧端子400与接触机构70之间的稳定电连接。An effective portion of the first case-side restricting portion 210 specifically for restricting the position of the case-side terminal 400 is the first case-side locking surface 211 . It is therefore preferable to position the first cartridge-side locking surface 211 as close as possible to the cartridge-side terminal 400 . Omitting the third portion 215 of the first case-side restricting portion 210 and positioning the engagement portion 212 in contact with the first side 290 enables the first case-side locking surface 211 to be as close as possible to the intersection 295 or plate end 405 . This further ensures a stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal 400 and the contact mechanism 70 .
根据此实施例，如图10所示，在各个盒侧端子400的接触部分cp中，在Y轴方向上的中央处具有接触部分cp的接地端子437被设置在与平面Yc交叉的位置处。其他端子431-436、438和439的接触部分cp被布置为相对于平面Yc与接地端子437的交叉部的线为轴线对称。平面Yc具有特别小的运动，因为第一盒侧限制部分210的位置被固定了。盒侧端子400设置在具有微小运动的平面Yc上或其附近。除了将第一盒侧限制部分210设置在非常接近盒侧端子400的位置处，将盒侧端子400定位在平面Yc上或者其附近进一步确保了盒侧端子400与接触机构70之间的稳定电连接。According to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10 , in the contact portion cp of each cartridge-side terminal 400 , the ground terminal 437 having the contact portion cp at the center in the Y-axis direction is provided at a position intersecting the plane Yc. The contact portions cp of the other terminals 431 - 436 , 438 and 439 are arranged to be axis-symmetrical with respect to the line of the intersection of the plane Yc and the ground terminal 437 . The plane Yc has particularly little movement because the position of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 is fixed. The box-side terminal 400 is provided on or near the plane Yc with slight movement. In addition to disposing the first box-side limiting portion 210 at a position very close to the box-side terminal 400, positioning the box-side terminal 400 on or near the plane Yc further ensures a stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal 400 and the contact mechanism 70. connect.
A-7-4.在安装状态中盒20的精细调整：A-7-4. Fine adjustment of the box 20 in the installed state:
根据此实施例，第一盒侧限制部分210(更具体地，第一盒侧锁止表面211)不位于外部，而是位于在Y轴方向上在位于盒侧端子400的最+Y轴方向侧上的第一外部435P与位于盒侧端子400的最-Y轴方向侧上的第二外部439P之间的范围40Y的内部。在盒20被安装到保持件60之后，盒侧端子400从设备侧端子700接收+Z轴方向矢量成分的力，以精细地调整盒20的倾斜或者更具体地调整斜面端子支承结构408(在其上设置了盒侧端子400)的方向。制造错误可能改变各个设备侧端子731-739与设备侧斜面表面708的位置或者第一盒侧限制部分210的第一盒侧锁止表面211的水平状态。即使在这种情况中，斜面端子支承结构408的方向的精细调整确保了盒侧端子400与设备侧端子700之间的稳定电连接。According to this embodiment, the first case-side restricting portion 210 (more specifically, the first case-side locking surface 211) is not located outside, but is located at the most +Y-axis direction of the case-side terminal 400 in the Y-axis direction. The inside of the range 40Y between the first outer portion 435P on the side and the second outer portion 439P on the most −Y-axis direction side of the cartridge-side terminal 400 . After the cartridge 20 is mounted to the holder 60, the cartridge-side terminal 400 receives a force of the +Z-axis direction vector component from the device-side terminal 700 to finely adjust the inclination of the cartridge 20 or, more specifically, the ramp terminal support structure 408 (in The direction of the box-side terminal 400) is set thereon. Manufacturing errors may change the positions of the respective device-side terminals 731 - 739 and the device-side slope surface 708 or the horizontal state of the first case-side locking surface 211 of the first case-side restricting portion 210 . Even in this case, fine adjustment of the direction of the sloped terminal support structure 408 ensures stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal 700 .
图31示出了斜面端子支承结构408的方向的精细调整。在精细调整盒20的姿态之后盒20的位置由虚线示出。在该示例中，设备侧端子700的安装检测端子731从设备侧斜面表面708(图18)沿着+Z轴方向突出得比设计量更多。在这种情况中，斜面端子支承结构408从安装检测端子731接收沿着包括+Z轴方向矢量成分的方向的力Ph。将第一盒侧锁止表面211定位在范围40Y内允许盒20绕X轴更加旋转。换言之，将力Ph施加到斜面端子支承结构408允许精细地调节盒20的姿态。在图31中示出的示例中，盒20的姿态被精细地调整为朝向第六面206侧倾斜。FIG. 31 illustrates fine adjustment of the orientation of the ramped terminal support structure 408 . The position of the cartridge 20 after the attitude of the cartridge 20 is finely adjusted is shown by a dotted line. In this example, the installation detection terminal 731 of the device-side terminal 700 protrudes from the device-side slope surface 708 ( FIG. 18 ) in the +Z-axis direction more than a designed amount. In this case, the ramp terminal support structure 408 receives a force Ph in a direction including a +Z-axis direction vector component from the mount detection terminal 731 . Positioning the first cartridge-side locking surface 211 within the range 40Y allows more rotation of the cartridge 20 about the X-axis. In other words, applying the force Ph to the ramped terminal support structure 408 allows fine adjustment of the posture of the cartridge 20 . In the example shown in FIG. 31 , the posture of the cartridge 20 is finely adjusted to be inclined toward the sixth face 206 side.
A-7-5.第二盒侧限制部分220的有益效果：A-7-5. Beneficial effects of the second case side restricting portion 220:
盒20具有在第四面204上的第二盒侧限制部分220(图27)，其用于限制盒20从其+X轴方向侧沿着+Z轴方向的运动。这进一步确保了盒侧端子400与设备侧端子700之间的稳定电连接。The cartridge 20 has a second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 ( FIG. 27 ) on the fourth face 204 for restricting the movement of the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction from its +X-axis direction side. This further ensures stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal 700 .
根据此实施例，第二盒侧限制部分220是从第四面204沿着-X轴方向突出的突起部。第二盒侧限制部分220被插入到具有保持件60的通孔的形式的第二设备侧限制元件620(图3)中。用户将盒20绕插入到第二设备侧限制元件620(图2)的第二盒侧限制部分220附近转动，以将盒20安装到保持件60或者从其卸下。第二设备侧限制元件620因此作为用于将盒20安装到保持件60或者从其卸下的引导件。该结构有助于将盒20安装到保持件60或者从其卸下。具有突起部形式的第二盒侧限制部分220可以被简单地设置在盒20的第四面204上。According to this embodiment, the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 is a protrusion protruding from the fourth face 204 in the −X-axis direction. The second case-side restricting portion 220 is inserted into a second device-side restricting member 620 ( FIG. 3 ) in the form of a through hole of the holder 60 . The user turns the cartridge 20 around the vicinity of the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 inserted into the second device-side restricting member 620 ( FIG. 2 ) to mount or detach the cartridge 20 to or from the holder 60 . The second device-side limiting element 620 thus acts as a guide for mounting or demounting the cartridge 20 to or from the holder 60 . This structure facilitates mounting and demounting of the cartridge 20 to and from the holder 60 . The second case-side restricting portion 220 in the form of a protrusion may simply be provided on the fourth face 204 of the case 20 .
A-7-6.突起部260的有益效果A-7-6. Advantageous Effects of the Projection 260
如图27所示，根据本实施例，盒20在第三面203上在第一盒侧限制部分210的+Z轴方向侧上具有突起部260。为了将盒20从保持件60卸下，将力从+X轴方向侧向-X轴方向侧施加到杆80的操作构件830使得操作构件830与突起部260相接触并且将突起部260沿着包括+Z轴方向矢量成分的方向Yh施压。突起部260因此接收具有+Z轴方向矢量成分的力。这有助于通过使用操作构件830将盒20从保持件60卸下。即使在盒20由保持件60的的一部分卡住并且不能通过第一盒侧锁止表面211从第一锁止位置810L沿着+X轴方向的移动而沿着+Z轴方向移动时，通过使用突起部260，盒20的第三面203侧仍然可以沿着+Z轴方向移动。As shown in FIG. 27 , according to the present embodiment, the cartridge 20 has the protrusion 260 on the +Z-axis direction side of the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 on the third face 203 . To detach the cartridge 20 from the holder 60, a force is applied to the operation member 830 of the lever 80 from the +X-axis direction side to the −X-axis direction side so that the operation member 830 comes into contact with the protrusion 260 and moves the protrusion 260 along the The direction Yh including the +Z-axis direction vector component exerts pressure. The protrusion 260 thus receives a force having a vector component in the +Z direction. This facilitates detachment of the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 by using the operating member 830 . Even when the cartridge 20 is caught by a part of the holder 60 and cannot be moved in the +Z-axis direction by the movement of the first cartridge-side lock surface 211 from the first lock position 810L in the +X-axis direction, by Using the protrusion 260, the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 can still move in the +Z axis direction.
虽然根据实施例外力被直接从操作构件830施加到突起部260，但是外力可能不被从操作构件830施加到突起部260。转动操作构件830将接合部分810从第一盒侧限制部分210脱离，并且消除了在+Z轴方向上对于盒20的第三面203侧的运动的限制。消除在+Z轴方向上对于盒20的运动的限制使得盒20的第三面203侧由来自接触机构70的施压力Pt沿着+Z轴方向移动。盒20的突起部260同时沿着方向YH移动。用户握持沿着方向Yh移动的突起部260的外围并且容易将盒20从保持件60卸下。提供突起部260改善了将盒20从保持件60写下的操作性，而不需要将力从操作构件830直接施加到突起部260。Although the external force is directly applied to the protrusion 260 from the operation member 830 according to the embodiment, the external force may not be applied from the operation member 830 to the protrusion 260 . Turning the operation member 830 disengages the engaging portion 810 from the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 and removes the restriction on the movement of the cartridge 20 on the third face 203 side in the +Z axis direction. Removing the restriction on the movement of the cartridge 20 in the +Z-axis direction causes the third face 203 side of the cartridge 20 to move in the +Z-axis direction by the pressing force Pt from the contact mechanism 70 . The protrusion 260 of the cartridge 20 is simultaneously moved along the direction YH. The user grips the periphery of the protrusion 260 that moves in the direction Yh and easily detaches the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 . Providing the protrusion 260 improves the operability of writing the cartridge 20 from the holder 60 without directly applying force from the operation member 830 to the protrusion 260 .
A-7-7.墨水供应结构280的位置的有益效果：A-7-7. Beneficial effects of the location of the ink supply structure 280:
如图27所示，根据本实施例，墨水供应结构280被设置在第一面201上相比于接近第三面203更接近第四面204的位置处。墨水供应结构280的外表面与第三面203之间在X轴方向上的距离因此大于墨水供应结构280的外表面与第四面204之间的距离。盒侧端子400被设置在与第三面203相邻的斜面端子支承结构408上。换言之，墨水供应结构280被设置在离开盒侧端子400的位置处。这减小了墨水被吸附到盒侧端子400的可能性并且防止盒侧端子400与设备侧端子700之间的较差接触。As shown in FIG. 27 , according to the present embodiment, the ink supply structure 280 is disposed on the first surface 201 closer to the fourth surface 204 than to the third surface 203 . The distance in the X-axis direction between the outer surface of the ink supply structure 280 and the third face 203 is therefore greater than the distance between the outer surface of the ink supply structure 280 and the fourth face 204 . The box-side terminals 400 are disposed on a sloped terminal support structure 408 adjacent to the third face 203 . In other words, the ink supply structure 280 is provided at a position away from the cartridge-side terminal 400 . This reduces the possibility of ink being attracted to the cartridge-side terminal 400 and prevents poor contact between the cartridge-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal 700 .
A-7-8.接地端子437的有益效果A-7-8. Beneficial effects of the ground terminal 437
根据本实施例，在盒侧端子400的接触部分cp之中，在Y轴方向的中央上具有接触部分cp的接地端子437被设置在与穿过盒20的宽度(Y轴方向长度)的中央的平面Yc交叉的位置处。接地端子437被构造为在将盒20安装到保持件60的过程中在其他盒侧端子431-436、438和439之前接触接触机构70。由此在盒20的宽度或Y轴方向长度的基本中央处产生首先从保持件60施加到电路板40的施压力。这防止了施加到电路板40的施压力发挥作用而使盒20向Y轴方向倾斜，并且由此使得盒20被安装在设计的安装位置。接地端子437在其他端子431-436、438和439之前与保持件60的接触机构70的这种接触，即使在不期望的高电压被施加到盒20时，也能通过接地端子437的接地功能有利地防止或减小了高电压引起的问题和故障。According to the present embodiment, among the contact portions cp of the case-side terminal 400, the ground terminal 437 having the contact portion cp at the center in the Y-axis direction is provided at the center with the width (Y-axis direction length) passing through the case 20 The position where the plane Yc intersects. The ground terminal 437 is configured to contact the contact mechanism 70 before the other cartridge-side terminals 431 - 436 , 438 , and 439 during mounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 . The pressing force that is first applied from the holder 60 to the circuit board 40 is thereby generated substantially at the center of the width or the length in the Y-axis direction of the case 20 . This prevents the pressing force applied to the circuit board 40 from acting to tilt the cartridge 20 in the Y-axis direction, and thereby causes the cartridge 20 to be installed in the designed installation position. This contact of the ground terminal 437 with the contact mechanism 70 of the holder 60 prior to the other terminals 431-436, 438, and 439 enables the grounding function of the ground terminal 437 to Advantageously, problems and failures caused by high voltages are prevented or reduced.
A-7-9.第一设备侧锁止表面811的形状的有益效果：A-7-9. Advantageous effects of the shape of the first device side locking surface 811:
如图21所示，第一设备侧锁止表面811是在与X轴和Z轴平行的截面上具有绕旋转轴800c的弧形。在将盒20安装到保持件60的过程中，这确保了将盒20安装到保持件60以及从其卸下的平滑操作。将第一设备侧锁止表面811形成为弯曲表面减小了在将盒20安装到保持件60的过程中由弹性部件648(图27)沿着+Z轴方向推回的量。这确保了盒侧端子400与设备侧端子700之间的良好电接触。As shown in FIG. 21 , the first device-side locking surface 811 has an arc shape around the rotation axis 800c in a section parallel to the X-axis and the Z-axis. This ensures smooth operation of mounting and detaching the cartridge 20 to and from the holder 60 during mounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 . Forming the first device-side lock surface 811 as a curved surface reduces the amount pushed back by the elastic member 648 ( FIG. 27 ) in the +Z-axis direction during mounting of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 . This ensures good electrical contact between the box-side terminal 400 and the device-side terminal 700 .
参照图32A到图32F描述这种有益效果的一个示例。图32A到图32F的竖直方向对应于Z轴方向；附图中的向上方向对应于+Z轴方向，并且向下方向对应于-Z轴方向，它们是彼此相反的方向。图32A到图32C示出了使用形成为弯曲表面的第一设备侧锁止表面811来安装盒，并且是按照时间顺序布置。图32D到图32F示出了使用形成为平面的第一设备侧锁止表面811来安装盒，并且是按照时间顺序布置。One example of such an advantageous effect is described with reference to FIGS. 32A to 32F . The vertical direction of FIGS. 32A to 32F corresponds to the Z-axis direction; the upward direction in the drawings corresponds to the +Z-axis direction, and the downward direction corresponds to the -Z-axis direction, which are directions opposite to each other. 32A to 32C show the installation of the cartridge using the first device-side locking surface 811 formed as a curved surface, and are arranged in chronological order. 32D to 32F show the installation of the cartridge using the first device-side locking surface 811 formed as a plane, and are arranged in chronological order.
如图32A所示，为了将盒20安装到保持件60，第一盒侧限制部分210沿着-Z轴方向移动，同时抵靠引导底壁821。如图32B所示，当第一盒侧限制部分210进一步沿着-Z轴方向移动通过引导底壁821时，第一设备侧锁止表面811沿着箭头Y32的方向移动。当用户沿着-Z轴方向用力按压盒20时，第一盒侧限制部分210位于第一设备侧锁止表面811的-Z轴方向侧上。当用户松开对于盒20的握持时，盒20由弹性部件648和设备侧端子700的施压力Ps和Pt在+Z轴方向上向上施压。如图32C所示，当第一设备侧锁止表面811形成为弯曲表面时，盒20的第一盒侧限制部分210的被向上推动量是D1。As shown in FIG. 32A , in order to mount the cartridge 20 to the holder 60 , the first cartridge-side restricting portion 210 moves in the −Z-axis direction while abutting against the guide bottom wall 821 . As shown in FIG. 32B , when the first case-side restricting portion 210 moves further along the −Z axis direction past the guide bottom wall 821 , the first device-side locking surface 811 moves in the direction of the arrow Y32. When the user strongly presses the case 20 in the −Z-axis direction, the first case-side restricting portion 210 is located on the −Z-axis direction side of the first device-side locking surface 811 . When the user releases the grip on the cartridge 20 , the cartridge 20 is pressed upward in the +Z-axis direction by the elastic member 648 and the pressing forces Ps and Pt of the device-side terminal 700 . As shown in FIG. 32C, when the first device-side lock surface 811 is formed as a curved surface, the amount by which the first case-side restricting portion 210 of the case 20 is pushed upward is D1.
如图32D到图32F所示，当第一设备侧锁止表面811t形成为平面时，盒20的第一盒侧限制部分210的被向上推动量是D2，其大于D1。As shown in FIGS. 32D to 32F , when the first device-side locking surface 811t is formed as a plane, the upwardly pushed amount of the first case-side restricting portion 210 of the case 20 is D2, which is larger than D1.
在盒20的安装状态中，相比于形成为平面的第一设备侧锁止表面811t，形成为弯曲表面的第一设备侧锁止表面811可以位于更向-Z轴方向侧。这减小了第一盒侧限制部分210的被向上推动量。In the mounted state of the cartridge 20, the first device-side lock surface 811 formed as a curved surface may be located on the -Z axis direction side than the first device-side lock surface 811t formed as a plane. This reduces the amount by which the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is pushed upward.
根据此实施例，位于预设或第一锁止位置810L处的第一设备侧锁止表面811在X轴方向(图21)上接近旋转轴800c。即使在实际锁止位置在X轴方向上从第一锁止位置810L偏离时，这仍然减小了第一设备侧锁止表面811在Z轴方向上的移动距离。这因此防止了盒20在Z轴方向上相对于保持件60的偏离。According to this embodiment, the first device-side locking surface 811 at the preset or first locking position 810L is close to the rotation axis 800c in the X-axis direction ( FIG. 21 ). This reduces the movement distance of the first device-side lock surface 811 in the Z-axis direction even when the actual lock position deviates from the first lock position 810L in the X-axis direction. This thus prevents deviation of the cartridge 20 relative to the holder 60 in the Z-axis direction.
B.附加实施例：B. Additional Examples:
图33示出了根据第二实施例的印刷机50a。图33示出了与根据第一实施例的图17的截面相对应的截面。其与第一实施例的印刷机50的差异在于固定件690a不具有弹性构件682。此外第二实施例的印刷机50a与第一实施例的印刷机50具有相同结构。相似的元件由相似附图标记表示，并且在这里不具有具体解释。安装到印刷机50a的盒20与安装到第一实施例的印刷机50的盒20具有相同结构。Fig. 33 shows a printer 50a according to the second embodiment. FIG. 33 shows a section corresponding to that of FIG. 17 according to the first embodiment. It is different from the printing machine 50 of the first embodiment in that the fixing piece 690 a does not have the elastic member 682 . In addition, the printer 50a of the second embodiment has the same structure as the printer 50 of the first embodiment. Similar elements are denoted by like reference numerals and do not have specific explanations here. The cassette 20 mounted to the printer 50a has the same structure as the cassette 20 mounted to the printer 50 of the first embodiment.
如图33所示，固定件690不具有将杆80沿着包括-X轴方向矢量成分的方向对杆80施压的弹性构件。然而，杆80被设计为由其静负载将第一设备侧锁止表面811定位到第一锁止位置810L，使得盒20的第一盒侧锁止表面211由杆80的第一设备侧锁止表面811锁止。As shown in FIG. 33 , the fixture 690 does not have an elastic member that presses the rod 80 against the rod 80 in a direction including the vector component of the −X-axis direction. However, the lever 80 is designed to position the first device-side locking surface 811 to the first locked position 810L by its static load such that the first box-side locking surface 211 of the case 20 is locked by the first device-side locking surface 811 of the lever 80 . The locking surface 811 is locked.
第二实施例的印刷机50a具有与第一实施例的印刷机50类似的有益效果。此外，不具有弹性构件的固定件690的结构减小了固定件690损坏或破裂的可能性，并且减小了部件的总数，以减小印刷机50a的制造成本。The printer 50a of the second embodiment has similar advantageous effects to the printer 50 of the first embodiment. In addition, the structure of the fixing member 690 without an elastic member reduces the possibility of the fixing member 690 being damaged or cracked, and reduces the total number of parts to reduce the manufacturing cost of the printing machine 50a.
C.第三实施例：C. The third embodiment:
图34是示出了根据第三实施例的盒20b的外观的立体图。其与第一实施例的盒20(图7)的差异在于盒20b的尺寸。此外第三实施例的盒20b与第一实施例的盒20具有相同结构。相似的元件由相似附图标记表示，并且在这里不具有具体解释。第三实施例的印刷机适用于盒20b，但是与第一实施例的保持件60和设置在保持件60上的各个构件(例如，杆80)具有相同结构。Fig. 34 is a perspective view showing the appearance of a cartridge 20b according to the third embodiment. It differs from the cartridge 20 (FIG. 7) of the first embodiment in the size of the cartridge 20b. Furthermore, the cartridge 20b of the third embodiment has the same structure as the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment. Similar elements are denoted by like reference numerals and do not have specific explanations here. The printer of the third embodiment is applicable to the cartridge 20b, but has the same structure as the holder 60 of the first embodiment and each member provided on the holder 60 (for example, the lever 80).
盒20b具有比第一实施例的盒20更大的尺寸，并且能够容纳更大量的墨水。盒20b被安装到能够对大的纸张(例如，尺寸A2到A0)进行印刷的大的喷墨印刷机的盒安装结构。盒20b被沿着作为安装方向SD的-Z轴方向安装到大喷墨印刷机的盒安装结构。根据此实施例，-Z轴方向是水平方面。在盒20b被安装到盒安装结构的安装状态中，X轴方向是竖直方向。更具体地，+X轴方向是竖直向上方向，并且-X轴方向是竖直向下方向。The cartridge 20b has a larger size than the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment, and can accommodate a larger amount of ink. The cassette 20b is mounted to a cassette mounting structure of a large inkjet printer capable of printing large sheets (for example, sizes A2 to A0). The cartridge 20b is mounted to the cartridge mounting structure of the large inkjet printer along the −Z axis direction as the mounting direction SD. According to this embodiment, the -Z axis direction is a horizontal aspect. In the mounted state where the cartridge 20b is mounted to the cartridge mounting structure, the X-axis direction is the vertical direction. More specifically, the +X-axis direction is a vertically upward direction, and the -X-axis direction is a vertically downward direction.
D.盒结构的修改例：D. Modified example of box structure:
图35到图37示出了盒结构的修改例。这些盒被设计为用于与根据第一实施例的印刷机50具有相同的结构的印刷机。这些盒与第一实施例的盒20类似的元件由相似的附图标记表示。35 to 37 show modified examples of the cartridge structure. These cassettes are designed to be used in a printer having the same structure as the printer 50 according to the first embodiment. Elements of these cartridges that are similar to the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment are denoted by like reference numerals.
D-1.盒外形的修改例：D-1. Modification example of box shape:
图35A到图35H是示出了根据其他实施例的盒外形的概念图。图35A中示出的盒20c具有椭圆形或卵形面的壳体。盒20c具有设置在正面上的第一盒侧限制部分210和电路板40。墨水供应结构280形成在盒20c的底面，并且第二盒侧限制部分220被设置在盒20c的背面。当从其前面侧观察盒20c时，该盒20c具有固定宽度。该盒20c与图7中示出的盒20兼容，只要第一和第二盒侧限制部分210和220、电路板40和墨水供应结构280被构造为能够与图50中的相应部分连接。35A to 35H are conceptual diagrams showing outer shapes of cartridges according to other embodiments. The cartridge 20c shown in FIG. 35A has an elliptical or oval-shaped casing. The case 20c has a first case-side restricting portion 210 and a circuit board 40 provided on the front. An ink supply structure 280 is formed on the bottom surface of the cartridge 20c, and a second cartridge side restricting portion 220 is provided on the rear surface of the cartridge 20c. When viewing the case 20c from its front side, the case 20c has a fixed width. This cartridge 20c is compatible with the cartridge 20 shown in FIG. 7 as long as the first and second cartridge side restricting portions 210 and 220, the circuit board 40 and the ink supply structure 280 are configured to be connectable with corresponding parts in FIG.
图35B中示出的盒20d具有与图7中的盒20类似的近似矩形的平行六面体形状。其与图7的盒20的大区别在于第八面208不从第三面203的下端连续。图35G中示出的盒201在形状和设计上与盒20d的类似，但是第一盒侧限制部分210被布置在更接近端子支承结构408的位置。图35C和35D中示出的盒20e和20f不具有包括在图7的盒20中的第七面。图35E中示出的盒20g具有借助于螺钉安装在第八面208上的电路板40。图35F中示出的盒20h具有被铰链固定或以其他方式可移动的面208h，来代替第八面208，并且电路板40被安装到可移动面208h上。在盒20h被安装到印刷机上的同时，可移动面208h从由虚线指示的位置移动到由实线指示的位置。一旦盒20h被适当地安装到印刷机中并且可移动面208h处于由实线指示的位置，电路板40上的端子的接触部分被排列在接触部分平面TP上。这些盒20c到20g也与图7中的盒20兼容，只要第一和第二盒侧限制部分210和220、电路板40和墨水供应结构280被构造为能够与印刷机50中的相应部分连接。图35H中示出的盒20m具有纵长构件211a，其与在一端处与第一盒侧限制部分210连接并且在另一端处经由铰链或其他可枢转机构与盒20m的顶部202连接。虽然端子在以上实施例中具有平坦的形状，但是端子可以是纵长的、线形的或者其他形状的。例如，图35I示出了纵长端子400n的实施例，其中当盒20j被安装到印刷机中时接触部分cp排列到接触部分平面TP上。在图35J中示出的实施例中，盒20j包括与图18中示出的设备侧接触机构70具有基本相同构造(包括端子的构造)的接触机构70j。接触机构70j具有弹性端子，该弹性端子具有接触部分，当盒20j被安装到印刷机中时，该接触部分与与接触机构70的设备侧端子700接触并且基本排列在接触部分平面TP上。在如图35I和35J的其中端子不是平坦形状的实施例中，“端子支承结构”和“斜面表面”被认为是可以被认为是盒端子对接触部分进行支撑的部分，并且因此与由接触部分平面TP表示。同样，第一盒侧限制部分210的与设备侧杆接合的部分位于相比于接近以下交叉部更接近接触部分平面TP与第三面203接触的位置以及更接近接触部分cp本身：(1)顶面202与正面203的交叉部，(2)顶面202和正面203中的一者与顶面202和正面203中的另一者的延长面的交叉部，或者(3)顶面202和正面203二者的延长面的交叉部(例如当盒体具有如图35A和图35D所成形的顶面和底面时)。在图35J的实施例中，盒20j的电路板40j被定位在接触机构70j的内部并且经由通过接触机构70j的直接接触来接触接触机构70。The cartridge 20d shown in FIG. 35B has an approximately rectangular parallelepiped shape similar to the cartridge 20 in FIG. 7 . Its big difference from the box 20 of FIG. 7 is that the eighth side 208 is not continuous from the lower end of the third side 203 . The box 201 shown in FIG. 35G is similar in shape and design to that of the box 20d, but the first box side restricting portion 210 is arranged closer to the terminal support structure 408. As shown in FIG. The cartridges 20e and 20f shown in FIGS. 35C and 35D do not have the seventh side included in the cartridge 20 of FIG. 7 . The case 20g shown in Fig. 35E has the circuit board 40 mounted on the eighth side 208 by means of screws. The case 20h shown in FIG. 35F has a hinged or otherwise movable face 208h instead of the eighth face 208, and the circuit board 40 is mounted to the movable face 208h. The movable surface 208h moves from the position indicated by the dotted line to the position indicated by the solid line while the cartridge 20h is mounted on the printing press. Once the cartridge 20h is properly installed in the printer and the movable face 208h is in the position indicated by the solid line, the contact portions of the terminals on the circuit board 40 are aligned on the contact portion plane TP. These cartridges 20c to 20g are also compatible with the cartridge 20 in FIG. . The case 20m shown in FIG. 35H has an elongate member 211a connected at one end to the first case side restricting portion 210 and at the other end to the top 202 of the case 20m via a hinge or other pivotable mechanism. Although the terminals have a flat shape in the above embodiments, the terminals may be elongated, linear, or other shapes. For example, FIG. 35I shows an embodiment of an elongated terminal 400n in which the contact portions cp are aligned to the contact portion plane TP when the cartridge 20j is installed in a printer. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 35J , the cartridge 20j includes a contact mechanism 70j having substantially the same configuration (including the configuration of the terminals) as the device-side contact mechanism 70 shown in FIG. 18 . The contact mechanism 70j has an elastic terminal having a contact portion that comes into contact with the device-side terminal 700 of the contact mechanism 70 when the cartridge 20j is installed in the printer and is substantially aligned on the contact portion plane TP. In embodiments such as Figures 35I and 35J where the terminals are not flat in shape, the "terminal support structure" and the "slope surface" are considered to be the parts that can be considered to support the contact portion of the box terminal, and are therefore related to the contact portion supported by the contact portion. Flat TP representation. Also, the portion of the first case-side restricting portion 210 that engages with the device-side lever is located closer to the position where the contact portion plane TP is in contact with the third face 203 and closer to the contact portion cp itself than to the intersection of: (1) The intersection of the top surface 202 and the front surface 203, (2) the intersection of one of the top surface 202 and the front surface 203 and the extension surface of the other of the top surface 202 and the front surface 203, or (3) the intersection of the top surface 202 and the front surface 203 The intersection of the extensions of both front faces 203 (for example when the box has top and bottom faces shaped as shown in Figures 35A and 35D). In the embodiment of FIG. 35J , the circuit board 40j of the cartridge 20j is positioned inside the contact mechanism 70j and contacts the contact mechanism 70 via direct contact through the contact mechanism 70j.
如通过图35A到图35H的示例所容易理解的，存在盒外形的各种其他修改例。在盒具有除了近似矩形平行六面体之外的其他形状的情况中，如图35A和图35D中的虚线所示，矩形平行六面体的六个面，即，底面201(第一面)、顶面202(第二面)、正面203(第三面)、背面204(第四面)、左侧面205(第五面)和右侧面206(第六面)可以是竖直的。在其说明中，术语“面”和“平面”表示如图35A或图35D所示的虚拟平面或不存在的(想象的)平面以及如图7和图8所示的实际平面。术语“面”和“平面”包括平面的表面和弯曲的表面。As is easily understood from the examples of FIGS. 35A to 35H , there are various other modifications of the outer shape of the cartridge. In the case where the box has a shape other than an approximate rectangular parallelepiped, as shown by the dotted lines in FIGS. (second side), front side 203 (third side), back side 204 (fourth side), left side 205 (fifth side), and right side 206 (sixth side) may be vertical. In the description thereof, the terms "plane" and "plane" mean a virtual plane or a non-existing (imaginary) plane as shown in FIG. 35A or 35D and an actual plane as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 . The terms "face" and "planar" include planar and curved surfaces.
D-2.具有适配器的盒：D-2. Box with adapter:
图36是示出了具有根据一个实施例的适配器的盒20i的结构的立体图。该盒20i能够被分离为包括墨水室200的容器组件200i和适配器299，它们之后可以被配合到一起来被安装到印刷设备的保持件中。在墨水室200中的印刷材料被用尽之后，用户用新的容器组件来替换容器组件200i或者将印刷材料填充到容器组件200i中。适配器299是可以重新使用的。盒20i与图7中示出的第一实施例的盒20i兼容。Fig. 36 is a perspective view showing the structure of a cartridge 20i having an adapter according to one embodiment. The cartridge 20i can be separated into a container assembly 200i comprising the ink chamber 200 and an adapter 299, which can then be fitted together to be installed into a holder of a printing device. After the printing material in the ink chamber 200 is used up, the user replaces the container assembly 200i with a new one or fills the printing material into the container assembly 200i. Adapter 299 is reusable. The cartridge 20i is compatible with the cartridge 20i of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
用于盒20i的壳体22i被构造为用于容器组件200i的壳体和用于适配器299i的壳体的组合。容器组件200i包括被构造为容纳墨水的墨水室200、被构造为向墨水供应结构提供墨水或印刷材料的印刷材料流动路径282、以及树脂泡沫284。容器组件200i具有与盒20i的第二面202相对应的第二面202i。容器组件200i也具有分别与盒20i的第一面201和第三到第八面203-208相对应的第一面201i、第三面203i、第四面204i、第五面(未示出)、第六面206i、第七面207i和第八面208i。第一面201i和第二面202i在Z轴方向上彼此相对；第一面201i位于-Z轴方向侧上，而第二面202i位于+Z轴方向侧上。第三面203i和第四面204i在X轴方向上彼此相对；第三面203i位于+X轴方向侧上，而第四面204i位于-X轴方向侧上。第五面(未示出)和第六面206在Y轴方向上彼此相对；第五面(未示出)位于-Y轴方向侧上，而第六面206i位于+Y轴方向侧上。第七面207i和第八面208i形成将第一面201i与第三面203i连接的连接面。第七面207i与第一面201i垂直，并且形成与Y轴和Z轴(YZ平面)平行的平面。作为阶梯的第七面207i相对于第一面201i成竖直角度。第七面207i因此从第一面201i沿着+Z轴方向延伸。第七面207i位于第八面208i的-X轴方向侧和-Z轴方向侧上。第八面208i将第七面207i与第三面203i连接，并且是向包括+X轴方向矢量成分和-Z轴方向矢量成分的方向倾斜的斜面表面。第八面208i向第一面201i和第三面203i倾斜，并且与第五面(未示出)和第六面206i垂直。换言之，第八面208i向XY平面和YZ平面倾斜，并且与XZ平面垂直。The housing 22i for the cartridge 20i is configured as a combination of the housing for the container assembly 200i and the housing for the adapter 299i. The container assembly 200i includes an ink chamber 200 configured to contain ink, a printed material flow path 282 configured to provide ink or printed material to an ink supply structure, and a resin foam 284 . The container assembly 200i has a second side 202i corresponding to the second side 202 of the cartridge 20i. The container assembly 200i also has a first side 201i, a third side 203i, a fourth side 204i, a fifth side (not shown) corresponding to the first side 201 and the third to eighth sides 203-208 of the box 20i, respectively. , the sixth surface 206i, the seventh surface 207i and the eighth surface 208i. The first surface 201i and the second surface 202i are opposed to each other in the Z-axis direction; the first surface 201i is located on the −Z-axis direction side, and the second surface 202i is located on the +Z-axis direction side. The third surface 203i and the fourth surface 204i are opposed to each other in the X-axis direction; the third surface 203i is located on the +X-axis direction side, and the fourth surface 204i is located on the -X-axis direction side. The fifth face (not shown) and the sixth face 206 are opposed to each other in the Y-axis direction; the fifth face (not shown) is on the -Y-axis direction side, and the sixth face 206i is on the +Y-axis direction side. The seventh surface 207i and the eighth surface 208i form a connecting surface connecting the first surface 201i and the third surface 203i. The seventh surface 207i is perpendicular to the first surface 201i, and forms a plane parallel to the Y axis and the Z axis (YZ plane). The seventh face 207i, which is a step, forms a vertical angle with respect to the first face 201i. The seventh face 207i thus extends from the first face 201i along the +Z-axis direction. The seventh surface 207i is located on the -X-axis direction side and the -Z-axis direction side of the eighth surface 208i. The eighth surface 208i connects the seventh surface 207i and the third surface 203i, and is a sloped surface inclined in a direction including a +X-axis direction vector component and a -Z-axis direction vector component. The eighth face 208i is inclined toward the first face 201i and the third face 203i, and is perpendicular to the fifth face (not shown) and the sixth face 206i. In other words, the eighth surface 208i is inclined toward the XY plane and the YZ plane, and is perpendicular to the XZ plane.
适配器299具有与盒20i的第一面201、第三面203、第四面204、第五面205、第六面206、第七面207和第八面208相对应的面。适配器299的与盒20i的第二面202相对应的面是开口。适配器299具有内部空间，以接收容器组件200i。适配器299的第一面201具有墨水供应结构280。此外，盒20i具有与图7中示出的第一实施例的盒20相似的结构，具有或不具有一些改变。第一盒侧限制部分210可以如图36所示在在适配器299上，或者在容器组件200i(未示出)上。第一盒侧限制部分210和电路板40的定位不需要都在容器组件200i或适配器299上，而是一者可以在容器组件200i上并且另一者可以在适配器299上。盒20i因此可以被构造为容器组件200i和适配器299的组合，如上所述。The adapter 299 has faces corresponding to the first face 201 , the third face 203 , the fourth face 204 , the fifth face 205 , the sixth face 206 , the seventh face 207 and the eighth face 208 of the cartridge 20i. The face of the adapter 299 corresponding to the second face 202 of the cartridge 20i is an opening. Adapter 299 has an interior space to receive container assembly 200i. The first face 201 of the adapter 299 has an ink supply structure 280 . Furthermore, the cartridge 20i has a similar structure to the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 7, with or without some changes. The first cartridge side restricting portion 210 may be on the adapter 299 as shown in FIG. 36, or on the container assembly 200i (not shown). The positioning of the first box side limiting portion 210 and the circuit board 40 need not both be on the container assembly 200i or the adapter 299, but one may be on the container assembly 200i and the other may be on the adapter 299. Cassette 20i may thus be configured as a combination container assembly 200i and adapter 299, as described above.
图37是示出了具有根据另一个实施例的适配器的盒20j的结构的立体图。该盒20j被分离为包括墨水室200的容器组件200j和适配器299j，它们可以之后被组合到一起以被安装到印刷设备的保持件中。在墨水室200中的印刷材料被用尽之后，用户用新的容器组件来替换容器组件200j或者将印刷材料填充到容器组件200j中。适配器299是可以重新使用的。盒20j与图7中示出的第一实施例的盒20i兼容。Fig. 37 is a perspective view showing the structure of a cartridge 20j having an adapter according to another embodiment. The cartridge 20j is separated into a container assembly 200j comprising the ink chamber 200 and an adapter 299j, which can then be brought together to be mounted into a holder of a printing device. After the printing material in the ink chamber 200 is used up, the user replaces the container assembly 200j with a new one or fills the printing material into the container assembly 200j. Adapter 299 is reusable. The cartridge 20j is compatible with the cartridge 20i of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
用于盒20j的壳体22j被构造为用于容器组件200j的壳体和用于适配器299j的壳体的组合。容器组件200j包括被构造为容纳墨水的墨水室200和墨水供应结构280。容器组件200j具有与盒20j的第二面202和第六面206相对应的第二面202j和第六面206j。容器组件200j也具有分别与盒20i的第一面201、第三面203、第四面204、第五面205、第七面207和第八面208相对应的第一面201j、第三面203j、第四面204j、第五面(未示出)、第七面207j和第八面208j。第一面201j和第二面202j在Z轴方向上彼此相对；第一面201j位于-Z轴方向侧上，而第二面202j位于+Z轴方向侧上。第三面203j和第四面204j在X轴方向上彼此相对；第三面203j位于+X轴方向侧上，而第四面204j位于-X轴方向侧上。第五面(未示出)和第六面206在Y轴方向上彼此相对；第五面(未示出)位于-Y轴方向侧上，而第六面206j位于+Y轴方向侧上。第七面207j和第八面208j形成将第一面201j与第三面203j连接的连接面。第七面207j与第一面201j垂直，并且形成与Y轴和Z轴(YZ平面)平行的平面。作为阶梯的第七面207j相对于第一面201j成竖直角度。第七面207j因此从第一面201j沿着+Z轴方向延伸。第七面207j位于第八面208j的-X轴方向侧和-Z轴方向侧上。第八面208j将第七面207j与第三面203j连接，并且是向包括+X轴方向矢量成分和-Z轴方向矢量成分的方向倾斜的斜面表面。第八面208j向第一面201j和第三面203j倾斜，并且与第五面(未示出)和第六面206j垂直。换言之，第八面208j向XY平面和YZ平面倾斜，并且与XZ平面垂直。The housing 22j for the cartridge 20j is configured as a combination of the housing for the container assembly 200j and the housing for the adapter 299j. The container assembly 200j includes an ink chamber 200 and an ink supply structure 280 configured to hold ink. The container assembly 200j has a second side 202j and a sixth side 206j corresponding to the second side 202 and the sixth side 206 of the cartridge 20j. The container assembly 200j also has a first side 201j, a third side 201j, a third side 201j, a third side 201j corresponding to the first side 201, the third side 203, the fourth side 204, the fifth side 205, the seventh side 207 and the eighth side 208 of the box 20i, respectively. 203j, fourth face 204j, fifth face (not shown), seventh face 207j and eighth face 208j. The first surface 201j and the second surface 202j are opposed to each other in the Z-axis direction; the first surface 201j is located on the −Z-axis direction side, and the second surface 202j is located on the +Z-axis direction side. The third surface 203j and the fourth surface 204j are opposed to each other in the X-axis direction; the third surface 203j is located on the +X-axis direction side, and the fourth surface 204j is located on the -X-axis direction side. The fifth face (not shown) and the sixth face 206 are opposed to each other in the Y-axis direction; the fifth face (not shown) is on the -Y-axis direction side, and the sixth face 206j is on the +Y-axis direction side. The seventh surface 207j and the eighth surface 208j form a connecting surface connecting the first surface 201j and the third surface 203j. The seventh surface 207j is perpendicular to the first surface 201j, and forms a plane parallel to the Y axis and the Z axis (YZ plane). The seventh face 207j, which is a step, forms a vertical angle with respect to the first face 201j. The seventh face 207j thus extends from the first face 201j in the +Z-axis direction. The seventh surface 207j is located on the -X-axis direction side and the -Z-axis direction side of the eighth surface 208j. The eighth surface 208j connects the seventh surface 207j and the third surface 203j, and is a slope surface inclined in a direction including a +X-axis direction vector component and a -Z-axis direction vector component. The eighth face 208j is inclined toward the first face 201j and the third face 203j, and is perpendicular to the fifth face (not shown) and the sixth face 206j. In other words, the eighth surface 208j is inclined to the XY plane and the YZ plane, and is perpendicular to the XZ plane.
适配器299j具有与盒20j的第一面201、第三面203、第四面204和第五面205相对应的面。适配器299的形成盒20j的第二面202和第六面206的面是开口。适配器299j具有内部空间，以接收容器组件200j。适配器299j也在第一面201的一部分中具有开口。设置在容器组件200j中的墨水供应结构280被暴露到设置在适配器299j的第一面201上的开口，并且与印刷材料供应管640(图2)连接。盒20j具有比第一实施例结构(图7)更简单的第一盒侧限制部分210，但是可以具有与第一实施例(图7)相同结构的第一盒侧限制部分210。或者，第一盒侧限制部分210可以如图37所示是适配器299j的一部分或者是容器组件200j的一部分(未示出)。类似地，电路板40可以如图37所示在适配器299j上或者在容器组件200j上(未示出)。第一盒侧限制部分210和电路板40的定位不需要都在容器组件200j或适配器299j上，而是一者可以在容器组件200j上并且另一者可以在适配器299j上。盒20j具有相比于第一实施例的第三面203和第四面204具有更低高度(更短的Z轴方向长度)的第三面203和第四面204，但是可以具有相比于第一实施例具有相同高度(相同Z轴方向长度)的第三面203和第四面204。盒20j不具有突起部260，但是可以具有与第一实施例类似的突起部260。此外，盒20j具有与图7中示出的第一实施例的盒20相似的结构，具有或不具有一些改变。盒20j因此可以被构造为容器组件200j和适配器299j的组合，如上所述。The adapter 299j has faces corresponding to the first face 201 , the third face 203 , the fourth face 204 and the fifth face 205 of the cartridge 20j. The faces of the adapter 299 forming the second face 202 and the sixth face 206 of the cartridge 20j are openings. Adapter 299j has an interior space to receive container assembly 200j. Adapter 299j also has an opening in a portion of first face 201 . The ink supply structure 280 provided in the container assembly 200j is exposed to an opening provided on the first face 201 of the adapter 299j, and is connected with the printing material supply tube 640 (FIG. 2). The cartridge 20j has a first cartridge side restricting portion 210 having a simpler structure than that of the first embodiment ( FIG. 7 ), but may have a first cartridge side restricting portion 210 of the same structure as that of the first embodiment ( FIG. 7 ). Alternatively, the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 may be part of the adapter 299j as shown in FIG. 37 or part of the container assembly 200j (not shown). Similarly, circuit board 40 may be on adapter 299j as shown in FIG. 37 or on container assembly 200j (not shown). The positioning of the first box side limiting portion 210 and the circuit board 40 need not both be on the container assembly 200j or the adapter 299j, but one may be on the container assembly 200j and the other may be on the adapter 299j. The cartridge 20j has the third face 203 and the fourth face 204 having a lower height (shorter Z-axis direction length) than the third face 203 and the fourth face 204 of the first embodiment, but may have The first embodiment has the third surface 203 and the fourth surface 204 having the same height (the same length in the Z-axis direction). The cartridge 20j does not have the protrusion 260, but may have the protrusion 260 similar to the first embodiment. Furthermore, the cartridge 20j has a similar structure to the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 7, with or without some changes. Cassette 20j may thus be configured as a combination container assembly 200j and adapter 299j, as described above.
图37B示出了与图7的实施例中示出的盒类似地构造的和20p。然而，该实施例的区别是盒20p被划分为适配器299p和墨水室200p。在盒20p被安装到印刷机之前，适配器299p被配合到墨水室200p的末端201p(由虚线表示)上。同样，端子400p直接形成在适配器299p的表面上。当端子形成在平面表面上(如本实施例中的盒的表面上或者如在实施例中的电路板的表面上)时，其上形成端子的平面表面可以被认为是“斜面表面”或“端子支承表面”。FIG. 37B shows a and 2Op constructed similarly to the cartridge shown in the embodiment of FIG. 7 . However, the difference of this embodiment is that the cartridge 20p is divided into the adapter 299p and the ink chamber 200p. Adapter 299p is fitted onto end 201p (indicated by dashed lines) of ink chamber 20Op before cartridge 2Op is installed in the printer. Likewise, terminals 400p are formed directly on the surface of adapter 299p. When the terminals are formed on a planar surface (such as the surface of the box in this embodiment or the surface of the circuit board as in the embodiment), the planar surface on which the terminals are formed can be considered as a "slope surface" or "slope surface" Terminal Support Surface".
图38是示出了具有根据另一个实施例的适配器的盒20k的结构的立体图。盒20k包括适配器299k、外部罐200T、管道200L和辅助适配器200S，它们可以被全部配合到一起，以安装到印刷设备的保持件中。适配器299k与上文中参照图37描述的适配器299j具有相同结构。外部罐200T容纳印刷材料并且位于如图1所示的印刷机50的外部。辅助适配器200S具有墨水供应结构280k。管道200L被用来将印刷材料从外部罐200T供应到辅助适配器200S。外部罐200T、辅助适配器200S和管道200L用作容器组件200k，其被构造为容纳墨水或印刷材料。如图38中的虚线所示，本实施例的盒20k由此被认为具有容器组件200k。本实施例的盒20k因此可以被分离为容器组件200k和适配器299k，与图36中示出的盒20i和图37中示出的盒20j类似。在外部罐200T中的印刷材料被用光之后，用户可以用新的外部罐来替换外部罐200T或者将印刷材料填充到外部罐200T中。适配器299k是可以重新使用的。盒20k与图7中示出的第一实施例的盒20兼容。Fig. 38 is a perspective view showing the structure of a cartridge 20k having an adapter according to another embodiment. Cassette 20k includes adapter 299k, external tank 200T, tubing 200L and auxiliary adapter 200S, which can all be fitted together to fit into a holder of a printing device. Adapter 299k has the same structure as adapter 299j described above with reference to FIG. 37 . The external tank 200T contains printing material and is located externally of the printing press 50 as shown in FIG. 1 . The auxiliary adapter 200S has an ink supply structure 280k. The pipe 200L is used to supply printing material from the external tank 200T to the auxiliary adapter 200S. The external tank 200T, the auxiliary adapter 200S, and the pipe 200L serve as a container assembly 200k configured to hold ink or printing materials. As indicated by the dotted lines in FIG. 38, the cartridge 20k of the present embodiment is thus considered to have a container assembly 200k. The cartridge 20k of this embodiment can thus be separated into a container assembly 200k and an adapter 299k, similar to the cartridge 20i shown in FIG. 36 and the cartridge 20j shown in FIG. 37 . After the printing material in the external tank 200T is used up, the user may replace the external tank 200T with a new one or fill the printing material into the external tank 200T. Adapter 299k is reusable. The cartridge 20k is compatible with the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
盒20k的壳体22k被构造为用于虚拟容器组件200k的壳体和用于适配器299k的壳体的组合。虚拟容器组件200k的结构和适配器299k的结构与上文中参照图37描述的盒20j的结构类似，具有或不具有一些变化。此外，盒20k具有与图7中示出的第一实施例的盒20类似的结构，具有或不具有一些变化。盒20k因此可以通过容器组件200k和适配器299k的组合来构成，如上所述。Housing 22k of cartridge 20k is configured as a combination of a housing for dummy container assembly 200k and a housing for adapter 299k. The structure of the virtual container component 200k and the structure of the adapter 299k is similar to the structure of the box 20j described above with reference to FIG. 37, with or without some changes. Furthermore, the cartridge 20k has a similar structure to the cartridge 20 of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 7 with or without some changes. Cartridge 20k may thus be constructed by the combination of container assembly 200k and adapter 299k, as described above.
E.杆的修改例：E.Modification example of rod:
根据以上实施例，弹性构件682被与杆80(图22)分离地设置。杆80可以由弹性可变性材料制成。参照图39和图40描述杆的修改例。According to the above embodiment, the elastic member 682 is provided separately from the rod 80 ( FIG. 22 ). Rod 80 may be made of an elastically deformable material. Modifications of the lever are described with reference to FIGS. 39 and 40 .
图39A和图39B图示了根据一个修改例的杆80a的结构。图39A是示出了杆80a的外观的立体图，并且图39B是示出了杆80a的外观的侧视图。其与第一实施例的杆80的差异是杆80a额外地具有能够弹性变形的臂构件890、具有不同的形状的操作构件830a并且不包括凹槽870。此外，杆80a与根据第一实施例的杆80(图19)具有类似结构。杆80a由合成树脂(诸如聚丙烯)制成。39A and 39B illustrate the structure of a rod 80a according to a modified example. Fig. 39A is a perspective view showing the appearance of the lever 80a, and Fig. 39B is a side view showing the appearance of the lever 80a. It differs from the lever 80 of the first embodiment in that the lever 80 a additionally has an elastically deformable arm member 890 , an operating member 830 a having a different shape, and does not include the groove 870 . In addition, the rod 80a has a similar structure to the rod 80 ( FIG. 19 ) according to the first embodiment. The rod 80a is made of synthetic resin such as polypropylene.
图40示出了将盒20安装到保持件60a。根据此实施例，盒20具有第一盒侧限制部分210a，而不具有第二部分214(图12)。杆80a的轴体850被安装到第一设备侧壁构件630。当杆80a绕轴体850转动时，臂构件890a抵靠形成为第一设备侧侧壁构件603的一部分的突起部603t，以弹性变形。Fig. 40 shows the installation of the cartridge 20 to the holder 60a. According to this embodiment, the cartridge 20 has the first cartridge side restricting portion 210a, but does not have the second portion 214 (FIG. 12). The shaft body 850 of the rod 80 a is mounted to the first device side wall member 630 . When the lever 80a is rotated around the shaft body 850, the arm member 890a abuts against the protrusion 603t formed as a part of the first device side side wall member 603 to be elastically deformed.
F.盒侧端子的修改例：F. Modification example of box side terminal:
图41A到图41C示出了在电路板上的端子形状的修改例。其与图10A中示出的电路板40的差异是电路板40c-40e具有不同形状的端子431-439。图41A中示出的电路板40c以及图41B中示出的电路板40d上的各个端子具有不规则形状，而不是根据第一实施例的近似矩形形状(图10A)。在图41C中示出的电路板40e中，九个端子431-439排列在一条线上，其中，安装检测端子安装检测端子435和439位于两端，并且安装检测端子431和439分别位于安装检测端子435与电源端子436之间以及安装检测端子439与数据端子438之间。在这些电路板40c到40e中，这些端子431-439(其与对应于这些端子431-439的设备侧端子相接触)的接触部分cp具有与图10A中示出的盒侧端子400相同的布置。各个端子可以具有各种变化的形状，只要接触部分cp具有相同布置。41A to 41C show modified examples of terminal shapes on the circuit board. The difference from the circuit board 40 shown in FIG. 10A is that the circuit boards 40c-40e have differently shaped terminals 431-439. Each terminal on the circuit board 40c shown in FIG. 41A and the circuit board 40d shown in FIG. 41B has an irregular shape instead of the approximately rectangular shape ( FIG. 10A ) according to the first embodiment. In the circuit board 40e shown in FIG. 41C, nine terminals 431-439 are arranged in a line, wherein the installation detection terminals 435 and 439 are located at both ends, and the installation detection terminals 431 and 439 are respectively located at the installation detection terminals 431-439. Between the terminal 435 and the power supply terminal 436 and between the mounting detection terminal 439 and the data terminal 438 . In these circuit boards 40c to 40e, the contact portions cp of these terminals 431-439 (which are in contact with the device-side terminals corresponding to these terminals 431-439) have the same arrangement as that of the box-side terminal 400 shown in FIG. 10A . The respective terminals may have various changed shapes as long as the contact portions cp have the same arrangement.
G.其他修改例：G. Other modification examples:
上文中已经参照图示实施例具体描述了本发明。然而，本发明不局限于以上实施例，而是可以对实施例进行各种改变和修改，而不超出本发明的范围。在下文中描述这些可能修改例的一些示例。The present invention has been specifically described above with reference to the illustrated embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, but various changes and modifications can be made to the embodiments without departing from the scope of the present invention. Some examples of these possible modifications are described below.
G-1.第一修改例：G-1. First modified example:
根据以上实施例，第二盒侧限制部分220被设置在第四面204上，但是可以被适当地省略。例如，当在盒20与保持件60的每个槽之间具有相对小的间隙时，通过第四面204的整个或部分与第二设备侧侧壁构件604抵靠，可以限制盒20的第四面204侧在+Z轴方向上的运动，而不需要第二盒侧限制部分220。根据另一个实施例，例如由橡胶制成的弹性构件可以被设置在盒20的第四面204与保持件60的第二设备侧侧壁构件604之间。盒20的第四面204侧在+Z轴方向上的运动可以通过弹性构件与盒20的第四面204和保持件60的第二设备侧侧壁构件604相抵靠的摩擦来限制。该弹性构件可以是与盒20或保持件60分离的构件，或者可以与盒20的第四面204接合，或者与保持件60的第二设备侧侧壁构件604接合。在不具有第二盒侧限制部分220的应用中，设置在第二设备侧侧壁构件604(图15)上的第二设备侧限制元件620也可以被省略。According to the above embodiment, the second cartridge side restricting portion 220 is provided on the fourth face 204, but may be appropriately omitted. For example, when there is a relatively small gap between the box 20 and each groove of the holder 60, the fourth surface 204 can be limited by abutting the whole or part of the fourth surface 204 against the second device-side side wall member 604. The movement of the four-sided 204 side in the +Z-axis direction does not require the second cartridge-side restricting portion 220 . According to another embodiment, an elastic member, for example made of rubber, may be provided between the fourth face 204 of the case 20 and the second device-side side wall member 604 of the holder 60 . Movement of the fourth face 204 side of the case 20 in the +Z-axis direction may be restricted by friction of the elastic member against the fourth face 204 of the case 20 and the second device-side side wall member 604 of the holder 60 . The elastic member may be a separate member from the case 20 or the holder 60 , or may be engaged with the fourth face 204 of the case 20 or the second device-side side wall member 604 of the holder 60 . In applications without the second case-side restricting portion 220, the second device-side restricting element 620 provided on the second device-side side wall member 604 (FIG. 15) may also be omitted.
第二盒侧限制部分220是根据以上实施例的突起部，但是可以具有另一种形式，例如凹陷部。在后一种应用中，设置在第二设备侧侧壁构件604上的第二设备侧限制元件620可以是突起部。根据另一个实施例，保持件60可以是额外的构件，其被构造为在-Z轴方向上对盒20的第二面202的第四面204侧施压。例如，保持件60可以具有可滑动的棍构件。在盒20被布置在盒室602中之后，盒20的第二面202的第四面204侧可以由棍构件施压。The second case-side restricting portion 220 is a protrusion according to the above embodiment, but may have another form such as a recess. In the latter application, the second device-side restraining element 620 disposed on the second device-side side wall member 604 may be a protrusion. According to another embodiment, the holder 60 may be an additional member configured to press the fourth face 204 side of the second face 202 of the cartridge 20 in the −Z-axis direction. For example, the holder 60 may have a slidable stick member. After the cartridge 20 is arranged in the cartridge chamber 602, the fourth face 204 side of the second face 202 of the cartridge 20 may be pressed by the roller member.
G-2.第二修改例：G-2. Second modified example:
第一盒侧限制部分210被设置在接近根据以上实施例的交叉部295的位置处，但是可以被设置在第三面203上的范围40Y内的任意位置，或者可以被延伸到范围40Y的外部(图12)。将第一盒侧限制部分210定位在范围40内使得能够精细地调整斜面表面和安装到其上的盒侧端子的方向。这确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。The first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is provided at a position close to the intersection 295 according to the above embodiment, but may be provided at any position within the range 40Y on the third face 203, or may be extended to the outside of the range 40Y (Figure 12). Positioning the first box-side restricting portion 210 within the range 40 enables fine adjustment of the orientation of the sloped surface and the box-side terminal mounted thereto. This ensures stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal.
G-3.第三修改例：G-3. The third modified example:
根据以上实施例，如图22所示，杆80具有一对轴体850，并且固定件690具有支承元件654。根据另一个实施例，杆80可以具有支承元件，并且固定件690可以具有轴体。根据以上实施例，杆80和包括第二固定构件680的固定件690被使用并且被安装到保持件60，以以与印刷机的组装。然而，固定件690不是必要的。根据另一个实施例，支承构件可以与保持件60的外壁603W一体地形成，以接收和固定杆80。According to the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22 , the rod 80 has a pair of shaft bodies 850 , and the fixing member 690 has the supporting member 654 . According to another embodiment, the rod 80 can have a bearing element and the fixing 690 can have a shaft. According to the above embodiments, the rod 80 and the fixing member 690 including the second fixing member 680 are used and mounted to the holder 60 for assembly with the printing machine. However, the fixing member 690 is not necessary. According to another embodiment, a support member may be integrally formed with the outer wall 603W of the holder 60 to receive and secure the rod 80 .
G-4.第四修改例：G-4. Fourth modified example:
如上所述，本发明不局限于喷墨印刷机以及其墨盒，但是可以应用到被构造为喷射除了墨水之外的液体及其液体容器的各种液体喷射设备，例如但不局限于下文中给出的液体喷射设备以及它们的液体容器：As mentioned above, the present invention is not limited to inkjet printers and ink cartridges thereof, but can be applied to various liquid ejection devices configured to eject liquids other than ink and liquid containers thereof, such as but not limited to the following Liquid ejection devices and their liquid containers:
1.图像记录设备，诸如传真机；1. Image recording equipment, such as facsimile machines;
2.彩色材料喷射设备，其制造用于图像显示装置(例如，液晶显示器)的彩色滤光片；2. Color material jetting equipment that manufactures color filters for image display devices (for example, liquid crystal displays);
3.电极材料喷射设备，其用于形成例如有机EL(电致发光)显示器和场发射显示器(FED)的电极；3. Electrode material jetting equipment used to form electrodes such as organic EL (Electroluminescence) displays and Field Emission Displays (FED);
4.液体喷射设备，其被构造为喷射用于制造生物芯片的含有生物有机材料的液体；4. A liquid ejection device configured to eject a liquid containing a bioorganic material for manufacturing a biochip;
5.用于精确移液管的样品喷射设备；5. Sample injection equipment for precise pipetting;
6.润滑油喷洒设备；6. Lubricating oil spraying equipment;
7.树脂溶液喷洒设备；7. Resin solution spraying equipment;
8.液体喷洒设备，其用于在包括手表和相机的精确机械加工中极微小地喷洒润滑油；8. Liquid spraying equipment for minutely spraying lubricating oil in precision machining including watches and cameras;
9.液体喷射设备，其被构造为将诸如紫外硬化树脂溶液的数值溶液喷射到衬底上，以制造用于例如光学通信元件的半球形微透镜(半透镜)；9. A liquid jetting apparatus configured to jet a numerical solution such as an ultraviolet hardening resin solution onto a substrate to manufacture a hemispherical microlens (semi-lens) for, for example, an optical communication element;
10.液体喷洒设备，其被构造为喷洒酸性或碱性蚀刻溶液，以对衬底进行蚀刻；以及10. A liquid spraying device configured to spray an acidic or alkaline etching solution to etch a substrate; and
11.(11)液体喷射设备，其装备有用于喷射另一种任意液体的非常小体积的液滴的液体喷射头。11. (11) A liquid ejection apparatus equipped with a liquid ejection head for ejecting very small-volume liquid droplets of another arbitrary liquid.
“液体液滴”表示从液体喷射设备喷射的液体的状态，并且可以是颗粒形状、泪滴形状或渐细的线状形状。这里的“液体”可以是能够由液体喷射设备喷射的任何材料。“液体”可以使处于液相的任何材料。例如，高流速或低流速的液态材料、溶胶、凝胶水、各种无机溶剂和有机溶剂、溶液、液体树脂和液体金属(金属融化物)都被包括在“液体”中。“液体”不局限于物质三种状态之一的液态，但是包括功能性固态材料颗粒的溶液、分散体和混合物，诸如溶解、分散或混合在溶剂中的染料颗粒或金属颗粒。液体的典型示例包括在以上实施例中描述的墨水以及液晶。“墨水”包括一般水基墨水和油基墨水，以及各种液体成分，诸如凝胶体墨水和热熔解墨水，但是不局限于这些。"Liquid droplet" means the state of liquid ejected from a liquid ejection device, and may be in a particle shape, a teardrop shape, or a tapering line shape. A "liquid" here may be any material capable of being ejected by a liquid ejecting device. "Liquid" may be any material in a liquid phase. For example, liquid materials at high or low flow rates, sols, gel waters, various inorganic and organic solvents, solutions, liquid resins, and liquid metals (metal melts) are all included in "liquid". "Liquid" is not limited to a liquid state, one of the three states of matter, but includes solutions, dispersions and mixtures of functional solid material particles, such as dye particles or metal particles dissolved, dispersed, or mixed in a solvent. Typical examples of the liquid include the inks described in the above embodiments and liquid crystals. "Ink" includes, but is not limited to, general water-based inks and oil-based inks, as well as various liquid compositions such as gel inks and thermal melt inks.
G-5.第五修改例：G-5. Fifth modification example:
本发明可以通过以下变化例来完成。在每个变化例中在每个要素之后的括号中的符号对应于在第一实施例中描述的各个要素的符号。The present invention can be accomplished by the following modifications. The symbols in parentheses after each element in each modification correspond to the symbols of the respective elements described in the first embodiment.
G-5-1.第一变化例：G-5-1. The first variation example:
一种可拆卸地安装到印刷设备(50)的盒(20)包括：布置为形成盒的外表面的第一面(201)，第一面(201)具有与印刷设备连接的墨水供应结构(280)；与第一面(201)相对的第二面(202)；第三面(203)，其被布置为具有与第二面(202)相连接的一边(191)和与一边(291)相反的另一边(290)，第三面(203)被相对于相对方向(Z轴方向)定位在第一面(201)与第二面(202)之间，第一面(201)和第二面(202)在相对方向上彼此相对；与第三面(203)相对的第四面(204)，第四面(204)被布置为将第一面(201)与第二面(202)相连接；角部分(265)，其布置为形成将第一面(201)与第三面(203)相连接的外表面(265)；设置在角部分(265)上的盒侧端子(400)，盒侧端子(400)被布置为在盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)的安装状态中从印刷设备(50)的设备侧端子(700)接收对盒(20)向上施压的外力；以及第一盒侧限制部分(210)，其设置在第三面(203)上并且被布置为在安装状态中由印刷设备(50)的杆(80)锁止，并且由此限制盒(20)在向上施压的方向上的运动，其中，第一盒侧限制部分210被设置在接近盒侧端子(400)的位置处。A cartridge (20) removably mountable to a printing device (50) comprising: a first face (201) arranged to form an outer surface of the cartridge, the first face (201) having an ink supply structure ( 280); the second face (202) opposite to the first face (201); the third face (203), which is arranged to have one side (191) connected to the second face (202) and one side (291 ) opposite the other side (290), the third surface (203) is positioned between the first surface (201) and the second surface (202) relative to the opposite direction (Z axis direction), the first surface (201) and The second face (202) faces each other in the opposite direction; the fourth face (204) opposite to the third face (203), the fourth face (204) is arranged to connect the first face (201) with the second face ( 202) are connected; the corner portion (265), which is arranged to form the outer surface (265) connecting the first face (201) with the third face (203); the box-side terminal provided on the corner portion (265) (400), the box-side terminal (400) is arranged to receive the box (20) upward from the equipment-side terminal (700) of the printing equipment (50) in the installed state in which the box (20) is installed to the printing equipment (50) an external force of pressure; and a first box side limiting portion (210), which is provided on the third face (203) and is arranged to be locked by the lever (80) of the printing device (50) in the installed state, and by This restricts the movement of the cartridge (20) in an upwardly pressing direction, wherein the first cartridge side restricting portion 210 is provided at a position close to the cartridge side terminal (400).
G-5-2.第二变化例：G-5-2. The second variation example:
一种可拆卸地安装到印刷设备(50)的盒(20)包括：布置为形成盒的外表面的第一面(201)，第一面(201)具有与印刷设备连接的墨水供应结构(280)；与第一面(201)相对的第二面(202)；第三面(203)，其被布置为具有与第二面(202)相连接的一边(191)和与一边(291)相反的另一边(290)，第三面(203)被相对于相对方向(Z轴方向)定位在第一面(201)与第二面(202)之间，第一面(201)和第二面(202)在相对方向上彼此相对；与第三面(203)相对的第四面(204)，第四面(204)被布置为将第一面(201)与第二面(202)相连接；角部分(265)，其布置为形成将第一面(201)与第三面(203)相连接的外表面(265)；设置在角部分(265)上的盒侧端子(400)，盒侧端子(400)被布置为在盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)的安装状态下从印刷设备(50)的设备侧端子(700)接收对盒(20)向上施压的外力；以及第一盒侧限制部分(210)，其设置在第三面(203)上并且被布置为在安装状态下由印刷设备(50)的杆(80)锁止，并且由此限制盒(20)在向上施压的方向上的运动，其中，第一盒侧限制部分(210)被设置在相比于接近一边(291)更接近另一边(290)的位置处。A cartridge (20) removably mountable to a printing device (50) comprising: a first face (201) arranged to form an outer surface of the cartridge, the first face (201) having an ink supply structure ( 280); the second face (202) opposite to the first face (201); the third face (203), which is arranged to have one side (191) connected to the second face (202) and one side (291 ) opposite the other side (290), the third surface (203) is positioned between the first surface (201) and the second surface (202) relative to the opposite direction (Z axis direction), the first surface (201) and The second face (202) faces each other in the opposite direction; the fourth face (204) opposite to the third face (203), the fourth face (204) is arranged to connect the first face (201) with the second face ( 202) are connected; the corner portion (265), which is arranged to form the outer surface (265) connecting the first face (201) with the third face (203); the box-side terminal provided on the corner portion (265) (400), the box-side terminal (400) is arranged to receive the box (20) upward from the equipment-side terminal (700) of the printing equipment (50) in the installed state where the box (20) is installed to the printing equipment (50) the external force of pressing; and the first box side limiting portion (210), which is arranged on the third surface (203) and is arranged to be locked by the lever (80) of the printing device (50) in the installed state, and by This restricts movement of the case (20) in an upwardly pressing direction, wherein the first case side restricting portion (210) is provided at a position closer to the other side (290) than to one side (291).
G-5-3.第三变化例：G-5-3. The third variation example:
一种可拆卸地安装到印刷设备(50)的盒(20)包括：布置为形成盒的外表面的第一面(201)，第一面(201)具有与印刷设备连接的墨水供应结构(280)；与第一面(201)相对的第二面(202)；第三面(203)，其被布置为具有与第二面(202)相连接的一边(191)和与一边(291)相反的另一边(290)，第三面(203)被相对于相对方向(Z轴方向)定位在第一面(201)与第二面(202)之间，第一面(201)和第二面(202)在相对方向上彼此相对；与第三面(203)相对的第四面(204)，第四面(204)被布置为将第一面(201)与第二面(202)相连接；角部分(265)，其布置为形成将第一面(201)与第三面(203)相连接的外表面(265)；设置在角部分(265)上的盒侧端子(400)，盒侧端子(400)被布置为在盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)的安装状态下从印刷设备(50)的设备侧端子(700)接收对盒(20)向上施压的外力；以及第一盒侧限制部分(210)，其设置在第三面(203)上并且被布置为在安装状态下由印刷设备(50)的杆(80)锁止，并且由此限制盒(20)在向上施压的方向上的运动，其中，第一盒侧限制部分(210)被设置在相比于接近一边(291)更接近另一边(290)的位置处。A cartridge (20) removably mountable to a printing device (50) comprising: a first face (201) arranged to form an outer surface of the cartridge, the first face (201) having an ink supply structure ( 280); the second face (202) opposite to the first face (201); the third face (203), which is arranged to have one side (191) connected to the second face (202) and one side (291 ) opposite the other side (290), the third surface (203) is positioned between the first surface (201) and the second surface (202) relative to the opposite direction (Z axis direction), the first surface (201) and The second face (202) faces each other in the opposite direction; the fourth face (204) opposite to the third face (203), the fourth face (204) is arranged to connect the first face (201) with the second face ( 202) are connected; the corner portion (265), which is arranged to form the outer surface (265) connecting the first face (201) with the third face (203); the box-side terminal provided on the corner portion (265) (400), the box-side terminal (400) is arranged to receive the box (20) upward from the equipment-side terminal (700) of the printing equipment (50) in the installed state where the box (20) is installed to the printing equipment (50) the external force of pressing; and the first box side limiting portion (210), which is arranged on the third surface (203) and is arranged to be locked by the lever (80) of the printing device (50) in the installed state, and by This restricts movement of the case (20) in an upwardly pressing direction, wherein the first case side restricting portion (210) is provided at a position closer to the other side (290) than to one side (291).
与上述第一实施例类似，第一到第三变化例中的任何一者有利地防止了盒侧端子相对于印刷设备的位置错配，并且由此确保盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。在第一到第三变化例中的任何一者中，当在安装状态下在相对方向(Z轴方向)中从第一面侧向第二面侧的方向是+Z轴方向并且从第二面侧到第一面侧的方向是-Z轴方向时，第一盒侧限制部分优选地位于杆的旋转轴的-Z轴方向侧上。Similar to the first embodiment described above, any one of the first to third modification examples advantageously prevents positional misalignment of the cartridge-side terminal with respect to the printing device, and thereby ensures communication between the cartridge-side terminal and the device-side terminal. Stable electrical connection. In any of the first to third modification examples, when the direction from the first surface side to the second surface side in the opposite direction (Z-axis direction) in the mounted state is the +Z-axis direction and from the second When the direction from the face side to the first face side is the -Z-axis direction, the first case-side restricting portion is preferably located on the -Z-axis direction side of the rotation axis of the lever.
G-5-4.第四变化例G-5-4. Fourth Variation
一种可拆卸地安装到印刷设备(50)的盒(20)包括：与印刷设备连接的墨水供应结构(280)；盒侧端子(400)，其被布置为在盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)的安装状态下从印刷设备(50)的设备侧端子(700)接收对盒(20)向上施压的外力；以及第一盒侧限制部分(210)，其位于与盒侧端子(400)相同侧并且被布置为在安装状态下由印刷设备(50)的杆(80)锁止，并且由此限制盒(20)在向上施压的方向上的运动，其中，第一盒侧限制部分(210)被设置在接近盒侧端子(700)的位置处。A cartridge (20) detachably mounted to a printing device (50) comprising: an ink supply structure (280) connected to the printing device; a cartridge-side terminal (400) arranged to In the installed state of the printing device (50), an external force that presses the cartridge (20) upward is received from the device side terminal (700) of the printing device (50); The terminal (400) is on the same side and is arranged to be locked by the lever (80) of the printing device (50) in the installed state, and thus restricts the movement of the cartridge (20) in an upwardly pressing direction, wherein the first The box-side restricting portion (210) is provided at a position close to the box-side terminal (700).
当向上施压方向是+Z轴方向并且向上施压方向的相反方向是-Z轴方向时，第一盒侧限制部分优选地位于杆的旋转轴的-Z轴方向侧上。When the upward pressing direction is the +Z axis direction and the opposite direction to the upward pressing direction is the -Z axis direction, the first cartridge side restricting portion is preferably located on the -Z axis direction side of the rotation axis of the lever.
与上述第一实施例类似，第四变化例有利地防止了盒侧端子相对于印刷设备的位置错配，并且由此确保盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Similar to the above-described first embodiment, the fourth modification advantageously prevents positional misalignment of the cartridge-side terminal relative to the printing device, and thus ensures stable electrical connection between the cartridge-side terminal and the device-side terminal.
G-6.第六修改例G-6. Sixth modification
本发明可以通过以下变化例来完成。在每个变化例中在每个要素之后的括号中的符号对应于在第一实施例中描述的各个要素的符号。The present invention can be accomplished by the following modifications. The symbols in parentheses after each element in each modification correspond to the symbols of the respective elements described in the first embodiment.
G-6-1.第一变化例：G-6-1. The first variation example:
一种可拆卸地安装到印刷设备(50)的盒(20)包括：布置为形成盒的外表面的第一面(201)，第一面(201)具有与印刷设备连接的印刷材料供应结构(280)；与第一面(201)相对的第二面(202)；第三面(203)，其被布置为具有与第二面(202)相连接的一边(191)和与一边(291)相反的另一边(290)，第三面(203)被相对于相对方向(Z轴方向)定位在第一面(201)与第二面(202)之间，相对方向是第一面(201)和第二面(202)在该方向上彼此相对的方向；与第三面(203)相对的第四面(204)，第四面(204)被布置与第一面(201)和第二面(202)交叉；第五面(205)，其被布置为与第一面(201)、第二面(202)、第三面(203)和第四面(204)交叉；与第五面(205)相对的第六面(206)；角部分(265)，其布置为形成将第一面(201)与第三面(203)相连接的外表面(265)；设置在角部分(265)上的盒侧端子(400)，盒侧端子(400)被布置为在盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)的安装状态中从印刷设备(50)的设备侧端子(700)接收对盒(20)向上施压的外力；以及第一盒侧限制部分(210)，其设置在第三面(203)上并且被布置为在安装状态中由印刷设备(50)的杆(80)锁止，并且由此限制盒(20)在向上施压的方向上的运动，其中，相对于第五面(205)与第六面(206)的相对方向(Y轴方向)，第一盒侧限制部分210不位于其中设置了盒侧端子(400)的范围外侧而是位于其内侧。A cassette (20) removably mountable to a printing device (50) comprising: a first face (201) arranged to form an outer surface of the cassette, the first face (201) having a printing material supply structure connected to the printing device (280); a second face (202) opposite to the first face (201); a third face (203), which is arranged to have a side (191) connected to the second face (202) and a side ( 291) On the opposite side (290), the third surface (203) is positioned between the first surface (201) and the second surface (202) relative to the relative direction (Z axis direction), the relative direction is the first surface (201) and the direction that the second face (202) is opposite to each other in this direction; The fourth face (204) opposite to the third face (203), the fourth face (204) is arranged with the first face (201) intersecting the second face (202); a fifth face (205) arranged to intersect the first face (201), the second face (202), the third face (203) and the fourth face (204); a sixth face (206) opposite the fifth face (205); a corner portion (265) arranged to form an outer surface (265) connecting the first face (201) with the third face (203); providing The box side terminal (400) on the corner portion (265), the box side terminal (400) is arranged to be installed from the equipment side of the printing equipment (50) in the installation state of the box (20) to the printing equipment (50) The terminal (700) receives an external force that presses the cartridge (20) upward; and the first cartridge side restricting portion (210) is provided on the third surface (203) and is arranged to be printed by the printing device (50) in the installed state. ) of the rod (80) is locked, and thereby restricts the movement of the box (20) in the direction of upward pressure, wherein, relative to the relative direction (Y axis) of the fifth surface (205) and the sixth surface (206) direction), the first box-side restricting portion 210 is located not outside but inside the range in which the box-side terminal (400) is provided.
G-6-2.第二变化例：G-6-2. The second variation example:
一种可拆卸地安装到印刷设备(50)的盒(20)包括：与印刷设备连接的印刷材料供应结构(280)；盒侧端子(400)，其被设置在盒(20)的外表面上，盒侧端子(400)被布置为在盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)的安装状态下从印刷设备(50)的设备侧端子(700)接收对盒(20)向上施压的外力；以及第一盒侧限制部分(211)，其位于与盒侧端子(400)相同侧的外表面上，第一盒侧限制部分(211)被布置为在安装状态下由印刷设备(50)的杆(80)锁止，以限制盒(20)在向上施压的方向(+Z轴方向)上的运动，其中，相对于盒的宽度方向，第一盒侧限制部分(211)不位于其中设置了盒侧端子(400)的范围(40Y)的外侧而是位于其内侧。根据第一或第二变化例，盒侧端子从设备侧端子接收沿着向上施压方向的力。这使得能够惊喜地调整设置了盒侧端子的部分的方向并且确保了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。根据第一或第二变化例，优选地第一盒侧限制部分位于杆的旋转轴的下方。这里的术语“下方”例如对应于-Z轴方向或者与向上施压方向相反的方向。A cartridge (20) detachably mounted to a printing device (50) comprising: a printing material supply structure (280) connected to the printing device; a cartridge-side terminal (400), which is arranged on an outer surface of the cartridge (20) Above, the cartridge-side terminal (400) is arranged to receive upward pressure on the cartridge (20) from the device-side terminal (700) of the printing device (50) in the mounted state where the cartridge (20) is mounted to the printing device (50) external force; and a first box-side limiting portion (211), which is located on the outer surface of the same side as the box-side terminal (400), the first box-side limiting portion (211) is arranged to be printed by the printing device ( The lever (80) of 50) is locked to limit the movement of the box (20) in the upwardly pressing direction (+Z axis direction), wherein, with respect to the width direction of the box, the first box side limiting portion (211) It is located not outside but inside the range (40Y) in which the box-side terminal (400) is provided. According to the first or second modification, the box-side terminal receives a force in the upward pressing direction from the device-side terminal. This enables surprising adjustment of the direction of the portion where the box-side terminal is provided and ensures stable electrical connection between the box-side terminal and the device-side terminal. According to the first or second variant, it is preferred that the first case-side restricting portion is located below the rotation axis of the lever. The term "below" here corresponds to, for example, the -Z-axis direction or the direction opposite to the upward pressing direction.
G-7.第七修改例：G-7. The seventh modified example:
本发明可以通过以下描述和变化来完成。在每个描述中在每个要素之后的括号中的符号对应于在第一实施例中描述的各个要素的符号。The present invention can be carried out by the following descriptions and changes. The symbols in parentheses after each element in each description correspond to the symbols of the respective elements described in the first embodiment.
G-7-1.第一变化例G-7-1. First Variation
一种适合于可拆卸地安装到喷墨印刷设备(50)上的墨盒(20)，喷墨印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其被构造并布置为当墨盒(20)被设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)施压时将弹性力(Pt)施加到墨盒(20)，喷墨印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，墨盒(20)包括：盒体(22)，其包括前部(203)、后部(204)、顶部(202)和底部(201)，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对并且顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其定位在盒体(22)的底部(201)处，适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了墨盒(20)的平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其定位为紧接盒体(22)的前部(203)，端子支承结构(408)具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)适合于并被布置在端子支承结构(408)上，以当墨盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制墨盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)。An ink cartridge (20) adapted to be detachably mounted to an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members (731-739) constructed and arranged as The elastic force (Pt) is applied to the ink cartridge (20) when the ink cartridge (20) is pressed by the device side contact forming member (731-739), the inkjet printing device (50) further includes a lever ( 80), ink cartridge (20) comprises: box body (22), and it comprises front (203), rear (204), top (202) and bottom (201), front (203) and rear (204) Opposite each other and the top (202) and bottom (201) opposite each other; electronic device; ink chamber (200) for containing ink; ink supply structure (280), which is positioned at the bottom (201) of the box body (22) , suitable for and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a front edge (288) in the mounting direction (SD), the front edge defines the ink cartridge Plane (BP) of (20); terminal support structure (408), it is positioned as close to the front portion (203) of box body (22), terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electrical conductivity connected with electronic device The terminal (400), the terminal (400) is suitable for and arranged on the terminal support structure (408), so that when the ink cartridge (20) is installed on the printing device (50), the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) ) is in contact with the contact forming member (731-739) and receives the elastic force (Pt) therefrom, the contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in the contact portion plane (TP), the contact portion plane is neither connected with the front edge ( 288) is parallel to the plane (BP) defined by it and is not perpendicular thereto; and a first restricting portion (210), which is adapted to engage with the engaging portion (810) of the rod (80), to restrict the ink cartridge (20) in the installation direction ( SD) movement in the opposite direction (RD), the engagement portion (212) of the first restraint portion (210) is positioned adjacent the terminal support structure (408).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer . Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的墨盒，其中，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The ink cartridge as above, wherein the contact portion plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的墨盒，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒体(20)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧接触部分的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧。The above-mentioned ink cartridge, wherein, when the front portion (203) of the cartridge body (20) is observed in a state where the ink supply structure (280) faces downward, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at more than one position. The left side of the rightmost contact portion of a terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400).
当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，墨盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink cartridge is mounted on a printing device, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the ink cartridge can be inclined enough so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的墨盒(20)，还包括在墨盒(20)的后部(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于并且被构造为与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the rear portion (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restricting portion (220) being adapted and configured to be compatible with inkjet printing Parts (620) of the device (50) are joined, wherein the joined portion of the second restricting part (220) is in contact with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). The distance (B) between the plane (BP) defined by the edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). ).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the possibility of detachment of the first limiting portion from the printing press engagement portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的墨盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧观察墨盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side where the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink supply structure (280) faces downward, when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed along the The distance between the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). The distance (A) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is installed.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的墨盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧(203)观察墨盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) facing downwards of the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) , the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is installed.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is on the left side of the pivot point of the lever when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的墨盒，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察盒体(22)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于墨盒(20)的宽度中央处。The ink cartridge as described above, wherein, when the front portion (203) of the cartridge body (22) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, at least a part of the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) It is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的墨盒，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底面(201)基本齐平。The ink cartridge as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the bottom surface (201).
G-7-2.第二变化例G-7-2. Second Variation
一种适合于可拆卸地安装到喷墨印刷设备(50)上的墨盒(20)，喷墨印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其被构造并布置为当墨盒(20)被设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)施压时将弹性力(Pt)施加到墨盒(20)，喷墨印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，墨盒(20)包括：盒体(22)，其包括前部(203)、后部(204)、顶部(202)和底部(201)，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对并且顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其定位在盒体(22)的底部(201)处，适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了墨盒(20)的平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其定位为紧接盒体(22)的前部(203)，端子支承结构(408)具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)适合于并被布置在端子支承结构(408)上，以当墨盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上时与喷墨印刷设备(50)的接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)被基本布置在端子平面(TP)中，端子平面既不与前边缘(288)的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制墨盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)。An ink cartridge (20) adapted to be detachably mounted to an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members (731-739) constructed and arranged as The elastic force (Pt) is applied to the ink cartridge (20) when the ink cartridge (20) is pressed by the device side contact forming member (731-739), the inkjet printing device (50) further includes a lever ( 80), ink cartridge (20) comprises: box body (22), and it comprises front (203), rear (204), top (202) and bottom (201), front (203) and rear (204) Opposite each other and the top (202) and bottom (201) opposite each other; electronic device; ink chamber (200) for containing ink; ink supply structure (280), which is positioned at the bottom (201) of the box body (22) , suitable for and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a front edge (288) in the mounting direction (SD), the front edge defines the ink cartridge Plane (BP) of (20); terminal support structure (408), it is positioned as close to the front portion (203) of box body (22), terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electrical conductivity connected with electronic device a terminal (400), the terminal (400) being adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure (408) to form contact with the inkjet printing device (50) when the ink cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing device (50) The members (731-739) are in contact and receive a spring force (Pt) therefrom, and the terminals (400) are arranged substantially in a terminal plane (TP), which is neither parallel nor parallel to the plane (BP) of the front edge (288). not perpendicular thereto; and a first restricting portion (210), which is adapted to engage with the engaging portion (810) of the rod (80), to restrict the movement of the ink cartridge (20) in the direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD). movement, the engaging portion (212) of the first restraining portion (210) is positioned adjacent the terminal support structure (408).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的端子平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer. Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的墨盒，其中，端子平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The ink cartridge as above, wherein the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当端子平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the terminal plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288, excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的墨盒，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒体(20)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧。The above-mentioned ink cartridge, wherein, when the front portion (203) of the cartridge body (20) is observed in a state where the ink supply structure (280) faces downward, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at more than one position. to the left of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400).
当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧，墨盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink cartridge is mounted on a printing device, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first limiting portion to the left of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400), the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently so that the plurality of terminals The electrical contact between the contact forming member with the device side can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的墨盒(20)，还包括在墨盒(20)的后部(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于并且被构造为与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the rear portion (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restricting portion (220) being adapted and configured to be compatible with inkjet printing Parts (620) of the device (50) are joined, wherein the joined portion of the second restricting part (220) is in contact with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). The distance (B) between the plane (BP) defined by the edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). ).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的墨盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧观察墨盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side where the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink supply structure (280) faces downward, when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed along the The distance between the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). The distance (A) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is installed.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的墨盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧(203)观察墨盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) facing downwards of the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) , the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is installed.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is on the left side of the pivot point of the lever when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的墨盒，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察盒体(22)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于墨盒(20)的宽度中央处。The ink cartridge as described above, wherein, when the front portion (203) of the cartridge body (22) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, at least a part of the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) It is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的墨盒，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底部(201)基本齐平。An ink cartridge as described above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the bottom (201).
G-7-3.第三变化例G-7-3. Third Variation
一种适合于可拆卸地安装到喷墨印刷设备(50)上的墨盒(20)，喷墨印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其被构造并布置为当墨盒(20)被设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)施压时将弹性力(Pt)施加到墨盒(20)，喷墨印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，墨盒(20)包括：盒体(22)，其包括第一表面(203)、第二表面(204)、第三表面(202)和第四表面(201)，第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)彼此相对并且第三表面(202)和第四表面(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其定位在盒体(22)的第四表面(201)处，适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了墨盒(20)的平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其定位为紧接盒体(22)的第一表面(203)，端子支承结构(408)具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，接触部分(cp)适合于并被布置在接触部分结构(408)上，以当墨盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，接触部分(400)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与前边缘(288)的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制墨盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)。An ink cartridge (20) adapted to be detachably mounted to an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members (731-739) constructed and arranged as The elastic force (Pt) is applied to the ink cartridge (20) when the ink cartridge (20) is pressed by the device side contact forming member (731-739), the inkjet printing device (50) further includes a lever ( 80), the ink cartridge (20) includes: a box body (22), which includes a first surface (203), a second surface (204), a third surface (202) and a fourth surface (201), the first surface (203 ) and the second surface (204) are opposite to each other and the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201) are opposite to each other; the electronic device; the ink chamber (200) for containing the ink; the ink supply structure (280), which is positioned At the fourth surface (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a mounting direction (SD ) on the front edge (288), the front edge defines the plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); the terminal support structure (408), which is positioned as close to the first surface (203) of the box body (22), the terminal support The structure (408) has a plurality of electrical conductivity terminals (400) connected to the electronic device, the contact part (cp) is adapted and arranged on the contact part structure (408), so that when the ink cartridge (20) is mounted to the printing device When (50) is on, at the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) is in contact with the contact forming member (731-739) and receives the elastic force (Pt) therefrom, the contact portion (400) is arranged substantially at the contact portion plane (TP), the plane of the contact portion is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) of the front edge (288); ) engagement to restrict movement of the ink cartridge (20) in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD), the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer . Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的墨盒，其中，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The ink cartridge as above, wherein the contact portion plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的墨盒，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒体(20)的第一表面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧接触部分的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧。The ink cartridge as described above, wherein when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (20) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at The left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400) and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400).
当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，墨盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink cartridge is mounted on a printing device, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the ink cartridge can be inclined enough so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的墨盒(20)，还包括在墨盒(20)的第二表面(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于并且被构造为与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the second surface (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restricting portion (220) being adapted and configured to be compatible with the ink jet Parts (620) of the printing device (50) are joined, wherein the joined portion of the second limiting part (220) is connected to the part defined by the The distance (B) between the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is greater than the distance ( A).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的墨盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧观察墨盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side where the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink supply structure (280) faces downward, when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed along the The distance between the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). The distance (A) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is installed.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的墨盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧(203)观察墨盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) facing downwards of the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) , the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is installed.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is on the left side of the pivot point of the lever when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的墨盒，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察盒体(22)的第一表面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于墨盒(20)的宽度中央处。The ink cartridge as described above, wherein, when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, at least A portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the cartridge (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的墨盒，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与第四表面(201)基本齐平。The ink cartridge as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the fourth surface (201).
G-7-4.第四变化例G-7-4. Fourth Variation
一种适合于可拆卸地安装到喷墨印刷设备(50)上的墨盒(20)，喷墨印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其被构造并布置为当墨盒(20)被设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)施压时将弹性力(Pt)施加到墨盒(20)，喷墨印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，墨盒(20)包括：盒体(22)，其包括第一表面(203)、第二表面(204)、第三表面(202)和第四表面(201)，第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)彼此相对并且第三表面(202)和第四表面(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其定位在盒体(22)的第四表面(201)处，适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了墨盒(20)的平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其定位为紧接盒体(22)的第一表面(203)，端子支承结构(408)具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)适合于并被布置在端子支承结构(408)上，以当墨盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上时与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)被基本布置在端子平面(TP)中，端子平面既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直，使得来自设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)的弹性力(Pt)的矢量成分将墨盒沿着与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)推动；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制墨盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)。An ink cartridge (20) adapted to be detachably mounted to an inkjet printing apparatus (50), the inkjet printing apparatus (50) comprising a plurality of apparatus side contact forming members (731-739) constructed and arranged as The elastic force (Pt) is applied to the ink cartridge (20) when the ink cartridge (20) is pressed by the device side contact forming member (731-739), the inkjet printing device (50) further includes a lever ( 80), the ink cartridge (20) includes: a box body (22), which includes a first surface (203), a second surface (204), a third surface (202) and a fourth surface (201), the first surface (203 ) and the second surface (204) are opposite to each other and the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201) are opposite to each other; the electronic device; the ink chamber (200) for containing the ink; the ink supply structure (280), which is positioned At the fourth surface (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a mounting direction (SD ) on the front edge (288), the front edge defines the plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); the terminal support structure (408), which is positioned as close to the first surface (203) of the box body (22), the terminal support The structure (408) has a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) connected to the electronic device, the terminals (400) are adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure (408), so that when the ink cartridge (20) is mounted to the printing device ( 50) is in contact with the contact forming member (731-739) and receives the elastic force (Pt) therefrom, the terminal (400) is arranged substantially in the terminal plane (TP), the terminal plane is neither in contact with the front edge (288) The plane of is neither parallel nor perpendicular to it, so that the vector component of the elastic force (Pt) from the device-side contact forming members (731-739) pushes the ink cartridge in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD); and the first A limiting portion (210) adapted to engage with the engaging portion (810) of the lever (80) to limit movement of the ink cartridge (20) in a direction (RD) opposite to the installation direction (SD), the first limiting portion ( Engaging portion (212) of 210) is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的端子平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer. Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的墨盒，其中，端子平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The ink cartridge as above, wherein the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当端子平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the terminal plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288, excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的墨盒，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒体(20)的第一表面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧接触部分的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧。The ink cartridge as described above, wherein when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (20) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at The left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400) and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400).
当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，墨盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink cartridge is mounted on a printing device, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the ink cartridge can be inclined enough so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的墨盒(20)，还包括在墨盒(20)的第二表面(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于并且被构造为与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the second surface (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restricting portion (220) being adapted and configured to be compatible with the ink jet Parts (620) of the printing device (50) are joined, wherein the joined portion of the second limiting part (220) is connected to the part defined by the The distance (B) between the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is greater than the distance ( A).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的墨盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧观察墨盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side where the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink supply structure (280) faces downward, when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed along the The distance between the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). The distance (A) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的墨盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧(203)观察墨盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The ink cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) facing downwards of the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the ink supply structure (280) , the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is installed.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is on the left side of the pivot point of the lever when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的墨盒，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察盒体(22)的第一表面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于墨盒(20)的宽度中央处。The ink cartridge as described above, wherein, when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, at least A portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the cartridge (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的墨盒，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与第四表面(201)基本齐平。The ink cartridge as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the fourth surface (201).
G-7-5.第五变化例G-7-5. Fifth Variation
一种墨盒(20)和喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分的组合，该组合包括：喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分，该部分包括：多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其将弹性力(Pt)施加到墨盒(20)；以及具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)；墨盒(20)，墨盒(20)包括：盒体(22)，其包括前部(203)、后部(204)、顶部(202)和底部(201)，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对并且顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对；用于容纳墨水的墨水室(200)；电子装置；墨水供应结构(280)，其定位在盒体(22)的底部(201)处，适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了墨盒(20)的平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其定位为紧接盒体(22)的前部(203)，端子支承结构(408)具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)在端子支承结构(408)上，以在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制墨盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)。A combination of an ink cartridge (20) and a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the combination comprising: a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the part comprising: a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), It applies elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20); and a rod (80) having an engaging portion (810); the ink cartridge (20), the ink cartridge (20) includes: a box body (22), which includes a front portion (203 ), the rear (204), the top (202) and the bottom (201), the front (203) and the rear (204) are opposite to each other and the top (202) and the bottom (201) are opposite to each other; ink for holding ink chamber (200); electronics; ink supply structure (280), positioned at the bottom (201) of the cartridge (22), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a front edge (288) on the installation direction (SD), and the front edge defines the plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); the terminal support structure (408), which is located next to The front portion (203) of the box body (22), the terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electrical conductivity terminals (400) connected with the electronic device, and the terminals (400) are on the terminal support structure (408), so that the terminal support structure (408) The contact portion (cp) of (400) is in contact with the contact forming member (731-739) and receives the elastic force (Pt) therefrom, the contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in the contact portion plane (TP), the contact portion the plane is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the front edge (288); and a first restricting portion (210), which engages with the engagement portion (810) of the rod (80) to restrict the ink cartridge (20) in the installation direction (SD) Movement in the opposite direction (RD), the engagement portion (212) of the first restraint portion (210) is positioned adjacent the terminal support structure (408).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer . Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的组合，其中，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The combination as above, wherein the contact portion plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的组合，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒体(20)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧接触部分的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧。The combination as described above, wherein when the front portion (203) of the cartridge body (20) is viewed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at more than one position. The left side of the rightmost contact portion of a terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of a plurality of terminals (400).
当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，墨盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink cartridge is mounted on a printing device, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the ink cartridge can be inclined enough so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的组合，还包括在墨盒(20)的后部(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。Combination as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the rear portion (204) of the ink cartridge (20), which is compatible with various portions (620) of the inkjet printing device (50) ) engagement, wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the engagement portion of the second restricting portion (220) is in contact with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ) is greater than the distance (A) between the engaging portion ( 212 ) of the first restricting portion ( 210 ) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge ( 288 ).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧观察墨盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and when the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink The engagement of the first limiting portion (210) when the distance is measured perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when viewing the ink cartridge (20) from the side of the supply structure (280) facing downwards The distance (A) between the portion (212) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is smaller than the distance (A) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the cartridge (20) is mounted and the distance (A) defined by the front edge (288) ) The distance (C) between the planes (BP) defined.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧(203)观察墨盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and when the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink When the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) facing downwards of the supply structure (280), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is at the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is mounted. ) to the left.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is on the left side of the pivot point of the lever when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的组合，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察盒体(22)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于墨盒(20)的宽度中央处。The combination as above, wherein, when the front portion (203) of the cartridge body (22) is observed in a state where the ink supply structure (280) faces downward, at least a part of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) It is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的组合，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底部(201)基本齐平。A combination as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the bottom (201).
G-7-6.第六变化例G-7-6. Sixth Variation
一种墨盒(20)和喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分的组合，该组合包括：喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分，该部分包括：多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其将弹性力(Pt)施加到墨盒(20)；以及具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)；墨盒(20)，墨盒(20)包括：盒体(22)，其包括前部(203)、后部(204)、顶部(202)和底部(201)，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对并且顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其定位在盒体(22)的底部(201)处，适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了墨盒(20)的平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其定位为紧接盒体(22)的前部(203)，端子支承结构(408)具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)在端子支承结构(408)上，以与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)被基本布置在端子平面(TP)中，端子平面既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制墨盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)。A combination of an ink cartridge (20) and a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the combination comprising: a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the part comprising: a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), It applies elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20); and a rod (80) having an engaging portion (810); the ink cartridge (20), the ink cartridge (20) includes: a box body (22), which includes a front portion (203 ), the rear (204), the top (202) and the bottom (201), the front (203) and the rear (204) are opposite to each other and the top (202) and the bottom (201) are opposite to each other; electronic devices; for accommodating An ink chamber (200) for ink; an ink supply structure (280), positioned at the bottom (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a front edge (288) on the installation direction (SD), and the front edge defines the plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20); the terminal support structure (408), which is located next to The front portion (203) of the box body (22), the terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electrical conductivity terminals (400) connected with the electronic device, and the terminals (400) are on the terminal support structure (408) to contact with The forming members (731-739) contact and receive a spring force (Pt) therefrom, the terminals (400) are arranged substantially in a terminal plane (TP), which is neither parallel nor parallel to the plane of the front edge (288) vertical; and a first restricting portion (210), which engages with an engagement portion (810) of the rod (80) to restrict movement of the ink cartridge (20) in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD), the first The engaging portion (212) of the restraining portion (210) is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure (408).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的端子平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer. Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的组合，其中，端子平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The combination as above, wherein the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当端子平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the terminal plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288, excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的组合，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒体(20)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧。The combination as described above, wherein when the front portion (203) of the cartridge body (20) is viewed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at more than one position. to the left of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400).
当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧，墨盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink cartridge is mounted on a printing device, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first limiting portion to the left of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400), the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently so that the plurality of terminals The electrical contact between the contact forming member with the device side can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的组合，还包括在墨盒(20)的后部(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。Combination as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the rear portion (204) of the ink cartridge (20), which is compatible with various portions (620) of the inkjet printing device (50) ) engagement, wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the engagement portion of the second restricting portion (220) is in contact with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ) is greater than the distance (A) between the engaging portion ( 212 ) of the first restricting portion ( 210 ) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge ( 288 ).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧观察墨盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and when the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink The engagement of the first limiting portion (210) when the distance is measured perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when viewing the ink cartridge (20) from the side of the supply structure (280) facing downwards The distance (A) between the portion (212) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is smaller than the distance (A) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the cartridge (20) is mounted and the distance (A) defined by the front edge (288) ) The distance (C) between the planes (BP) defined.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧(203)观察墨盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and when the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink When the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) facing downwards of the supply structure (280), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is at the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is mounted. ) to the left.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is on the left side of the pivot point of the lever when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的组合，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察盒体(22)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于墨盒(20)的宽度中央处。The combination as above, wherein, when the front portion (203) of the cartridge body (22) is observed in a state where the ink supply structure (280) faces downward, at least a part of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) It is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的组合，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底面(201)基本齐平。A combination as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the bottom surface (201).
G-7-7.第七变化例G-7-7. Seventh Variation
一种墨盒(20)和喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分的组合，该组合包括：喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分，该部分包括：多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其将弹性力(Pt)施加到墨盒(20)；以及具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)；墨盒(20)，墨盒(20)包括：盒体(22)，其包括第一表面(203)、第二表面(204)、第三表面(202)和第四表面(201)，第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)彼此相对并且第三表面(202)和第四表面(201)彼此相对；用于容纳墨水的墨水室(200)；电子装置；墨水供应结构(280)，其定位在盒体(22)的第四表面(201)处，适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了墨盒(20)的平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其定位为紧接盒体(22)的第一表面(203)，端子支承结构(408)具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)在端子支承结构(408)上，以在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制墨盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)。A combination of an ink cartridge (20) and a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the combination comprising: a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the part comprising: a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), It applies an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20); and a rod (80) having an engagement portion (810); the ink cartridge (20), the ink cartridge (20) comprising: a case body (22), which includes a first surface ( 203), the second surface (204), the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201), the first surface (203) and the second surface (204) are opposite to each other and the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201) opposite to each other; an ink chamber (200) for containing ink; an electronic device; an ink supply structure (280), which is positioned at the fourth surface (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured as Ink is supplied from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a front edge (288) in the installation direction (SD), the front edge defines the plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20) ); a terminal support structure (408), which is positioned close to the first surface (203) of the box body (22), the terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electrical conductivity terminals (400) connected to the electronic device, the terminal (400) on the terminal support structure (408) to contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming member (731-739) at the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400), the contact portion (cp ) is arranged substantially in the contact portion plane (TP), which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the front edge (288); and the first limiting portion (210), which engages with the rod (80) (810) engaged to restrict movement of the cartridge (20) in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD), the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure (408) .
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer . Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的组合，其中，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The combination as above, wherein the contact portion plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的组合，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒体(20)的第一表面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧接触部分的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧。The combination as described above, wherein when the first surface (203) of the cartridge (20) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located The left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400) and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400).
当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，墨盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink cartridge is mounted on a printing device, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the ink cartridge can be inclined enough so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的组合，还包括在墨盒(20)的第二表面(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。Combination as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the second surface (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restricting portion (220) being in contact with various parts of the inkjet printing device (50) ( 620) engagement wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the engagement portion of the second restricting portion (220) is aligned with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ( BP) is greater than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restraint portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧观察墨盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and when the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink The engagement of the first limiting portion (210) when the distance is measured perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when viewing the ink cartridge (20) from the side of the supply structure (280) facing downwards The distance (A) between the portion (212) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is smaller than the distance (A) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the cartridge (20) is mounted and the distance (A) defined by the front edge (288) ) The distance (C) between the planes (BP) defined.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧(203)观察墨盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and when the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink When the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) facing downwards of the supply structure (280), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is at the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is mounted. ) to the left.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is on the left side of the pivot point of the lever when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的组合，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察盒体(22)的第一表面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于墨盒(20)的宽度中央处。The combination as described above, wherein when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, at least the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) A portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the cartridge (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的组合，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与第四表面(201)基本齐平。A combination as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the fourth surface (201).
G-7-8.第八变化例G-7-8. Eighth Variation
一种墨盒(20)和喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分的组合，该组合包括：喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分，该部分包括：多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其将弹性力(Pt)施加到墨盒(20)；以及具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)；墨盒(20)，墨盒(20)包括：盒体(22)，其包括第一表面(203)、第二表面(204)、第三表面(202)和第四表面(201)，第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)彼此相对并且第三表面(202)和第四表面(201)彼此相对；用于容纳墨水的墨水室(200)；电子装置；墨水供应结构(280)，其定位在盒体(22)的第四表面(201)处，适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了墨盒(20)的平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其定位为紧接盒体(22)的第一表面(203)，端子支承结构(408)具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)在端子支承结构(408)上，以与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)被基本布置在端子平面(TP)中，端子平面既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其包括与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合的接合部分(212)，以限制墨盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)。A combination of an ink cartridge (20) and a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the combination comprising: a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the part comprising: a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), It applies an elastic force (Pt) to the ink cartridge (20); and a rod (80) having an engagement portion (810); the ink cartridge (20), the ink cartridge (20) comprising: a case body (22), which includes a first surface ( 203), the second surface (204), the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201), the first surface (203) and the second surface (204) are opposite to each other and the third surface (202) and the fourth surface (201) opposite to each other; an ink chamber (200) for containing ink; an electronic device; an ink supply structure (280), which is positioned at the fourth surface (201) of the cartridge body (22), adapted and configured as Ink is supplied from the ink chamber (200) to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a front edge (288) in the installation direction (SD), the front edge defines the plane (BP) of the ink cartridge (20) ); a terminal support structure (408), which is positioned close to the first surface (203) of the box body (22), the terminal support structure (408) has a plurality of electrical conductivity terminals (400) connected to the electronic device, the terminal (400) On the terminal supporting structure (408), to come into contact with and receive a spring force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739), the terminal (400) is arranged substantially in the terminal plane (TP), the terminal a plane neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the front edge (288); and a first limiting portion (210) comprising an engaging portion (212) engaged with an engaging portion (810) of the rod (80) to limit the cartridge (20) Movement in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD), the engaging portion ( 212 ) of the first restricting portion ( 210 ) is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure ( 408 ).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的端子平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer. Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的组合，其中，端子平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The combination as above, wherein the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当端子平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the terminal plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288, excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的组合，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒体(20)的第一表面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧。The combination as described above, wherein when the first surface (203) of the cartridge (20) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located To the left of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400).
当墨盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧，墨盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink cartridge is mounted on a printing device, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first limiting portion to the left of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400), the ink cartridge can be tilted sufficiently so that the plurality of terminals The electrical contact between the contact forming member with the device side can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的组合，还包括在墨盒(20)的第二表面(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。Combination as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the second surface (204) of the ink cartridge (20), the second restricting portion (220) being in contact with various parts of the inkjet printing device (50) ( 620) engagement wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the engagement portion of the second restricting portion (220) is aligned with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ( BP) is greater than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restraint portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧观察墨盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and when the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink The engagement of the first limiting portion (210) when the distance is measured perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when viewing the ink cartridge (20) from the side of the supply structure (280) facing downwards The distance (A) between the portion (212) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is smaller than the distance (A) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the cartridge (20) is mounted and the distance (A) defined by the front edge (288) ) The distance (C) between the planes (BP) defined.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下的那一侧(203)观察墨盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and when the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the right and the ink When the ink cartridge (20) is viewed from the side (203) facing downwards of the supply structure (280), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is at the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is mounted. ) to the left.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且墨水供应结构面向下的那一侧观察墨盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is on the left side of the pivot point of the lever when the ink cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the ink supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的组合，其中，当在墨水供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察盒体(22)的第一表面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于墨盒(20)的宽度中央处。The combination as described above, wherein when the first surface (203) of the cartridge body (22) is observed with the ink supply structure (280) facing downward, at least the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) A portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the cartridge (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于墨盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the ink cartridge, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的组合，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与第四表面(201)基本齐平。A combination as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the fourth surface (201).
G-7-9.第九变化例G-7-9. Ninth Variation
一种适合于将墨水供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)的墨水供应系统，喷墨印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，墨水供应系统包括：电子装置；用于存储墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)适合于并被布置在端子支承结构(408)上，以当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，使得来自设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)的弹性力(Pt)的矢量成分沿着与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)推动墨水室(200)；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制端子支承结构(408)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动；其中，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)，并且接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直。An ink supply system adapted to supply ink to an inkjet printing device (50), the inkjet printing device (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), the ink supply system comprising: electronic means; An ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280), which is adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) to an inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a mounting a direction (SD) front edge (288) defining a plane (BP); a terminal support structure (408) having a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) connected to an electronic device, the terminals (400) being adapted to and Arranged on the terminal support structure (408) to contact the contact forming members (731-739) at the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50) And receives elastic force (Pt) therefrom, so that the vector component of the elastic force (Pt) from the device side contact forming members (731-739) pushes the ink chamber (200) in the direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD). ); and a first limiting portion (210) adapted to engage with the engaging portion (810) of the rod (80) to limit the movement of the terminal support structure (408) in the direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD) movement; wherein the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure (408), and the contact portion (cp) is substantially arranged in a contact portion plane (TP), the contact portion plane being in the ink The supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50) neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer . Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)时，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。An ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the contact portion plane (TP) is at about 25 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) Angle between to 40 degrees.
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧接触部分的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧。The ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at the rightmost contact of the plurality of terminals (400) The left side of the portion and the leftmost of the plurality of terminals (400) contacts the right side of the portion.
当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备时，如果被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，可以存在足够的倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, if it is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may be weak. By aligning the first limiting portion to the left of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), there can be sufficient inclination such that the plurality of terminals contacts the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括：主体(22)，其包括前部(203)和后部(204)，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对；与主体(22)的后部(204)紧接的第二限制部分(220)，端子支承结构(408)与主体(22)的前部(203)紧接，该第二限制部分(220)适合于并且被构造为与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The above-mentioned ink supply system also includes: a main body (22), which includes a front part (203) and a rear part (204), and the front part (203) and the rear part (204) are opposite to each other; a second limiting portion (220) adjacent to the rear portion (204), the terminal support structure (408) is adjacent to the front portion (203) of the main body (22), the second limiting portion (220) is adapted and configured to Engagement with various portions (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), wherein engagement of the second limiting portion (220) is The distance (B) between the portion and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is greater than the distance (B) between the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) distance (A).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括：主体(22)，其包括第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)，第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)彼此相对；与主体(22)的第二表面(204)紧接的第二限制部分(220)，端子支承结构(408)与主体(22)的第一表面(203)紧接，该第二限制部分(220)适合于并且被构造为与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising: a main body (22), which includes a first surface (203) and a second surface (204), and the first surface (203) and the second surface (204) are opposite to each other; (22) second surface (204) next to the second limiting portion (220), the terminal support structure (408) and the first surface (203) of the main body (22) next to the second limiting portion (220) Adapted and configured to engage with various portions (620) of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), wherein the second limiting The distance (B) between the engagement portion of the portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is greater than the distance (B) between the engagement portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). Distance (A) between planes (BP).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
变化例5Variation 5
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。An ink supply system as described above, wherein when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is in contact with the The distance (A) between the planes (BP) defined by (288) is less than the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50) and defined by the front edge (288). The distance (C) between the planes (BP) of .
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is less than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the lever Used to restrict movement. This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member, the first restricting portion can move about the rotation axis of the rod. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)、第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在右侧并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。An ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the right side and the ink supply structure (280) faces downward , the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备、第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧、并且第一限制部分的接合部分在右侧并且墨水供应结构面向下时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。此外，减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the engagement portion of the first restriction is to the left of the pivot point of the lever, and the engagement portion of the first restriction is to the right and the ink supply faces downward, the first restriction The portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever about the rotational axis of the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Furthermore, the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever is reduced.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括紧接端子支承结构(408)的主体(22)，当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于主体(20)的宽度中央处。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising the main body (22) adjacent to the terminal support structure (408), when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engagement portion ( 212) is located substantially at the center of the width of the body (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于主体的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By disposing the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the main body, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299)，其中，墨水供应结构(280)、端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299)上，并且墨水室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器(299)配合。An ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299), wherein the ink supply structure (280), the terminal support structure (408) and the first limiting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299), and the ink chamber ( 200) is adapted and configured to mate with an adapter (299).
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299j)，其中，端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299j)上，墨水供应结构(280)定位在墨水室(200)上并且墨水室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器(299j)配合。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299j), wherein the terminal support structure (408) and the first restricting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299j), and the ink supply structure (280) is positioned in the ink chamber ( 200) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to cooperate with the adapter (299j).
适应例10Adaptation example 10
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299k)、在喷墨印刷设备(50)之外的墨水罐(200T)、管道(200L)以及辅助适配器(200S)，其中，墨水供应结构(280)定位在辅助适配器(200S)上，端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299k)上，并且当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，管道(200L)将墨水从外部罐(200T)供应到辅助适配器(200S)。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299k), an ink tank (200T), a pipeline (200L) and an auxiliary adapter (200S) outside the inkjet printing device (50), wherein the ink supply structure (280 ) is positioned on the auxiliary adapter (200S), the terminal support structure (408) and the first limiting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299k), and when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the pipe ( 200L) supplies ink from the external tank (200T) to the auxiliary adapter (200S).
适应例11Adaptation example 11
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括主体(22)，主体包括顶部(202)和底部(201)，顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底面(201)基本齐平。An ink supply system as described above, further comprising a main body (22), the main body comprising a top (202) and a bottom (201), the top (202) and the bottom (201) facing each other, wherein the plane defined by the front edge (288) (BP) is substantially flush with the bottom surface (201).
G-7-10.第十变化例G-7-10. Tenth Variation
一种适合于将墨水供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)的墨水供应系统，喷墨印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，喷墨印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，墨水供应系统包括：电子装置；用于存储墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)适合于并被布置在端子支承结构(408)上，以当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，使得来自设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)的弹性力(Pt)的矢量成分沿着与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)推动墨水室(200)；以及第一限制部分(210)，其包括适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合的接合部分(212)，以限制端子支承结构(408)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动；其中，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)，并且端子(400)被基本布置在端子平面(TP)中，接触部分平面在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直。An ink supply system adapted to supply ink to an inkjet printing device (50), the inkjet printing device (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), the inkjet printing device (50) further comprising A rod (80) having an engagement portion (810), the ink supply system comprising: electronics; an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) adapted and configured to deliver ink from the ink chamber (200) supplied to the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a mounting direction (SD) front edge (288), the front edge defines a plane (BP); a terminal support structure (408), which has the same A plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400) for electronic device connection, the terminals (400) being adapted and arranged on the terminal support structure (408) to form contact with the ink supply system when supplying ink to the printing device (50) The members (731-739) contact and receive the elastic force (Pt) therefrom such that the vector component of the elastic force (Pt) from the device side contact forming members (731-739) is in the direction opposite to the mounting direction (SD) (RD) pushing the ink chamber (200); and a first restricting portion (210) including an engaging portion (212) adapted to engage with the engaging portion (810) of the rod (80) to restrict the terminal support structure (408) Movement in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD); wherein the engaging portion (212) of the first restraining portion (210) is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure (408) and the terminal (400) is substantially disposed In the terminal plane (TP), the plane of the contact portion is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的端子平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer. Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)时，端子平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。An ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle between about 25 degrees and Angle between 40 degrees.
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当端子平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the terminal plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288, excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧。The ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the left of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400).
当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备时，如果被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧，墨盒可以存在足够的倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, if it is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may be weak. By aligning the first limiting portion with the left side of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400), there can be sufficient inclination of the ink cartridge such that the plurality of The electrical contact between the terminal and the device-side contact forming member can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括：主体(22)，其包括前部(203)和后部(204)，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对；与主体(22)的后部(204)紧接的第二限制部分(220)，端子支承结构(408)与主体(22)的前部(203)紧接，该第二限制部分(220)适合于并且被构造为与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The above-mentioned ink supply system also includes: a main body (22), which includes a front part (203) and a rear part (204), and the front part (203) and the rear part (204) are opposite to each other; a second limiting portion (220) adjacent to the rear portion (204), the terminal support structure (408) is adjacent to the front portion (203) of the main body (22), the second limiting portion (220) is adapted and configured to Engagement with various portions (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), wherein engagement of the second limiting portion (220) is The distance (B) between the portion and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is greater than the distance (B) between the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) distance (A).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括：主体(22)，其包括第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)，第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)彼此相对；与主体(22)的第二表面(204)紧接的第二限制部分(220)，端子支承结构(408)与主体(22)的第一表面(203)紧接，该第二限制部分(220)适合于并且被构造为与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising: a main body (22), which includes a first surface (203) and a second surface (204), and the first surface (203) and the second surface (204) are opposite to each other; (22) second surface (204) next to the second limiting portion (220), the terminal support structure (408) and the first surface (203) of the main body (22) next to the second limiting portion (220) Adapted and configured to engage with various portions (620) of an inkjet printing apparatus (50), wherein the second limiting The distance (B) between the engagement portion of the portion (220) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is greater than the distance (B) between the engagement portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288). Distance (A) between planes (BP).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
变化例5Variation 5
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。An ink supply system as described above, wherein when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is in contact with the The distance (A) between the planes (BP) defined by (288) is less than the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50) and defined by the front edge (288). The distance (C) between the planes (BP) of .
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is less than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the lever used to limit. This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member, the first restricting portion can move about the rotation axis of the rod. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)、第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在右侧并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。An ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the right side and the ink supply structure (280) faces downward , the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备、第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧、并且第一限制部分的接合部分在右侧并且墨水供应结构面向下时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。此外，减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the engagement portion of the first restriction is to the left of the pivot point of the lever, and the engagement portion of the first restriction is to the right and the ink supply faces downward, the first restriction The portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever about the rotational axis of the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Furthermore, the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever is reduced.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括紧接端子支承结构(408)的主体(22)，当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于主体(20)的宽度中央处。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising the main body (22) adjacent to the terminal support structure (408), when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engagement portion ( 212) is located substantially at the center of the width of the body (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于主体的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By disposing the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the main body, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299)，其中，墨水供应结构(280)、端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299)上，并且墨水室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器(299)配合。An ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299), wherein the ink supply structure (280), the terminal support structure (408) and the first limiting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299), and the ink chamber ( 200) is adapted and configured to mate with an adapter (299).
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299j)，其中，端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299j)上，墨水供应结构(280)定位在墨水室(200)上并且墨水室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器(299j)配合。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299j), wherein the terminal support structure (408) and the first restricting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299j), and the ink supply structure (280) is positioned in the ink chamber ( 200) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to cooperate with the adapter (299j).
适应例10Adaptation example 10
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299k)、在喷墨印刷设备(50)之外的墨水罐(200T)、管道(200L)以及辅助适配器(200S)，其中，墨水供应结构(280)定位在辅助适配器(200S)上，端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299k)上，并且当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，管道(200L)将墨水从外部罐(200T)供应到辅助适配器(200S)。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299k), an ink tank (200T), a pipeline (200L) and an auxiliary adapter (200S) outside the inkjet printing device (50), wherein the ink supply structure (280 ) is positioned on the auxiliary adapter (200S), the terminal support structure (408) and the first limiting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299k), and when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the pipe ( 200L) supplies ink from the external tank (200T) to the auxiliary adapter (200S).
适应例11Adaptation example 11
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括主体(22)，主体包括顶部(202)和底部(201)，顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底面(201)基本齐平。An ink supply system as described above, further comprising a main body (22), the main body comprising a top (202) and a bottom (201), the top (202) and the bottom (201) facing each other, wherein the plane defined by the front edge (288) (BP) is substantially flush with the bottom surface (201).
G-7-11.第十一变化例G-7-11. Eleventh Variation
一种适合于将墨水供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分的墨水供应系统，系统包括：喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分，该一部分包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)以及具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)；电子装置；用于存储墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，使得来自设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)的弹性力(Pt)的矢量成分沿着与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)推动墨水室(200)；以及第一限制部分(210)，其与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制端子支承结构(408)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动；其中，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)，并且接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直。An ink supply system adapted to supply ink to a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the system comprising: a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the part including a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) and a rod (80) having an engaging portion (810); an electronic device; an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) To the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a mounting direction (SD) front edge (288), which defines a plane (BP); a terminal support structure (408), which has a A plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400), the terminals (400) contacting contact forming members (731-739) at contact portions (cp) of the terminals (400) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50) contact and receive elastic force (Pt) therefrom such that the vector component of the elastic force (Pt) from the device side contact forming members (731-739) pushes the ink chamber in the direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD) (200); and a first limiting portion (210) engaged with the engaging portion (810) of the rod (80) to limit the movement of the terminal support structure (408) in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD) movement; wherein the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure (408), and the contact portion (cp) is substantially arranged in a contact portion plane (TP), the contact portion plane being in the ink The supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50) neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the leading edge (288).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer . Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are securely fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in a direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mis-mating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)时，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。An ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the contact portion plane (TP) is at about 25 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the leading edge (288) Angle between to 40 degrees.
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧接触部分的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧。The ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at the rightmost contact of the plurality of terminals (400) The left side of the portion and the leftmost of the plurality of terminals (400) contacts the right side of the portion.
当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备时，如果被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，可以存在足够的倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, if it is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may be weak. By aligning the first limiting portion to the left of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), there can be sufficient inclination such that the plurality of terminals contacts the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括：主体(22)，其包括前部(203)和后部(204)，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对；与主体(22)的后部(204)紧接的第二限制部分(220)，端子支承结构(408)与主体(22)的前部(203)紧接，该第二限制部分(220)与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The above-mentioned ink supply system also includes: a main body (22), which includes a front part (203) and a rear part (204), and the front part (203) and the rear part (204) are opposite to each other; The second restricting part (220) next to the rear part (204), the terminal support structure (408) and the front part (203) of the main body (22) are next to each other, and the second restricting part (220) is connected with the inkjet printing device ( 50) are joined by portions (620) wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the joint portion of the second restraint portion (220) is joined by the front edge ( The distance (B) between the plane (BP) defined by 288) is greater than the distance (A) between the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括：主体(22)，其包括第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)，第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)彼此相对；与主体(22)的第二表面(204)紧接的第二限制部分(220)，端子支承结构(408)与主体(22)的第一表面(203)紧接，该第二限制部分(220)与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising: a main body (22), which includes a first surface (203) and a second surface (204), and the first surface (203) and the second surface (204) are opposite to each other; (22) second surface (204) next to the second limiting portion (220), the terminal support structure (408) and the first surface (203) of the main body (22) next to the second limiting portion (220) Engagement with various portions (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), wherein engagement of the second limiting portion (220) is The distance (B) between the portion and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is greater than the distance (B) between the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) distance (A).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。An ink supply system as described above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate the two ends, and When the distance is measured in the direction of , the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is less than the distance (A) between the ink supply system supplying ink to the printing device (50) is the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is less than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the lever Used to restrict movement. This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member, the first restricting portion can move about the rotation axis of the rod. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)、第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在右侧并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。An ink supply system as described above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate the two ends, and when the ink supply system provides ink to the printing device (50), the first limit With the engagement portion (212) of the portion (210) on the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing downwards, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备、第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧、并且第一限制部分的接合部分在右侧并且墨水供应结构面向下时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。此外，减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the engagement portion of the first restriction is to the left of the pivot point of the lever, and the engagement portion of the first restriction is to the right and the ink supply faces downward, the first restriction The portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever about the rotational axis of the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Furthermore, the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever is reduced.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括紧接端子支承结构(408)的主体(22)，当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于主体(20)的宽度中央处。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising the main body (22) adjacent to the terminal support structure (408), when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engagement portion ( 212) is located substantially at the center of the width of the body (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于主体的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By disposing the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the main body, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299)，其中，墨水供应结构(280)、端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299)上，并且墨水室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器(299)配合。An ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299), wherein the ink supply structure (280), the terminal support structure (408) and the first limiting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299), and the ink chamber ( 200) is adapted and configured to mate with an adapter (299).
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299j)，其中，端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299j)上，墨水供应结构(280)定位在墨水室(200)上并且墨水室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器(299j)配合。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299j), wherein the terminal support structure (408) and the first restricting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299j), and the ink supply structure (280) is positioned in the ink chamber ( 200) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to cooperate with the adapter (299j).
适应例10Adaptation example 10
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299k)、在喷墨印刷设备(50)之外的墨水罐(200T)、管道(200L)以及辅助适配器(200S)，其中，墨水供应结构(280)定位在辅助适配器(200S)上，端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299k)上，并且当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，管道(200L)将墨水从外部罐(200T)供应到辅助适配器(200S)。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299k), an ink tank (200T), a pipeline (200L) and an auxiliary adapter (200S) outside the inkjet printing device (50), wherein the ink supply structure (280 ) is positioned on the auxiliary adapter (200S), the terminal support structure (408) and the first limiting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299k), and when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the pipe ( 200L) supplies ink from the external tank (200T) to the auxiliary adapter (200S).
适应例11Adaptation example 11
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括主体(22)，主体包括顶部(202)和底部(201)，顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底面(201)基本齐平。An ink supply system as described above, further comprising a main body (22), the main body comprising a top (202) and a bottom (201), the top (202) and the bottom (201) facing each other, wherein the plane defined by the front edge (288) (BP) is substantially flush with the bottom surface (201).
G-7-12.第十二变化例G-7-12. Twelfth Variation
一种适合于将墨水供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分的墨水供应系统，系统包括：喷墨印刷设备(50)的一部分，该一部分包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)以及具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)；电子装置；用于存储墨水的墨水室(200)；墨水供应结构(280)，其适合于并被构造为将墨水从墨水室(200)供应到喷墨印刷设备(50)，墨水供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了平面(BP)；端子支承结构(408)，其具有与电子装置连接的多个电导电性端子(400)，端子(400)在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)；以及第一限制部分(210)，其与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制端子支承结构(408)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动；其中，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位为邻近端子支承结构(408)，并且端子(400)被基本布置在端子平面(TP)中，接触部分平面在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时既不与前边缘(288)的平面平行也不与其垂直。An ink supply system adapted to supply ink to a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the system comprising: a part of an inkjet printing device (50), the part including a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) and a rod (80) having an engaging portion (810); an electronic device; an ink chamber (200) for storing ink; an ink supply structure (280) adapted and configured to supply ink from the ink chamber (200) To the inkjet printing device (50), the ink supply structure (280) has a mounting direction (SD) front edge (288), which defines a plane (BP); a terminal support structure (408), which has a a plurality of electrically conductive terminals (400), the terminals (400) being in contact with and receiving elastic forces (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50); and A first restricting portion (210) that engages with an engaging portion (810) of the rod (80) to restrict movement of the terminal support structure (408) in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD); wherein the first The engaging portion (212) of a limiting portion (210) is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure (408), and the terminal (400) is arranged substantially in a terminal plane (TP), the contact portion plane where the ink supply system supplies ink to the printed The device (50) is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the front edge (288).
现在将会描述第七修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在墨盒被安装到印刷机上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷机之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为邻近端子支承结构，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the seventh modification will now be described. While the ink cartridge is mounted on the printer, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printer. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned adjacent to the terminal support structure, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于墨水的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about requirements for flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability for ink.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的端子平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷机的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷机端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the terminal plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printer. Furthermore, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakdown (dust) that may occur when the printer terminals are scratched with the circuit board over long distances during installation of the cartridge.
因为印刷机端子将包括在盒被从印刷机卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷机侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷机侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与印刷机杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷机移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printer terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printer, there is no need to provide a spring similar to the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printer-side terminal acts to press the printer-side terminal and the cartridge-side terminal together, and when the engagement between the first restricting portion and the printer lever is released, the cartridge is also released from the printing press. move in the direction in which the machine was removed. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷机中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Because the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing machine, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mis-mating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)时，端子平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。An ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the terminal plane (TP) is at an angle between about 25 degrees and Angle between 40 degrees.
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当端子平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the terminal plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288, excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(400)的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧以及多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧。The ink supply system as described above, wherein when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400) and to the left of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400).
当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备时，如果被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧端子的右边缘的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧端子的左边缘的右侧，可以存在足够的倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, if it is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the device side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may be weak. By aligning the first limiting portion to the left of the right edge of the rightmost terminal of the plurality of terminals and to the right of the left edge of the leftmost terminal of the plurality of terminals (400), there may be sufficient inclination such that the plurality of terminals The electrical contact between the contact forming member with the device side can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括：主体(22)，其包括前部(203)和后部(204)，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对；与主体(22)的背面(204)紧接的第二限制部分(220)，端子支承结构(408)与主体(22)的正面(203)紧接，该第二限制部分(220)与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The above-mentioned ink supply system also includes: a main body (22), which includes a front part (203) and a rear part (204), and the front part (203) and the rear part (204) are opposite to each other; The back side (204) is next to the second limiting part (220), the terminal support structure (408) is next to the front side (203) of the main body (22), and the second limiting part (220) is connected with the inkjet printing device (50) The respective portions (620) of the second restraint portion (220) are engaged, wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the joint portion of the second restriction portion (220) is in contact with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) A distance (B) between defined planes (BP) is greater than a distance (A) between engagement portion ( 212 ) of first restraint portion ( 210 ) and a plane (BP) defined by front edge ( 288 ).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括：主体(22)，其包括第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)，第一表面(203)和第二表面(204)彼此相对；与主体(22)的第二表面(204)紧接的第二限制部分(220)，端子支承结构(408)与主体(22)的第一表面(203)紧接，该第二限制部分(220)与喷墨印刷设备(50)的各个部分(620)接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising: a main body (22), which includes a first surface (203) and a second surface (204), and the first surface (203) and the second surface (204) are opposite to each other; (22) second surface (204) next to the second limiting portion (220), the terminal support structure (408) and the first surface (203) of the main body (22) next to the second limiting portion (220) Engagement with various portions (620) of the inkjet printing apparatus (50), wherein engagement of the second limiting portion (220) is The distance (B) between the portion and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is greater than the distance (B) between the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) distance (A).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一侧限制部分从印刷机接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the likelihood of the first side restraining portion becoming detached from the printer engaging portion can be reduced.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。An ink supply system as described above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate the two ends, and When the distance is measured in the direction of , the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is less than the distance (A) between the ink supply system supplying ink to the printing device (50) is the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engagement portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is less than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the lever Used to restrict movement. This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member, the first restricting portion can move about the rotation axis of the rod. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的墨水供应系统，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备(50)、第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在右侧并且墨水供应结构(280)面向下时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。An ink supply system as described above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) intermediate the two ends, and when the ink supply system provides ink to the printing device (50), the first limit With the engagement portion (212) of the portion (210) on the right and the ink supply structure (280) facing downwards, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is to the left of the pivot point (800c) of the lever.
当墨水供应系统将墨水提供到印刷设备、第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧、并且第一限制部分的接合部分在右侧并且墨水供应结构面向下时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。此外，减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device, the engagement portion of the first restriction is to the left of the pivot point of the lever, and the engagement portion of the first restriction is to the right and the ink supply faces downward, the first restriction The portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever about the rotational axis of the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Furthermore, the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever is reduced.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括紧接端子支承结构(408)的主体(22)，当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分基本位于主体(20)的宽度中央处。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising the main body (22) adjacent to the terminal support structure (408), when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the engagement portion ( 212) is located substantially at the center of the width of the body (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于主体的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By disposing the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the main body, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299)，其中，墨水供应结构(280)、端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299)上，并且墨水室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器(299)配合。An ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299), wherein the ink supply structure (280), the terminal support structure (408) and the first limiting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299), and the ink chamber ( 200) is adapted and configured to mate with an adapter (299).
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299j)，其中，端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299j)上，墨水供应结构(280)定位在墨水室(200)上并且墨水室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器(299j)配合。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299j), wherein the terminal support structure (408) and the first restricting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299j), and the ink supply structure (280) is positioned in the ink chamber ( 200) and the ink chamber (200) is adapted and configured to cooperate with the adapter (299j).
适应例10Adaptation example 10
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括适配器(299k)、在喷墨印刷设备(50)之外的墨水罐(200T)、管道(200L)以及辅助适配器(200S)，其中，墨水供应结构(280)定位在辅助适配器(200S)上，端子支承结构(408)和第一限制部分(210)定位在适配器(299k)上，并且当墨水供应系统将墨水供应到印刷设备(50)时，管道(200L)将墨水从外部罐(200T)供应到辅助适配器(200S)。The ink supply system as described above, further comprising an adapter (299k), an ink tank (200T), a pipeline (200L) and an auxiliary adapter (200S) outside the inkjet printing device (50), wherein the ink supply structure (280 ) is positioned on the auxiliary adapter (200S), the terminal support structure (408) and the first limiting portion (210) are positioned on the adapter (299k), and when the ink supply system supplies ink to the printing device (50), the pipe ( 200L) supplies ink from the external tank (200T) to the auxiliary adapter (200S).
适应例11Adaptation example 11
如上所述的墨水供应系统，还包括主体(22)，主体包括顶部(202)和底部(201)，顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底部(201)基本齐平。An ink supply system as described above, further comprising a main body (22), the main body comprising a top (202) and a bottom (201), the top (202) and the bottom (201) facing each other, wherein the plane defined by the front edge (288) (BP) is substantially flush with the bottom (201).
G-8.第八修改例G-8. Eighth modification
本发明可以通过以下描述和变化来完成。在每个描述中在每个要素之后的括号中的符号对应于在第一实施例或者在具有适配器的盒的修改例中描述的各个要素的符号。The present invention can be carried out by the following descriptions and changes. The symbols in parentheses after each element in each description correspond to the symbols of the respective elements described in the first embodiment or in the modified example of the cartridge with adapter.
G-8-1.第一变化例G-8-1. First Variation
一种适合于安装到印刷设备(50)上的盒(20)，印刷设备具有以下结构：印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其被布置为将弹性力(Pt)施加到盒(20)，印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，盒(20)包括：第一面(203)、第二面(204)、第三面(202)和第四面(201)，其中，第一面(203)和第二面(204)彼此相对并且第三面(202)和第四面(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳液体的液体室(200)；液体供应结构(280)，其定位在第四面(201)处，被构造为将液体从液体室(200)供应到印刷设备(50)，液体供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了盒(20)的平面(BP)；电导电性端子(400)，其定位为相比于接近第二面(204)更接近第一面(203)并且与电子装置连接，端子(400)被布置为当盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)定位在相比于接近第三面(202)和第一面(203)更接近接触部分(cp)的位置。A cartridge (20) adapted to be mounted on a printing device (50), the printing device having the following structure: the printing device (50) includes a plurality of device-side contact forming members (731-739) arranged to apply elastic force (Pt) is applied to the box (20), the printing device (50) also includes a rod (80) with an engaging portion (810), the box (20) includes: a first face (203), a second face (204), a second face (204), a Three faces (202) and a fourth face (201), wherein the first face (203) and the second face (204) are opposite to each other and the third face (202) and the fourth face (201) are opposite to each other; the electronic device; a liquid chamber (200) for containing liquid; a liquid supply structure (280), positioned at the fourth face (201), configured to supply liquid from the liquid chamber (200) to the printing device (50), the liquid supply The structure (280) has a front edge (288) in the mounting direction (SD), which defines the plane (BP) of the box (20); electrical conductivity terminals (400), which are positioned closer to the second face than (204) is closer to the first face (203) and is connected with the electronic device, and the terminal (400) is arranged so that when the box (20) is mounted on the printing device (50), at the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) ) is in contact with the contact forming member (731-739) and receives the elastic force (Pt) therefrom, the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) is arranged substantially in the contact portion plane (TP), the contact portion plane is neither parallel to and not perpendicular to a plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288); and a first restricting portion (210) adapted to engage with the engaging portion (810) of the rod (80) to restrict the cartridge (20) In movement in the direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD), the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is positioned closer to the third face (202) and the first face (203) than Proximity to the position of the contact part (cp).
现在将会描述第八修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在盒被安装到印刷设备上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷设备之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位在相比于接近第三面和第一面更接近接触部分的位置，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the eighth modification will now be described. While the cartridge is mounted on the printing device, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printing device. Because the engagement portion of the first restricting portion is positioned closer to the contact portion than to the third face and the first face, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs close to the position where positioning is most required (i.e., the terminal support structure terminal). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于液体的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about the requirements of flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability to liquids.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷设备的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷设备侧端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printing device . In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakage (dust) that may be generated when the printing apparatus side terminal scrapes the circuit board over a long distance during mounting of the cartridge.
因为印刷设备侧端子将包括在盒被从印刷设备卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷设备侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷设备侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷设备移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printing apparatus side terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring like the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printing device side terminal acts to press the printing device side terminal and the cartridge side terminal together, and also moves the cartridge along the direction from the printing device when the engagement between the first limiting portion and the lever is released. move in the direction of removal. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷设备中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Since the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing device, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于相比于接近第一面(203)与接触部分平面(TP)的交叉部(295)和第三面(202)与第一面(203)的交叉部(291)之间的中点(203p)更接近接触部分(cp)的位置处。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located closer to the intersection (295) of the first surface (203) and the contact portion plane (TP) and the second The midpoint (203p) between the intersection (291) of the three faces (202) and the first face (203) is at a position closer to the contact portion (cp).
通过将第一限制部分的接合部分结合到相比于接近中点更接近接触部分的位置处，可以良好地带来上述优点。The above advantages can be favorably brought about by incorporating the engagement portion of the first restricting portion at a position closer to the contact portion than to the midpoint.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The cartridge (20) as above, wherein the contact portion plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒(20)的第一面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(431-439)的最右侧端子(439)的右边缘(439p)的延长线(439PL)的左侧以及多个端子(431-439)的最左侧端子(435)的左边缘(435p)的延长线(435PL)的右侧。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) of the cartridge (20) is viewed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) ) located to the left of extension line (439PL) of the right edge (439p) of the rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) and the leftmost terminal (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) The left edge (435p) is extended to the right side of the line (435PL).
当盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the cartridge is mounted on a printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the apparatus-side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the case can be tilted sufficiently so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的盒(20)，还包括在盒(20)的第二面(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于与印刷设备(50)的各个部分接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。A cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second confining portion (220) on a second face (204) of the cartridge (20), adapted to fit with the printing device (50) The respective parts are engaged, wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the joint portion of the second restraint portion (220) is aligned with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ( BP) is greater than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restraint portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一限制部分从印刷设备侧接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the possibility of the first restricting portion being disengaged from the engaging portion on the printing device side can be reduced.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward, when viewed along the When the distance is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the distance between the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ( A) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward, in the cartridge (20 ) is mounted on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever with the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210).
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且液体供应结构面向下的那一侧观察盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the left of the pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the liquid supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察第一面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分在盒(20)被安装时基本位于盒(20)的宽度中央处。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein, when the first surface (203) is viewed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, at least a part of the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is in the cartridge (20) is mounted substantially at the center of the width of the box (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the joint portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the case, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与第四面(201)基本齐平。Case (20) as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the fourth face (201).
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的盒(20)，还包括适配器(299、299j、299k)，其中，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)和第一限制部分(210)被定位在适配器上，并且液体室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器配合。A cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising an adapter (299, 299j, 299k), wherein the contact portion (cp) and the first limiting portion (210) of the terminal (400) are positioned on the adapter, and the liquid chamber ( 200) is adapted and configured to cooperate with the adapter.
G-8-2.第二变化例G-8-2. Second Variation
一种适合于安装到印刷设备(50)上的盒(20)，印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其被布置为将弹性力(Pt)施加到盒(20)，印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，盒(20)包括：第一面(203)、第二面(204)、第三面(202)和第四面(201)，其中，第一面(203)和第二面(204)彼此相对并且第三面(202)和第四面(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳液体的液体室(200)；液体供应结构(280)，其定位在第四面(201)处，被构造为将液体从液体室(200)供应到印刷设备(50)，液体供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了盒(20)的平面(BP)；电导电性端子(400)，其定位为相比于接近第二面(204)更接近第一面(203)并且与电子装置连接，端子(400)被布置为当盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)设置在相比于接近第三面(202)与第一面(203)交叉的第二交叉部更接近第一面(203)与接触部分平面(TP)交叉的第一交叉部(295)的位置处。A cartridge (20) adapted to be mounted on a printing device (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) arranged to apply a resilient force (Pt) to the cartridge (20), the printing device (50) also includes a rod (80) having an engaging portion (810), the box (20) includes: a first face (203), a second face (204), a third face (202) and A fourth face (201), wherein the first face (203) and the second face (204) face each other and the third face (202) and the fourth face (201) face each other; electronic device; liquid for containing liquid chamber (200); a liquid supply structure (280), positioned at the fourth face (201), configured to supply liquid from the liquid chamber (200) to the printing device (50), the liquid supply structure (280) having a mounting the front edge (288) in the direction (SD), which defines the plane (BP) of the box (20); the electrical conductivity terminal (400), which is positioned closer to the first side than to the second side (204); One side (203) and connected with the electronic device, the terminal (400) is arranged to form a member at the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) when the cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing device (50) (731-739) are in contact with and receive elastic force (Pt) therefrom, the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) is arranged substantially in the contact portion plane (TP), which is neither connected to the front edge (288 ) is parallel to or perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined; and a first limiting portion (210), which is adapted to engage with the engagement portion (810) of the rod (80) to limit the box (20) in the installation direction (SD ) movement in the opposite direction (RD), the first restricting portion (210) is disposed closer to the first face (203) than to the second intersection with the first face (203) near the third face (202) ) at the location of the first intersection (295) that intersects the contact portion plane (TP).
现在将会描述第八修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在盒被安装到印刷设备上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷设备之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分设置在相比于接近第三面与第一面交叉的第二交叉部更接近第一面与接触部分平面交叉的第一交叉部的位置处，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the eighth modification will now be described. While the cartridge is mounted on the printing device, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printing device. Since the first limiting portion is provided at a position closer to the first intersection where the first surface intersects the contact portion plane than to the second intersection where the third surface intersects the first surface, the positioning of the first limiting portion Action occurs proximate to the location where positioning is most required (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于液体的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about the requirements of flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability to liquids.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷设备的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷设备侧端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printing device . In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakage (dust) that may be generated when the printing apparatus side terminal scrapes the circuit board over a long distance during mounting of the cartridge.
因为印刷设备侧端子将包括在盒被从印刷设备卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷设备侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷设备侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷设备移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printing apparatus side terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring like the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printing device side terminal acts to press the printing device side terminal and the cartridge side terminal together, and also moves the cartridge along the direction from the printing device when the engagement between the first limiting portion and the lever is released. move in the direction of removal. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷设备中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Since the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing device, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于相比于接近第一交叉部(295)与第二交叉部之间的中点(203p)更接近第一交叉部(295)的位置处。A cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located closer to the midpoint (203p) between the first intersection (295) and the second intersection near the first intersection (295).
通过将第一限制部分的接合部分结合到相比于接近中点更接近接触部分的位置处，可以良好地带来上述优点。The above advantages can be favorably brought about by incorporating the engagement portion of the first restricting portion at a position closer to the contact portion than to the midpoint.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，接触部分(cp)平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The cartridge (20) as above, wherein the contact portion (cp) plane (TP) is angled between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒(20)的第一面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(431-439)的最右侧端子(439)的右边缘(439p)的延长线(439PL)的左侧以及多个端子(431-439)的最左侧端子(435)的左边缘(435p)的延长线(435PL)的右侧。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) of the cartridge (20) is viewed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) ) located to the left of extension line (439PL) of the right edge (439p) of the rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) and the leftmost terminal (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) The left edge (435p) is extended to the right side of the line (435PL).
当盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the cartridge is mounted on a printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the apparatus-side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the case can be tilted sufficiently so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的盒(20)，还包括在盒(20)的第二面(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于与印刷设备(50)的各个部分接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。A cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second confining portion (220) on a second face (204) of the cartridge (20), adapted to fit with the printing device (50) The respective parts are engaged, wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the joint portion of the second restraint portion (220) is aligned with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ( BP) is greater than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restraint portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一限制部分从印刷设备侧接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the possibility of the first restricting portion being disengaged from the engaging portion on the printing device side can be reduced.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward, when viewed along the When the distance is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the distance between the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ( A) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward, in the cartridge (20 ) is mounted on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever with the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210).
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且液体供应结构面向下的那一侧观察盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the left of the pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the liquid supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察第一面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分在盒(20)被安装时基本位于盒(20)的宽度中央处。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein, when the first surface (203) is viewed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, at least a part of the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is in the cartridge (20) is mounted substantially at the center of the width of the box (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the joint portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the case, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与第四面(201)基本齐平。Case (20) as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the fourth face (201).
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的盒(20)，还包括适配器(299、299j、299k)，其中，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)和第一限制部分(210)被定位在适配器上，并且液体室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器配合。A cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising an adapter (299, 299j, 299k), wherein the contact portion (cp) and the first limiting portion (210) of the terminal (400) are positioned on the adapter, and the liquid chamber ( 200) is adapted and configured to cooperate with the adapter.
G-8-3.第三变化例G-8-3. Third Variation
一种适合于安装到印刷设备(50)上的盒(20)，印刷设备具有以下结构：印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其被布置为将弹性力(Pt)施加到盒(20)，印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)和枢转点的杆(80)，盒(20)包括：第一面(203)、第二面(204)、第三面(202)和第四面(201)，其中，第一面(203)和第二面(204)彼此相对并且第三面(202)和第四面(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳液体的液体室(200)；液体供应结构(280)，其定位在第四面(201)处，被构造为将液体从液体室(200)供应到印刷设备(50)，液体供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了盒(20)的平面(BP)；电导电性端子(400)，其定位为相比于接近第二面(204)更接近第一面(203)并且与电子装置连接，端子(400)被布置为当盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)被布置为使得盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与杆(80)在位于杆(80)的枢转点(800c)下方的位置处接合。A cartridge (20) adapted to be mounted on a printing device (50), the printing device having the following structure: the printing device (50) includes a plurality of device-side contact forming members (731-739) arranged to apply elastic force (Pt) is applied to the box (20), the printing device (50) also includes a lever (80) with an engagement portion (810) and a pivot point, the box (20) includes: a first face (203), a second face ( 204), a third face (202) and a fourth face (201), wherein the first face (203) and the second face (204) are opposite to each other and the third face (202) and the fourth face (201) are opposite to each other an electronic device; a liquid chamber (200) for containing a liquid; a liquid supply structure (280), positioned at the fourth side (201), configured to supply liquid from the liquid chamber (200) to the printing device (50 ), the liquid supply structure (280) has a front edge (288) on the installation direction (SD), the front edge defines the plane (BP) of the box (20); the electrical conductivity terminal (400), which is positioned as compared to Closer to the second face (204) and closer to the first face (203) and connected to the electronic device, the terminal (400) is arranged so that when the box (20) is installed on the printing device (50), the terminal (400) The contact portion (cp) is in contact with the contact forming member (731-739) and receives the elastic force (Pt) therefrom, the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) is arranged substantially in the contact portion plane (TP), the contact a part plane neither parallel nor perpendicular to a plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288); Movement of the cartridge (20) in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD), the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is arranged so that the cartridge (20) is mounted to the printing device (50) Above, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) engages with the lever (80) at a position below the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80).
现在将会描述第八修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在盒被安装到印刷设备上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷设备之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位在位于杆的枢转点下方的位置，所以杆发生作用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。因此，端子的定位更加稳定，由此保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the eighth modification will now be described. While the cartridge is mounted on the printing device, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printing device. Since the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned at a position below the pivot point of the lever, the lever acts to limit the movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于液体的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about the requirements of flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability to liquids.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷设备的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷设备侧端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printing device . In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakage (dust) that may be generated when the printing apparatus side terminal scrapes the circuit board over a long distance during mounting of the cartridge.
因为印刷设备侧端子将包括在盒被从印刷设备卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷设备侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷设备侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷设备移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printing apparatus side terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring like the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printing device side terminal acts to press the printing device side terminal and the cartridge side terminal together, and also moves the cartridge along the direction from the printing device when the engagement between the first limiting portion and the lever is released. move in the direction of removal. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷设备中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Since the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing device, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The cartridge (20) as above, wherein the contact portion plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
通过将第一限制部分的接合部分结合到相比于接近中点更接近接触部分的位置处，可以良好地带来上述优点。The above advantages can be favorably brought about by incorporating the engagement portion of the first restricting portion at a position closer to the contact portion than to the midpoint.
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒(20)的第一面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(431-439)的最右侧端子(439)的右边缘(439p)的延长线(439PL)的左侧以及多个端子(431-439)的最左侧端子(435)的左边缘(435p)的延长线(435PL)的右侧。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the first face (203) of the cartridge (20) is viewed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) ) located to the left of extension line (439PL) of the right edge (439p) of the rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) and the leftmost terminal (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) The left edge (435p) is extended to the right side of the line (435PL).
当盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the cartridge is mounted on a printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the apparatus-side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the case can be tilted sufficiently so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的盒(20)，还包括在盒(20)的第二面(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于与印刷设备(50)的各个部分接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。A cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second confining portion (220) on a second face (204) of the cartridge (20), adapted to fit with the printing device (50) The respective parts are engaged, wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the joint portion of the second restraint portion (220) is aligned with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ( BP) is greater than the distance (A) between the engagement portion (212) of the first restraint portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一限制部分从印刷设备侧接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the possibility of the first restricting portion being disengaged from the engaging portion on the printing device side can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward, in the cartridge (20 ) is mounted on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever with the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210).
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且液体供应结构面向下的那一侧观察盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the left of the pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the liquid supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察第一面(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分在盒(20)被安装时基本位于盒(20)的宽度中央处。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein, when the first surface (203) is viewed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, at least a part of the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is in the cartridge (20) is mounted substantially at the center of the width of the box (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the joint portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the case, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与第四面(201)基本齐平。Case (20) as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the fourth face (201).
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的盒(20)，还包括适配器(299、299j、299k)，其中，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)和第一限制部分(210)被定位在适配器上，并且液体室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器配合。A cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising an adapter (299, 299j, 299k), wherein the contact portion (cp) and the first limiting portion (210) of the terminal (400) are positioned on the adapter, and the liquid chamber ( 200) is adapted and configured to cooperate with the adapter.
G-8-4.第四变化例G-8-4. Fourth Variation
一种适合于安装到印刷设备(50)上的盒(20)，印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，其被布置为将弹性力(Pt)施加到盒(20)，印刷设备(50)还包括具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，盒(20)包括：前部(203)、后部(204)、顶部(202)和底部(201)，其中，前部(203)和后部(204)彼此相对并且顶部(202)和底部(201)彼此相对；电子装置；用于容纳液体的液体室(200)；液体供应结构(280)，其定位在底部(201)处，被构造为将液体从液体室(200)供应到印刷设备(50)，液体供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了盒(20)的平面(BP)；电导电性端子(400)，其定位为相比于接近后部(204)更接近前部(203)并且与电子装置连接，端子(400)被布置为当盒(20)被安装到印刷设备(50)上时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)被设置在位于相比于接近顶部(202)更接近接触部分平面(tp)的位置处。A cartridge (20) adapted to be mounted on a printing device (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739) arranged to apply a resilient force (Pt) to the cartridge (20), the printing device (50) also includes a bar (80) with an engaging portion (810), the box (20) includes: a front (203), a rear (204), a top (202) and a bottom (201) , wherein the front (203) and rear (204) are opposite to each other and the top (202) and bottom (201) are opposite to each other; electronic device; liquid chamber (200) for containing liquid; liquid supply structure (280), It is positioned at the bottom (201) and is configured to supply liquid from the liquid chamber (200) to the printing device (50), the liquid supply structure (280) having a front edge (288) in the installation direction (SD), the front edge A plane (BP) defining the box (20); an electrical conductivity terminal (400), positioned closer to the front (203) than to the rear (204) and connected to the electronic device, the terminal (400) being Arranged to come into contact with and receive elastic force (Pt) from the contact forming members (731-739) at the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) when the cartridge (20) is mounted on the printing apparatus (50) , the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) is arranged substantially in a contact portion plane (TP), which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288); and the first A restricting portion (210) adapted to engage with the engaging portion (810) of the rod (80) to restrict movement of the cartridge (20) in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD), the first restricting portion ( 210) is positioned at a location closer to the contact portion plane (tp) than to the top (202).
现在将会描述第八修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在盒被安装到印刷设备上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保盒与印刷设备之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位在相比于接近顶部更接近接触部分位置的位置，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the eighth modification will now be described. While the cartridge is mounted on the printing device, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the cartridge and the printing device. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned closer to the contact portion position than to the top, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs close to the location where positioning is most required (ie, the terminal of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining stable electrical connection between the box-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与盒结合，所以用于制造盒的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于液体的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择盒的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the case, the material used to make the case can be different than the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the cartridge can be selected without worrying about the requirements of flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability to liquids.
此外，因为杆不在盒上，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是盒的一体部分，所以盒可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对盒进行封装来进行盒的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与盒一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一盒侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一盒侧限制部分的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，盒可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一盒侧限制部分可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, since the rod is not on the box, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the box to prevent plastic deformation of the rod. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the box, the box can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the box for transport and distribution of the box, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the case, the first case-side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to significantly reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first case-side restricting portion. In the installed or seated state, the cartridge can be held in place in the cartridge mounting structure, which maintains normal or good contact between the cartridge-side terminals and the device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Because the first box side limiting portion can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in packaging for shipping and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rod, which is the same as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷设备的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷设备侧端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printing device . In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakage (dust) that may be generated when the printing apparatus side terminal scrapes the circuit board over a long distance during mounting of the cartridge.
因为印刷设备侧端子将包括在盒被从印刷设备卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷设备侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷设备侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷设备移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printing apparatus side terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring like the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printing device side terminal acts to press the printing device side terminal and the cartridge side terminal together, and also moves the cartridge along the direction from the printing device when the engagement between the first limiting portion and the lever is released. move in the direction of removal. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷设备中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Since the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing device, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于相比于接近前部(203)与接触部分平面(TP)的交叉部和顶部(202)与前部(203)的交叉部之间的中点(203p)更接近接触部分(cp)的位置处。A cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is located at the intersection of the front portion (203) and the contact portion plane (TP) compared to the top (202) and The midpoint (203p) between the intersections of the front portions (203) is located closer to the contact portion (cp).
通过将第一限制部分的接合部分结合到相比于接近中点更接近接触部分的位置处，可以良好地带来上述优点。The above advantages can be favorably brought about by incorporating the engagement portion of the first restricting portion at a position closer to the contact portion than to the midpoint.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The cartridge (20) as above, wherein the contact portion plane (TP) is at an angle of between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒(20)的前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(431-439)的最右侧端子(439)的右边缘(439p)的延长线(439PL)的左侧以及多个端子(431-439)的最左侧端子(435)的左边缘(435p)的延长线(435PL)的右侧。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the front portion (203) of the cartridge (20) is viewed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) Located to the left of the extension line (439PL) of the right edge (439p) of the rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) and to the left of the leftmost terminal (435) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) Right side of the extension line (435PL) from the left edge (435p).
当盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the cartridge is mounted on a printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the apparatus-side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the case can be tilted sufficiently so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，接合部分适合于与可旋转杆接合，可旋转杆具有在第一接合部分(210)的接合部分(212)上方的枢转点。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the engagement portion is adapted to engage with a rotatable lever having a pivot point above the engagement portion (212) of the first engagement portion (210).
当可旋转杆具有在第一接合部分的接合部分上方的枢转点时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the rotatable lever has a pivot point above the engagement portion of the first engagement portion, the lever acts to limit movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的盒(20)，还包括在盒(20)的后部(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于与印刷设备(50)的各个部分接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。The cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the rear portion (204) of the cartridge (20), the second restricting portion (220) being suitable for contact with each of the printing equipment (50) Partial engagement, wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the engagement portion of the second restricting portion (220) is aligned with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ) is greater than the distance (A) between the engaging portion ( 212 ) of the first restricting portion ( 210 ) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge ( 288 ).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一限制部分从印刷设备侧接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the possibility of the first restricting portion being disengaged from the engaging portion on the printing device side can be reduced.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，第二限制部分(220)适合于在盒(20)被转动以从印刷设备(50)的保持件卸下时作为旋转的枢转点。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the second restricting portion (220) is adapted to serve as a pivot point for rotation when the cartridge (20) is rotated for removal from the holder of the printing device (50).
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward, when viewed along the When the distance is measured in a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the distance between the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ( A) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein when the cartridge (20) is viewed from the angle of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward, in the cartridge (20 ) is mounted on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever with the engaging portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210).
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且液体供应结构面向下的那一侧观察盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the left of the pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the liquid supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察前部(203)时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分在盒(20)被安装时基本位于盒(20)的宽度中央处。The cartridge (20) as described above, wherein, when the front portion (203) is viewed in a state where the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward, at least a part of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is in the cartridge ( 20) is mounted substantially at the center of the width of the box (20).
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the joint portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the case, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例10Adaptation example 10
如上所述的盒(20)，其中，由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)与底部(201)基本齐平。Cassette (20) as above, wherein the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) is substantially flush with the bottom (201).
适应例11Adaptation example 11
如上所述的盒(20)，还包括适配器(299、299j、299k)，其中，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)和第一限制部分(210)被定位在适配器上，并且液体室(200)适合于并被构造为与适配器配合。A cartridge (20) as described above, further comprising an adapter (299, 299j, 299k), wherein the contact portion (cp) and the first limiting portion (210) of the terminal (400) are positioned on the adapter, and the liquid chamber ( 200) is adapted and configured to cooperate with the adapter.
适应例12Adaptation example 12
如上所述的盒(20)的使用，其中，盒(20)的接合部分与印刷设备(50)的可移动杆(80)以使得杆(80)具有在接合部分上方的枢转点的方式接合。Use of a cartridge (20) as described above, wherein the engaging portion of the cartridge (20) is with the movable lever (80) of the printing apparatus (50) in such a way that the lever (80) has a pivot point above the engaging portion join.
适应例13Adaptation example 13
一种盒(20)和印刷设备(50)的组合，该组合包括：如上所述的盒；以及印刷设备(50)，其包括将弹性力(Pt)施加到盒(20)的多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，以及具有接合部分(810)的杆(80)，该接合部分适合于与盒(20)的第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)接合，以限制盒(20)在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的移动。A combination of a cartridge (20) and a printing device (50), the combination comprising: a cartridge as described above; and a printing device (50) comprising a plurality of devices for applying an elastic force (Pt) to the cartridge (20) a side contact forming member (731-739), and a rod (80) having an engaging portion (810) adapted to engage with the engaging portion (212) of the first limiting portion (210) of the cartridge (20) to Movement of the box (20) is restricted in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD).
适应例14Adaptation Example 14
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)具有两个末端和在两个末端中间的枢转点(800c)，并且杆(80)的枢转点(800c)被设置在盒(20)的第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)上方。The combination as above, wherein the rod (80) has two ends and a pivot point (800c) in the middle of the two ends, and the pivot point (800c) of the rod (80) is arranged at the above the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210).
当可旋转杆具有在第一限制部分的接合部分上方的枢转点时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the rotatable lever has a pivot point above the engagement portion of the first restricting portion, the lever acts to restrict movement of the cartridge. This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例15Adaptation Example 15
如上所述的组合，其中，杆(80)的枢转点(800c)被设置在盒(20)的第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)右侧。The combination as above, wherein the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) is disposed on the right side of the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) of the case (20).
当可旋转杆具有在盒的第一限制部分的接合部分右侧的枢转点时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the rotatable lever has a pivot point on the right side of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion of the case, the first restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to move the lever about the axis of rotation of the lever along and unlock Turn in the opposite direction. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
G-8-5.第五变化例G-8-5. Fifth Variation
一种适合于将液体供应到印刷设备(50)的液体供应系统(20i、20j、20k)，印刷设备(50)包括多个设备侧接触形成构件(731-739)，液体供应系统(20i、20j、20k)包括：电子装置；液体源(200i、200j、200T)；液体供应结构(280)，其适合于并被构造为将液体从液体源(200i、200j、200T)供应到印刷设备(50)，液体供应结构(280)具有安装方向(SD)上的前边缘(288)，前边缘限定了平面(BP)；适配器(299、299j、299k)，其具有：电导电性端子(400)，其与电子装置连接，端子(400)被布置为当供应系统(20i、20j、20k)将液体供应到印刷设备(50)时，在端子(400)的接触部分(cp)处与接触形成构件(731-739)相接触并从其接收弹性力(Pt)，端子(400)的接触部分(cp)被基本布置在接触部分平面(TP)中，接触部分平面既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直；以及第一限制部分(210)，其设置在适配器的前部(203)上并且适合于与杆(80)的接合部分(810)接合，以限制适配器在与安装方向(SD)相反的方向(RD)上的运动，第一限制部分(210)定位为与接触部分平面(TP)邻近。A liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) adapted to supply liquid to a printing device (50), the printing device (50) comprising a plurality of device side contact forming members (731-739), the liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) comprising: electronics; a liquid source (200i, 200j, 200T); a liquid supply structure (280) adapted and configured to supply liquid from the liquid source (200i, 200j, 200T) to the printing apparatus ( 50), the liquid supply structure (280) has a front edge (288) on the installation direction (SD), the front edge defines a plane (BP); adapters (299, 299j, 299k), which have: electrical conductivity terminals (400 ), which is connected to the electronic device, the terminal (400) is arranged to be in contact with Forming members (731-739) contacting and receiving a spring force (Pt) therefrom, the contact portion (cp) of the terminal (400) is arranged substantially in a contact portion plane (TP) which is neither aligned with the front edge (288) defines a plane (BP) parallel and not perpendicular thereto; and a first restricting portion (210) disposed on the front portion (203) of the adapter and adapted to engage with the engaging portion (810) of the rod (80) , to restrict movement of the adapter in a direction (RD) opposite to the mounting direction (SD), the first restricting portion ( 210 ) is positioned adjacent to the contact portion plane (TP).
现在将会描述第八修改例的以上变化例的一些益处。在适配器被安装到印刷设备上的同时，端子可以被精确地定位和稳定地固定，以确保适配器与印刷设备之间的可靠电通信。因为第一限制部分的接合部分定位为与接触部分平面紧接，所以第一限制部分的定位动作发生在接近最需要定位的位置(即，端子支承结构的端子)。来自设备侧端子的弹性力可以被适当地抵消。同样，可能由于在印刷操作期间的振动而发生的端子的位置移动可以被抑制。因此，端子的定位更稳定，由此保持适配器侧端子与设备侧端子之间的稳定电连接。Some benefits of the above variation of the eighth modification will now be described. While the adapter is mounted on the printing device, the terminals can be precisely positioned and stably fixed to ensure reliable electrical communication between the adapter and the printing device. Because the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is positioned immediately adjacent to the contact portion plane, the positioning action of the first restricting portion occurs close to where positioning is most desired (ie, the terminals of the terminal support structure). The elastic force from the terminal on the device side can be appropriately counteracted. Also, positional movement of the terminals, which may occur due to vibration during printing operation, can be suppressed. Therefore, the positioning of the terminals is more stable, thereby maintaining a stable electrical connection between the adapter-side terminals and the device-side terminals.
此外，因为杆不与适配器结合，所以用于制造适配器的材料可以与用于制造杆的材料不同。同样，可以在不需要担心柔性和耐久性的要求并且更关注诸如对于液体的耐久性的其他特性的状态下选择适配器的材料。Furthermore, because the rod is not bonded to the adapter, the material used to make the adapter may be different from the material used to make the rod. Also, the material of the adapter can be selected without worrying about the requirements of flexibility and durability and more about other properties such as durability against liquids.
此外，因为杆不在适配器上，所以在用于运输和分布适配器的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形。这简化了封装要求并且改善了使用的便利性。因为杆不是适配器的一体部分，所以适配器可以被制造得更小。这进一步允许减小用于对适配器进行封装来进行适配器的运输和分布的封装材料(诸如纸或盒子)的尺寸，由此有利地减小了运输和部件成本。同样，因为杆不与适配器一体，所以相比于例如美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中描述的结构，可以以更小尺寸和更简单的结构以及更高的刚性来制造第一适配器侧限制部分。这使得显著地减小第一适配器侧限制元件的弹性变形的可能性。在安装或安置状态中，适配器可以被保持在盒安装结构中的合适位置，这保持了盒侧端子与设备侧端子之间的正常或良好的接触，并且减小了差的电通信的可能性。因为第一适配器侧限制元件可以具有小的尺寸和简单的结构，所以在用于运输和分布盒的封装中不需要特殊注意来防止杆的塑性变形，这与美国专利公报No.2005/0151811中的盒不同。这减小了封装要求并且也改善了使用的便利性。Furthermore, because the stem is not on the adapter, no special care is required in the packaging for shipping and distributing the adapter to prevent plastic deformation of the stem. This simplifies packaging requirements and improves ease of use. Because the rod is not an integral part of the adapter, the adapter can be made smaller. This further allows a reduction in the size of the packaging material (such as paper or box) used to package the adapter for shipping and distribution of the adapter, thereby advantageously reducing shipping and component costs. Also, because the rod is not integrated with the adapter, the first adapter side restricting portion can be manufactured in a smaller size and simpler structure with higher rigidity than, for example, the structure described in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 . This makes it possible to considerably reduce the possibility of elastic deformation of the first adapter-side limiting element. In the installed or seated state, the adapter can be held in place in the box-mounted structure, which maintains normal or good contact between box-side terminals and device-side terminals, and reduces the possibility of poor electrical communication . Since the first adapter side limiting element can have small size and simple structure, no special care is required in the packaging for transport and distribution boxes to prevent plastic deformation of the rods, as in US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811 The boxes are different. This reduces packaging requirements and also improves ease of use.
该结构可以将盒端子与盒的接合部分彼此连接，以成为唯一刚性的结构(而非美国专利公报No.2005/0151811的柔性杆)。在这种情况中，较少振动被从接合部分传递到盒端子，因此电通信更加稳定。This structure can connect the box terminal and the joint portion of the box to each other to be the only rigid structure (rather than the flexible rod of US Patent Publication No. 2005/0151811). In this case, less vibration is transmitted from the joint portion to the cartridge terminal, so electrical communication is more stable.
因为端子的接触部分平面(TP)既不与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)平行也不与其垂直，所以盒端子的表面可以在将盒插入到印刷设备的过程中被适当地擦拭。此外，该构造减小或消除了在盒的安装期间印刷设备侧端子与电路板长距离刮擦时可能产生的绝缘破裂(灰尘)。Because the contact portion plane (TP) of the terminal is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the surface of the cartridge terminal can be properly wiped during insertion of the cartridge into the printing device . In addition, this configuration reduces or eliminates insulation breakage (dust) that may be generated when the printing apparatus side terminal scrapes the circuit board over a long distance during mounting of the cartridge.
因为印刷设备侧端子将包括在盒被从印刷设备卸下的方向上的矢量成分的弹性力施加到盒端子，所以不需要提供类似于在美国专利6,955,422中描述的弹簧103的弹簧。换言之，来自印刷设备侧端子的弹性力发生作用来对印刷设备侧端子和盒侧端子一同施压，并且当第一限制部分与杆之间的接合被解除时也将盒沿着从印刷设备移除的方向移动。因此，不需要像美国专利6,955,422的情况那样提供附加的弹簧，这使得更简单的结构和减小的成本成为可能。Since the printing apparatus side terminal applies to the cartridge terminal an elastic force including a vector component in the direction in which the cartridge is unloaded from the printing apparatus, there is no need to provide a spring like the spring 103 described in US Pat. No. 6,955,422. In other words, the elastic force from the printing device side terminal acts to press the printing device side terminal and the cartridge side terminal together, and also moves the cartridge along the direction from the printing device when the engagement between the first limiting portion and the lever is released. move in the direction of removal. Therefore, there is no need to provide an additional spring as is the case of US Patent 6,955,422, which enables a simpler structure and reduced costs.
因为第一限制部分适合于与杆的接合部分接合，以限制盒在与安装方向相反的方向上的移动，所以因此当盒被安装在印刷设备中时，盒端子的位置将会由设备侧接触形成构件的弹性力相对于安装方向保持在位，并且由第一限制部分相对于与安装方向相反的方向保持在位。因为盒端子被以此方式“夹置”，所以它们被牢固地固定而不能沿着安装方向和与安装方向相反的方向二者移动。因此，与相关美国专利No.7,008,053中的由电路板40一侧限制相比，盒端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的错配或断开连接的可能性更小。Since the first restricting portion is adapted to engage with the engaging portion of the lever to restrict the movement of the cartridge in the direction opposite to the installation direction, when the cartridge is installed in the printing device, the position of the cartridge terminal will be contacted by the device side The elastic force forming the member is held in position with respect to the mounting direction, and is held in position with respect to a direction opposite to the mounting direction by the first restricting portion. Because the box terminals are "clamped" in this way, they are firmly fixed against movement both in the installation direction and in the direction opposite to the installation direction. Thus, there is less chance of mismating or disconnection between the box terminals and the device-side contact-forming members than is limited by the circuit board 40 side in related US Patent No. 7,008,053.
适应例1Adaptation example 1
如上所述的液体供应系统(20i、20j、20k)，其中，接触部分平面(TP)相对于由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)成在约25度到40度之间的角度。The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein the contact portion plane (TP) is angled between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288).
如参照图42A-图45描述的，当接触部分平面相对于由前边缘288限定的平面BP成在约25度到40度之间的角度时，防止了过度的擦拭并且可以施加足够防止半插入的力。As described with reference to FIGS. 42A-45 , when the contact portion plane is at an angle between about 25 degrees and 40 degrees relative to the plane BP defined by the front edge 288 , excessive wiping is prevented and sufficient resistance to half-insertion can be applied. force.
适应例2Adaptation example 2
如上所述的液体供应系统(20i、20j、20k)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态下观察盒(20)的正面时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)位于多个端子(431-439)的最右侧端子(439)的右边缘(439p)的延长线(439PL)的左侧以及多个端子(431-439)的最左侧端子(435)的左边缘(435p)的延长线(435PL)的右侧。The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein when the front of the box (20) is observed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, the engagement portion of the first restricting portion (210) ( 212) Located to the left of the extension line (439PL) of the right edge (439p) of the rightmost terminal (439) of the plurality of terminals (431-439) and the leftmost terminal (435 of the plurality of terminals (431-439) ) to the right of the extension line (435PL) of the left edge (435p).
当盒被安装到印刷设备上时，如果盒被过度牢固地保持，那么其与设备侧接触形成构件中的一部分(例如图31中的端子734)的接触可能不牢固。通过将第一限制部分与多个端子的最右侧接触部分的左侧和多个端子(400)的最左侧接触部分的右侧，盒可以足够地倾斜，使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电接触可以甚至更加稳定。When the cartridge is mounted on a printing apparatus, if the cartridge is held too firmly, its contact with a part of the apparatus-side contact forming member (such as the terminal 734 in FIG. 31 ) may not be firm. By aligning the first restricting portion with the left side of the rightmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals and the right side of the leftmost contact portion of the plurality of terminals (400), the case can be tilted sufficiently so that the plurality of terminals come into contact with the device side The electrical contact between the forming members can be even more stable.
适应例3Adaptation example 3
如上所述的液体供应系统(20i、20j、20k)，还包括在盒(20)的后部(204)上的第二限制部分(220)，该第二限制部分(220)适合于与印刷设备(50)的各个部分接合，其中，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第二限制部分(220)的接合部分与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(B)大于第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)。A liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, further comprising a second restricting portion (220) on the rear portion (204) of the cartridge (20), the second restricting portion (220) being adapted to print Parts of the device (50) are joined, wherein, when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to a plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the joint portion of the second restraint part (220) is in contact with the plane defined by the front edge (288). ) is greater than the distance (A) between the engaging portion ( 212 ) of the first restricting portion ( 210 ) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge ( 288 ).
当第二限制部分的接合部分定位为相比于第一限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面时，相比于第一限制部分的接合部分相比于第二限制部分的接合部分更远离由前边缘限定的平面的情况，可以更有效地减小第一限制部分从印刷设备侧接合部分脱离的可能性。When the engaging portion of the second restricting portion is positioned farther from the plane defined by the front edge than the engaging portion of the first restricting portion, the engaging portion of the second restricting portion The further away from the plane defined by the front edge, the more effectively the possibility of the first restricting portion being disengaged from the engaging portion on the printing device side can be reduced.
适应例4Adaptation example 4
如上所述的液体供应系统(20i、20j、20k)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，当沿着与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)垂直的方向测量距离时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(A)小于在盒(20)被安装时杆(80)的枢转点(800c)与由前边缘(288)限定的平面(BP)之间的距离(C)。The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein the box (20) is viewed from the angle of the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward , when the distance is measured along a direction perpendicular to the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288), the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is in contact with the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) ) is less than the distance (C) between the pivot point (800c) of the lever (80) and the plane (BP) defined by the front edge (288) when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
当第一限制部分的接合部分与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离小于在盒被安装时杆的枢转点与由前边缘限定的平面之间的距离时，杆用来限制盒的运动。这减小了第一限制部分与杆的接合部分解除锁止或脱离的可能性，由此在多个端子与接触形成构件之间产生稳定电连接，并且减小了差的连续性的可能性。当力被从接触形成构件施加到被安装的盒时，第一限制部分可以绕杆的旋转轴移动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分分开的可能性。When the distance between the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the plane defined by the front edge is smaller than the distance between the pivot point of the lever and the plane defined by the front edge when the box is mounted, the lever serves to limit the movement of the case . This reduces the possibility of unlocking or disengagement of the engaging portion of the first restricting portion and the rod, thereby creating a stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the contact forming member, and reducing the possibility of poor continuity . When a force is applied from the contact forming member to the mounted cartridge, the first restricting portion may move about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is separated from the engaging portion of the rod.
适应例5Adaptation example 5
如上所述的液体供应系统(20i、20j、20k)，其中，当从第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)向右并且液体供应结构(280)面向下的角度观察盒(20)时，在盒(20)被安装时第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)在杆的枢转点(800c)的左侧。The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein the box (20) is viewed from the angle of the joint portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) to the right and the liquid supply structure (280) faces downward , the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) is on the left side of the pivot point (800c) of the lever when the cartridge (20) is mounted.
当盒被安装以使得当从第一限制部分的接合部分向右并且液体供应结构面向下的那一侧观察盒时第一限制部分的接合部分在杆的枢转点的左侧时，第一限制部分在杆上产生旋转转矩，以将杆绕着杆的旋转轴沿着与解除锁止方向相反的方向转动。这减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性，并且进一步确保了多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的稳定电连接。即使在盒接收力时，第一限制部分将会与盒一同移动。这种移动减小了第一限制部分的接合部分从杆的接合部分解除锁止的可能性。When the cartridge is mounted so that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the left of the pivot point of the lever when the cartridge is viewed from the side where the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is to the right and the liquid supply structure faces downward, the first The restricting portion generates a rotational torque on the lever to turn the lever in a direction opposite to the unlocking direction about the rotation axis of the lever. This reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever, and further ensures stable electrical connection between the plurality of terminals and the device-side contact forming member. Even when the cartridge receives a force, the first restricting portion will move together with the cartridge. This movement reduces the possibility that the engaging portion of the first restricting portion is unlocked from the engaging portion of the lever.
适应例6Adaptation Example 6
如上所述的液体供应系统(20i、20j、20k)，其中，当在液体供应结构(280)面向下的状态观察适配器的前部时，第一限制部分(210)的接合部分(212)的至少一部分在盒(20)被安装时基本位于盒(20)的宽度中央处。The liquid supply system (20i, 20j, 20k) as described above, wherein when the front of the adapter is viewed with the liquid supply structure (280) facing downward, the engagement portion (212) of the first restricting portion (210) At least a portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the cassette (20) when the cassette (20) is installed.
通过将第一限制部分设置在使得第一限制部分的接合部分的至少一部分基本位于盒的宽度中央处的位置，第一限制部分位于极靠近多个端子的位置处，可以使得多个端子与设备侧接触形成构件之间的电连接稳定。By arranging the first restricting portion at a position such that at least a part of the joint portion of the first restricting portion is located substantially at the center of the width of the case, the first restricting portion is located very close to the plurality of terminals, it is possible to make the plurality of terminals and the device The electrical connection between the side contact forming members is stable.
适应例7Adaptation example 7
如上所述的液体供应系统(20i、20j)，还包括容器组件(200i、200j)，在其中具有液体源并且适合于与适配器配合。A liquid supply system (20i, 20j) as described above, further comprising a container assembly (200i, 200j) having a source of liquid therein and adapted to mate with an adapter.
适应例8Adaptation example 8
如上所述的液体供应系统(20j)，其中，液体供应结构(280)被设置在容器组件(200j)上。The liquid supply system (20j) as described above, wherein the liquid supply structure (280) is disposed on the container assembly (200j).
适应例9Adaptation Example 9
如上所述的液体供应系统(20k)，还包括：其中具有液体源的罐(200T)；具有液体供应结构(280)的辅助适配器(200S)；以及将罐与辅助适配器连接的管道(200L)。A liquid supply system (20k) as described above, further comprising: a tank (200T) having a liquid source therein; an auxiliary adapter (200S) having a liquid supply structure (280); and piping (200L) connecting the tank to the auxiliary adapter .
应当理解，这里描述的特征可以是盒本身的一部分、盒与印刷设备的结合的一部分，或者换言之，当盒被安装到适合于将墨水或其他印刷材料提供到印刷设备的系统上和/或作为其一部分时，都不会背离本发明的范围。It should be understood that the features described herein may be part of the cartridge itself, part of the combination of the cartridge and the printing device, or in other words, when the cartridge is mounted on a system suitable for supplying ink or other printing material to a printing device and/or as a Some of them will not depart from the scope of the present invention.
这里关于根据本发明的任何部分的各个方面描述的事实可以适合于上述各种变化例中的任何一者。The facts described herein with respect to aspects according to any part of the invention may apply to any of the various variations described above.
本领域技术人员将会认识到本发明可以具有许多应用，可以被以各种方式实施，并且因此不局限于前述实施例和示例的限制。这里描述的不同实施例的任何数目的特征可以被结合到具有比这里描述的全部特征更多或更少特征的单个实施例和可选实施例中。整体或部分地，功能也可以在多个组件之间以任何已知或将会已知的方式分配。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the present invention may have many applications, may be carried out in various ways, and is therefore not limited to the foregoing embodiments and examples. Any number of features of the different embodiments described herein may be combined into single embodiments and alternative embodiments having more or fewer than all of the features described herein. Functionality may also be distributed among the components in any known or becoming known manner, in whole or in part.
本领域技术人员将会明白可以对于上文描述的实施例进行改变，而不背离其广义创造性概念。因此，应当理解本发明不局限于所公开的具体实施例，但是其意图覆盖由权利要求限定的本发明的精神和范围内的修改例。虽然已经示出并描述了本发明的基础特征应用到示例实施例中，但是应当理解可以由本领域技术人员对所公开的本发明的形式和细节进行省略、替换和改变，而不背离本发明的范围。此外，如本领域技术人员理解的，本发明的范围覆盖了对于这里描述的组件的传统已知、进一步发展的变化和修改。因此，本发明仅被限制为如权利要求限定的范围。应当理解，权利要求意图覆盖这里公开的本发明的所有一般和特殊特征，并且本发明的范围的全部陈述(其为语言问题)可以落入其中。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that changes may be made to the above-described embodiments without departing from the broad inventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that this invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover modifications within the spirit and scope of the present invention as defined by the claims. While the essential features of the invention have been shown and described applied to an exemplary embodiment, it should be understood that omissions, substitutions and changes in the disclosed form and details of the invention may be made by those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit of the invention. scope. Furthermore, the scope of the present invention covers conventionally known, further developed changes and modifications to the components described herein, as understood by those skilled in the art. Accordingly, the invention is to be limited only as defined by the claims. It is to be understood that the appended claims are intended to cover all generic and specific features of the invention disclosed herein, and that all statements of the scope of the invention, which is a matter of language, may fall therein.
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2012003694 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012003653 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012-003698 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012003698 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012003652 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012-003653 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012-003694 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JP2012-003652 | 2012-01-12 | ||
| JPPCT/JP2012/001395 | 2012-03-01 | ||
| PCT/JP2012/001395WO2013105142A1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-01 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| US13/410,461 | 2012-03-02 | ||
| US13/410,478 | 2012-03-02 | ||
| US13/410,461US8297738B1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| US13/410,528 | 2012-03-02 | ||
| US13/410,478US8297739B1 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| US13/410,528US8439482B1 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-03-02 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| JP2012189836AJP2013163364A (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-08-30 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| JP2012-189836 | 2012-08-30 |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201280003040.0ADivisionCN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN103481666A CN103481666A (en) | 2014-01-01 |
| CN103481666Btrue CN103481666B (en) | 2015-06-17 |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201510102395.0AExpired - Fee RelatedCN104723691B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| CN201310331964.XAExpired - Fee RelatedCN103481666B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| CN201610630627.4AActiveCN106240160B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
| CN201280003040.0AExpired - Fee RelatedCN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201510102395.0AExpired - Fee RelatedCN104723691B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201610630627.4AActiveCN106240160B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Box and printing material supply system |
| CN201280003040.0AExpired - Fee RelatedCN103370203B (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2012-12-26 | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (3) | EP2802459B1 (en) |
| KR (2) | KR101913890B1 (en) |
| CN (4) | CN104723691B (en) |
| AR (1) | AR089713A1 (en) |
| AU (2) | AU2012367439B2 (en) |
| BR (1) | BR112013006690A2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2806705C (en) |
| CL (1) | CL2014000624A1 (en) |
| DE (1) | DE202013000268U1 (en) |
| ES (3) | ES2741317T3 (en) |
| GB (1) | GB2499105B (en) |
| IL (1) | IL231002A0 (en) |
| IT (1) | ITTO20130019A1 (en) |
| MX (1) | MX2013003348A (en) |
| PE (1) | PE20141866A1 (en) |
| PH (1) | PH12014500307A1 (en) |
| PL (1) | PL2614960T3 (en) |
| RU (1) | RU2604791C2 (en) |
| SG (3) | SG2014008221A (en) |
| TW (2) | TWI637859B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2013105195A1 (en) |
| ZA (1) | ZA201401028B (en) |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ITTO20130195A1 (en)* | 2013-03-12 | 2013-06-11 | Fameccanica Data Spa | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS APPLICATION BY QUANTITY OF CONTROLLED GRANULES OF ABSORBENT MATERIAL |
| JP6232932B2 (en)* | 2013-10-31 | 2017-11-22 | ブラザー工業株式会社 | Roll mechanism with shaft, tape cartridge |
| JP6202052B2 (en)* | 2014-08-29 | 2017-09-27 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid supply unit |
| JP6528564B2 (en)* | 2014-08-29 | 2019-06-12 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid supply unit |
| EP3064359A1 (en)* | 2015-03-06 | 2016-09-07 | Pelikan Hardcopy Production AG | Printing material container or adapter for a printing material container |
| JP2016187877A (en)* | 2015-03-30 | 2016-11-04 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Cartridge and liquid jetting system |
| CN205044309U (en)* | 2015-08-24 | 2016-02-24 | 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 | Ink horn that fastening is decided ink horn and is connected with ink horn portion of keeping |
| CN106739531B (en)* | 2017-01-11 | 2019-03-12 | 珠海欣威科技有限公司 | The print cartridge positioned by lever |
| DE102017102529B4 (en) | 2017-02-09 | 2020-07-16 | Canon Production Printing Holding B.V. | Inkjet printer |
| CN109591458B (en)* | 2018-11-28 | 2020-07-24 | 郑州新世纪数码科技股份有限公司 | Ink tube flat cable fixing device |
| JP7275604B2 (en)* | 2019-01-31 | 2023-05-18 | 株式会社リコー | Mobile object, equipment for ejecting liquid |
| CN110027324A (en)* | 2019-05-06 | 2019-07-19 | 珠海艾派克微电子有限公司 | Nozzle print cartridge, inkjet component and circuit substrate |
| CN110515286B (en)* | 2019-08-27 | 2024-05-10 | 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 | Developer supply container |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4907018A (en)* | 1988-11-21 | 1990-03-06 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism |
| US6276780B1 (en)* | 2000-06-19 | 2001-08-21 | Xerox Corporation | Fail-safe ink tank latching system |
| CN1840346A (en)* | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-04 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Liquid container and method of manufacturing liquid container |
| CN1927591A (en)* | 2002-11-26 | 2007-03-14 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Ink cartridge |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CA1304983C (en)* | 1987-10-23 | 1992-07-14 | David W. Pinkernell | Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism |
| JP3582592B2 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2004-10-27 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Ink cartridge and inkjet recording device |
| US5646665A (en)* | 1993-04-30 | 1997-07-08 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Side biased datum scheme for inkjet cartridge and carriage |
| CA2434525C (en)* | 1994-08-24 | 2006-01-03 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Ink container for ink jet printer, holder for the container carriage for the holder and ink jet printer |
| US6074042A (en) | 1997-06-04 | 2000-06-13 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Ink container having a guide feature for insuring reliable fluid, air and electrical connections to a printing system |
| EP2179848A1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 2010-04-28 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Ink-jet printing apparatus and ink cartridge therefor |
| KR100375690B1 (en)* | 1999-11-16 | 2003-03-17 | 주식회사 잉크테크 | Appliance for fixing ink cartridge |
| TW541247B (en)* | 2000-01-31 | 2003-07-11 | Hewlett Packard Co | Latch and handle arrangement for a replaceable ink container |
| CN1899833A (en)* | 2000-10-11 | 2007-01-24 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Ink cartridge and inkjet printer |
| EP1201438A3 (en)* | 2000-10-11 | 2002-06-26 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Ink cartridge and inkjet printer |
| US6644780B2 (en)* | 2001-03-24 | 2003-11-11 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Carriage with clamping device for reliable mounting of printheads |
| JP3783585B2 (en) | 2001-07-13 | 2006-06-07 | ブラザー工業株式会社 | Ink cartridge and ink jet recording apparatus |
| JP2003053999A (en) | 2001-08-22 | 2003-02-26 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming device |
| CA2379725C (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2007-06-12 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Ink cartridge |
| JP2004122487A (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2004-04-22 | Canon Inc | Liquid tank and tank holder, head cartridge, recording device, tank attaching / detaching method |
| GB2402368B (en)* | 2002-11-26 | 2005-06-08 | Seiko Epson Corp | Ink cartridge and recording apparatus |
| CN2589199Y (en)* | 2002-12-27 | 2003-12-03 | 嘉兴天马打印机耗材有限公司 | Cartridge filling supporting structure |
| US7384124B2 (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2008-06-10 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Carriage for ink cartridge of image forming apparatus |
| JP2005131927A (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2005-05-26 | Seiko Epson Corp | Liquid ejecting apparatus and liquid container thereof |
| JP4058434B2 (en)* | 2003-12-26 | 2008-03-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Ink storage container, method for manufacturing the same, and printer system |
| MXPA04012681A (en)* | 2003-12-26 | 2005-07-01 | Canon Kk | Liquid container and liquid supplying system. |
| JP4058436B2 (en) | 2003-12-26 | 2008-03-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Ink storage container |
| US7384116B2 (en)* | 2004-10-20 | 2008-06-10 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Liquid container and ink jet printing apparatus |
| JP4144637B2 (en)* | 2005-12-26 | 2008-09-03 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Printing material container, substrate, printing apparatus, and method for preparing printing material container |
| DE102006036716B3 (en)* | 2006-06-02 | 2007-09-27 | Artech Gmbh Design + Production In Plastic | Printer e.g. inkjet printer, retrofitting device, has cartridge retaining device to retain replaceable original ink cartridges, and locking pin to lock fastener in fastening position when insert-ink cartridge is attached in retaining device |
| JP5288743B2 (en)* | 2006-08-23 | 2013-09-11 | キヤノン株式会社 | Ink tank and ink jet recording apparatus |
| DE102008009460A1 (en)* | 2008-02-15 | 2009-08-20 | Pelikan Hardcopy Production Ag | Ink cartridge with printed circuit board element |
| US8091993B2 (en)* | 2008-05-22 | 2012-01-10 | Videojet Technologies Inc. | Ink containment system and ink level sensing system for an inkjet cartridge |
| JP2012001395A (en) | 2010-06-17 | 2012-01-05 | Shimizu Corp | High-strength concrete |
| JP5585235B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-09-10 | 富士通株式会社 | Storage control device, storage control method, storage system |
| JP5573402B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-08-20 | 株式会社リコー | CONFERENCE SUPPORT DEVICE, CONFERENCE SUPPORT METHOD, CONFERENCE SUPPORT PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM |
| JP5442541B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-03-12 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | WEB information acquisition method and apparatus |
| JP5465105B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2014-04-09 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Computer system, computer program, and pipeline processing method |
| JP5569475B2 (en)* | 2010-09-03 | 2014-08-13 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Liquid container and liquid ejecting apparatus |
| JP5720148B2 (en)* | 2010-09-03 | 2015-05-20 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Printing material cartridge and printing material supply system |
| JP2012189836A (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2012-10-04 | Canon Inc | Projection device |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4907018A (en)* | 1988-11-21 | 1990-03-06 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism |
| US6276780B1 (en)* | 2000-06-19 | 2001-08-21 | Xerox Corporation | Fail-safe ink tank latching system |
| CN1927591A (en)* | 2002-11-26 | 2007-03-14 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Ink cartridge |
| CN1840346A (en)* | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-04 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Liquid container and method of manufacturing liquid container |
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN103481666B (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| CN103442895B (en) | Box and Printing Material Supply Systems | |
| US8297739B1 (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| US8974044B2 (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| JP2013163364A (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| CA2915590C (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system | |
| JP5532155B2 (en) | Cartridge and printing material supply system |
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| C06 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| C14 | Grant of patent or utility model | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant | ||
| CF01 | Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee | Granted publication date:20150617 Termination date:20211226 | |
| CF01 | Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee |